Full text of "Rhodora"
Wodora
JOURNAL OF THE
NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE
WILLIAM PENN RICH, Publication Committee
7
—
VOLUME 27
1925
Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. J.
300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.
be ve Bek Sa ;
Dodora
JOURNAL OF THE
NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER | Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE
WILLIAM PENN RICH, Publication Committee
Vol. 27. January, 1925. No. 313.
CONTENTS:
American Representatives of Lonicera caerulea. M. L. Fernald.. 1
Varieties of Corallorrhiza maculata. H. H. Barilett............. 12
Gaura parviflora, var. lachnocarpa, n. var. C. A. Weatherby... 15
Deam’s Shrubs of Indiana (book notice·- )) 16
Preston and Rounds Co.
Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. J.
300 Massachusetts Ave.
RHODORA,—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.
BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.
CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000
8.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.
CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.
MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.
Vol È Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.
Rhodora
JOURNAL OF
THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Vol. 27. January, 1925. No. 313.
THE AMERICAN REPRESENTATIVES OF LONICERA
CAERULEA.
M. L. FERNALD.
Durine the summer of 1924, on the rocky limestone barrens of
northwestern Newfoundland, Messrs. Bayard Long, Boyd Dunbar
and I became much interested in an exceedingly pubescent Lonicera
which, on account of the dense villous-subtomentose pubescence on
both surfaces of its leaves, had a gray lustre, in strong contrast with
the dull aspect of the common shrub which passes as L. caerulea,
var. villosa (Michx.) T. & G. The leaves, although not strictly velu-
tinous, were almost “velvety” to the touch; and, supposing we had
a new member of the subsection Coeruleae, we made a special point
of collecting it wherever found.
Upon studying the old descriptions, however, it becomes apparent
that our shrub has at least twice received specific designations.
In fact, it is unquestionably the shrub which Michaux had when he
gave the name Xylosteum villosumi; and we have been mistaken in
identifying the much less pubescent shrub of the northern states and
adjacent Canada as Lonicera caerulea, var. villosa. Michaux’s
brief account was as follows:
“VILLOSUM. X. ramis villosis: foliis oblongo-ovalibus, obtusis, utrinque
subtomentoso-villosissimis: pedunculis brevibus; baccis coeruleis.
Hab. in praeruptis saxosis, per tractus montium, a sinu Hudsonis ad
Canadam. ”
Michaux’s descriptive phrase, “foliis . .. utrinque sub-
tomentoso-villosissimis,” is certainly more applicable to the shrub
of northern Newfoundland than to the ordinary shrub of New England;
1 Michx., FI. Bor.-Am. i. 106 (1803).
2 Rhodora [JANUARY
the habitat, translated freely and in the light of Michaux’s collections,
as rocky barrens of the mountain region between Hudson Bay and
the Saguenay, is one showing many identities in its flora with the
barrens of Newfoundland (the unique Betula Michauxii Spach., for
example), and my own memorandum regarding the Michaux material,
made in 1903 but until now not clearly understood, is significant:
“most eatremely pubescent form from ‘Lac des Cygnes, Mistassin
et Riv. des Goelands'.“
Michaux’s specific name was soon transferred to Lonicera as L.
villosa (Michx.) R. & S.!; and the common shrub of New England
which has been generally called L. caerulea, var. villosa was des-
cribed as Xylosteum solonis Eaton? and transferred to Lonicera by
Sprengel.“ Material of the latter shrub, being more common in
herbaria than the extreme plant of Michaux, the name L. villosa was
generally and wrongly applied to it; and when DeCandolle studied
specimens of the shrub with leaves densely villous-subtomentose on
both surfaces, collected by LaPylaie on the Newfoundland barrens,
he took it to be a new species, L. velutina, described “foliis . . .
utrinque ramulisque villoso-tomentosis . . . fructo globoso bium-
bilicato circa umbilicum ciliato caeterum glabro.”
The ciliate “umbilicus,” 7. e., the ciliate limb of the calyx, em-
phasized by DeCandolle, is characteristic of the northern plant
which must certainly be identified with Michaux’s Xylosteum vil-
losum. This extreme is likewise characterized by a villous corolla,
the more southern extremes having the corolla commonly glabrous.
L. villosa (Michx.) R. & S., in its typical form, then, is distinguished
by leaves densely villous-subtomentose on both surfaces, the young
branchlets tomentose and densely pilose, the calyx-limb ciliate at
least when young and the corolla villous. This extreme, most typical
from northwestern Newfoundland to Lake Mistassini, extends locally
southward to Maine and northern New Hampshire.
Southward L. villosa is chiefly represented by four well marked
variations with somewhat different geographic limits: the shrub
described as L. Solonis (Eaton) Sprengel, with new branchlets both
puberulent and pilose-hirsute (the pilosity sparse as compared with
that of typical L. villosa), the leaves pilose beneath and strigose to
1Roem. & Schultes, Syst. v. 256 (1819).
Eaton, Man. 26 (1817), ed. 2, 498 (1818).
Sprengel, Syst. i. 759 (1825).
DC. Prodr. iv. 337 (1830).
1925] Fernald,—American Representatives of Lonicera caerulea 3
glabrate above, the calyx-limb not ciliate, the corolla ordinarily
glabrous, a variety ranging from southern Newfoundland to south-
eastern Manitoba, south to Connecticut, Michigan, Wisconsin and
Minnesota; L. caerulea, var. calvescens Fernald & Wiegand, !! with the
young branchlets pilose-puberulent but not hirsute and the leaves
finely pilose beneath or glabrate, ranging from eastern Labrador
southward through Newfoundland and the Maritime Provinces and
locally to Ontario and Connecticut, in New England chiefly in alpine
and subalpine districts; the most southern variety, with the surfaces
of the young branchlets glabrous (not puberulent) and the leaves
sparingly pilose to glabrous, ranging from southeastern Maine to
southern Ontario, and south to northeastern Pennsylvania; and a
singular variety discovered by the late T. O. Fuller and several times
collected in Norfolk County, Massachusetts, a shrub with glabrous
branchlets and with the corolla-tubes slender and practically lacking
the gibbosity at base which characterizes the other varieties. In
the West, from the Yellowstone Park to the Pacific and south to the
Yosemite region occurs a thin-leaved shrub with red berries and other
characters which seem to set it off as a species. Ever since the union
of the American shrubs with the Eurasian L. caerulea L. by Hooker?
in 1834, they have generally passed as that species or, if distinguished
at all, they have been treated indiscriminately as L. caerulea, var.
villosa (Michx.) T. & G. In 1910 the first departure from this con-
ception occurred when L. caerulea, var. calvescens was set off.
Lonicera caerulea of Eurasia is a shrub with widely. divergent
branches; winter buds spreading or divergent, often with accessory
buds, corolla pilose, with the lobes distinctly shorter than the tube,
and essentially uniform, the corolla thus being practically regular;
filaments attached 2-3 mm. below the sinuses of the corolla; the very
glaucous fruits with purple juice (formerly used as a dye) and usually
disagreeable bitter taste; seeds brown, elliptic to obovate, 2-3.3 mm.
long; leaves of the sprout-shoots frequently bearing large stipular
appendages.
The European shrub is most beautifully illustrated in all details,
in Flora Danica, Suppl. t. 131 and its habit and essentially regular
corollas are well shown also in the Botanical Magazine, xlv. t. 1965,
in Jacquin’s Florae Austriacae, v. t. 17, and in Reichenbach’s Icones
Florae Germanicae et Helveticae, xvii. t. 1575.
1Ruopora, xii. 210 (1910).
2 Hook., Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 283 (1834).
4 Rhodora [JANUARY
Lonicera villosa, the shrub of northeastern North America which
has so long passed as L. caerulea, differs from the wide-ranging Eura-
sian species in many characters. Its branches are strongly ascending;
winter buds appressed or ascending, usually without accessory buds;
corolla (glabrous or pilose) with the lobes equaling or exceeding the
tube, slightly bilabiate; filaments attached only slightly (up to 1
mm.) below the sinuses; the blue or blue-black fruits with or without
a slight bloom, with pale watery juice and sweet and edible pulp;
seeds whitish- or pale-brown, short-oblong or suborbicular, 1.2-2
mm. long; stipules unknown.
Lonicera “caerulea” is usually given an American range including
the whole region from Labrador to Alaska and British Columbia,
southward into the northern states. So far as representation in the
Gray Herbarium and the herbarium of the Arnold Arboretum indicate,
however, the eastern species, L. villosa, reaches its western limit in
eastern Manitoba and Minnesota; while the western species occurs
from Washington south to the Yosemite region and east only to
western Wyoming. No material of the group has been seen from
British Columbia and Alaska, though Henry! cites L. “caerulea”
from South Kootenay Pass. In all published descriptions the western
shrub is said to have blue or blue-black fruit; but, singularly enough,
no specimens are at hand indicating that the authors of these state-
ments have collected mature fruit. From immature fruit, of course,
the color cannot be determined, but the four sheets at hand with
“dead ripe” fruits at once show a peculiar reddish tone quite unlike
that seen in the fruits of either L. caerulea or L. villosa, and Cusick
definitely states on the label of his no. 2662, “ A shrub 3-5 feet. Pale
red fruit.” This red-fruited shrub of western America has the
branching, the ascending winter buds, the high insertion of the
filaments and the seeds as in L. villosa, but its leaves are membrana-
ceous and not rugose (those of L. villosa coriaceous and rugose), and
in anthesis the calyces have elongate and strongly ciliate lobes (L.
villosa with lobes practically undeveloped).
Although the great bulk of the Eurasian shrubs are clearly refer-
able to Lonicera caerulea, the slight representation at hand from
Japan shows that L. venulosa Maxim. has the branching, winter
buds and deep-cleft corolla of the two American species; and drawings
made by Mr. Alfred Rehder of dissected corollas of this species show
J. K. Henry, Fl. So. Brit. Columb. 279 (1915).
1925] Fernald,—American Representatives of Lonicera caerulea 5
the filaments inserted practically at the sinuses. Similarly Mr.
Rehder’s drawings indicate that other Japanese shrubs belong with
the American rather than the continental Eurasian shrub. Such
Japanese material as I have been able to examine, however, is quite
distinct in one or another character from any of the forms known
in North America.
The variations of Lonicera villosa are indicated in the following
key and synopsis.
a. Leaves densely villous-subtomentose on both surfaces:
branchlets tomentose or densely short-pilose beneath
long pilosity: limb of calyx ciliate at least in anthesis:
corolla villous or pilossw UP PP:Uſdd cece eee ee aee Var. typica.
a. Leaves pilose-hirsute to glabrous beneath, strigose to
glabrous above: branchlets with puberulent or glabrous
surfaces, or rather sparsely pilose-hirsute: limb of calyx
glabrous: corolla glabrous (rarely pilose) b.
b. Base of corolla-tube strongly gibbous on one side e.
c. Surfaces of young branchlets puberulent d.
d. Young branchlets puberulent and more or less
pilose-hirsute: leaves pilose beneath, strigose
to glabrate b llt. Var. Solonis.
d. Young branchlets merely puberulent: leaves
finely pilose to glabrate beneath.............. Var. calvescens.
c. Surfaces of young branchlets glabrous: leaves spar-
r ae ds dae eke Var. tonsa.
b. Base of corolla-tube slender and almost regularly
tapering, scarcely gibbous on either side: young
, EEE TEER T Var. Fulleri.
L. viLLosa, var. typica. Xylostewm villosum Michx. Fl. Bor.-
Am. i. 106 (1803). L. villosa Roem. & Schultes, Syst. Veg. v. 256,
(1819). L. velutina DC. Prodr. iv. 337 (1830). L. caerulea, var.
villosa (Michx.) T. & G. Fl. N. Am. ii. 9 (1841).—Straits of Belle
Isle to Lake Mistassini, south to Maine and northern New Hampshire.
The following are referred here. LABRADOR: rocks, Forteau, July
30, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4053. NEWFOUNDLAND: trailing
on peaty and turfy slopes, limestone barrens, Sandy (or Poverty)
Cove, Straits of Belle Isle, August 1, 1924, Fernald, Long & Dunbar,
no. 27,104; barrens, Flower Cove, July 12, 1921, Mary E. Priest;
prostrate on turfy and peaty knolls in limestone barrens, Flower
Cove, August 1, 1924, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,103; prostrate
on peaty and turfy knolls or slopes on limestone barrens, Brig Bay,
August 6, 1924, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,105; wet runs and
boggy spots in limestone barrens, near sea-level, Ingornachoix Bay,
August 4, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4055; prostrate in damp
peaty hollows in gravelly limestone barrens, Sandy Cove, Ingornachoix
Bay, August 9, 1924, Fernald, Long & Dunbar, no. 27,106; Torbay,
1The name L. villosa was published in Muhl. Cat. 23 (1813) but only by inference
is it associable with Michaux’s plant. Roemer & Schultes leave no doubt, since
they copy Michaux’s description.
6 Rhodora [JANUARY
August 21-26, 1901, Howe & Lang, no. 1406. QuEBEC: grassy shore,
Romaine, Lagorgendiére, September, 1915, St. John, no. 90,738;
in praeruptis saxosis, “Lac des Cygnes, Mistassin et Riv. des Goe-
lands,” August and September, 1792, Michaux (Types at Mus.
Hist. Nat. Paris). Marne: rocky pasture, Orono, July 2, 1890,
Fernald; Town Hill, Mt. Desert Island, June 15, 1890, Rand; Mon-
mouth, August, 1896, E. D. Merrill. New HAursHIRE: Tuckerman’s
Ravine, June 26, 1901, Pease, no. 1253; bog, Carroll, July 13, 1910,
Pease, no. 12,713; Hanover, May 23, 1915, Mrs. E. D. Haskins.
Var. Solonis (Eaton), n. comb. Xylostewm solonis Eaton, Man.
26 (1817), ed. 2: 498 (1818). L. solonis (Eaton) Spreng. Syst. Veg.
i. 759 (1825). L. caerulea, in large part, of Am. auth., not L. villosa
of early Am. authors, and L. caerulea, var. villosa of most recent Am.
authors, not Xylostewm villosum Michx.—Southern Newfoundland to
southeastern Manitoba, south to Massachusetts, northern Rhode
Island, Connecticut, Michigan, Wisconsin and Minnesota. The
following selected from many specimens, are typical. NEWFOUND-
LAND: open bogs among the hills, Grand Falls, July, 1911, Fernald &
Wiegand, nos. 6250, 6251; boggy ditch between Mt. Musgrave and
Humber Mouth, July 15, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4052. QUE-
BEC: arbor-vitae swamp, Goose Lake, New Richmond, July 16 and 17,
1905, Williams, Collins & Fernald; swamp, Dudswell, July 23, 1923,
Knowlton. Prince Epwarp ISLAND: wet thicket; Selkirk, July 7,
1914, Fernald & St. John, no. 11,186. Nova Scoria: mountains
north of Barrasois River, Cape Breton, July 28, 1914, Nichols, no.
428; swampy woods and thickets, Springhill Junction, July 18, 1920,
Pease & Long, no. 22,604; boggy thicket, Yarmouth, July 3, 1920,
Bissell & Long, no. 22,603. Marne: Caribou bog, Crystal, June 24,
1898, Fernald, no. 2643; sphagnous bog, Orson Island, Oldtown,
July 27, 1916, Fernald & Long, no. 14,591; southwest wall of North
Basin, Mt. Katahdin, July 14, 1900, Fernald; dry rocks, Pembroke,
July 6, 1909, Fernald, no. 2149; sand-plain, Columbia, August 4, 1916,
Knowlton; damp woods, Mackerel Cove, Swans Island, July 7, 1914,
Hill, no. 1477; Fayette, 1894, Kate Furbish; Tacoma, Litchfield, May,
1897, J. M. H. Morrell; swamp, Leeds, July 23, 1915, Knowlton.
New HAursHIRRE: roadside, Cambridge, August 15, 1915, Pease,
no. 16,534; bog, Success, August 27, 1907, Pease, no. 10,640; bog,
Crawford, July 15, 1895, Williams; low open ground, Whitefield,
1“Le 22 Aoust sur la Riv. Mistassin, . . . Lonicera camae-cerasus fol.
tomentos . Le29 . . . Nous arrivames au Lac des Cygnes .. . Le
4 Septemb. . . A 10b 1-4 entré dans le Lac Mistassin . . . Le 5 fait
environ 8 à 10 lieues et diné sur la rive des Goelands à 16 lieues de distance du Lac“
Journ. André Michaux, ed. Sargent. Proc. Am. Phil. Soc. xxvi. no. 129: 77-81 (1888).
2? The name Solonis needs some explanation. In his Ist edition Eaton said: Found
on the White Mountains (N. H.) by Dr. D. Solon. C. H. Smith”; but in the 2d he
spoke of it as Found first by Dr. Solon Smith (1815) at the foot of Whitehills."’
Drs. A. S. Pease and F. Tuckerman call my attention to the fact that the three names
of the discoverer of the plant are pure synonyms and are all reducible to Davip
SOLON CHASE HALL SMITH. M.D. (Yale, 1816).
1925] Fernald,—American Representatives of Lonicera caerulea 7
July 3, 1896, Deane; Chocorua, 1896, Mrs. E. L. Bolles; granite gravel
and peaty slopes, alpine region of Mt. Lafayette, Franconia, August
10 and 11, 1915, Fernald, no. 11,878; swamp, Londonderry, August
15, 1921, Knowlion; Winchester, May 12, 1877, W. F. Flint. VER-
MONT: Brunswick, August, 1890, Eggleston, no. 1260; Concord, May
29 and 30, 1903, Eggleston, no. 3307. MAssAcHUSETTS: South Fram-
ingham, May 12, 1890, E. L. Sturtevant; swamp, Sharon, May 19,
1907, Knowlton; low, open ground, Norfolk, June 24, 1911, Ware;
bog, Medfield, May 21, 1916, Hunnewell, no. 4087; Harvard Forest,
Petersham, May 30, 1914, J. Murdock, Jr.; Savoy, May 31, 1901,
Hoffmann; low woods, Pittsfield, May 30, 1919, Churchill, Knowlton
c Schneider; Washington, July 15, 1909, Hoffmann. Ruope ISLAND:
low, open ground, Cumberland, Hunt et al. Connecticut: border
of Great Cedar Swamp, Voluntown, June 17, 1899, Graves; swamp,
Killingly, July 2, 1903, Knowlton; rocky pasture, Stafford, June 12,
1906, Bissell. ONTARIO: swampy places, Nipigon, June 24, 1884,
Macoun. MIcHIGAN: bog, Isle Royale, September 2, 1910, Cooper, no.
307. WIScoNsIN: swamps, Milwaukee, Lapham. MANITOBA:
Winnipeg Valley, Bourgeau.
Rehder, in his Synopsis of the Genus Lonicera, 73 (1903) cites in
the synonymy of the aggregate L. caerulea, var. villosa, “ L. coerulea
Canadensis ‘Lamarck’.” This name was originally published as
follows: “LONICERA CAERULEA canadensis Lam. (Aylosteum Solonis
Eat.) — Delamare, Renauld & Cardot, Ann. Soc. Bot. Lyon, xv. 85
(1887), reprinted as Flor. Miquelon, 21 (1888). Lamarck, however,
had no properly published var. canadensis. Under L. caerulea he
had besides the typical European shrub a second: “8, Eadem foliis
ovato-subcordatis, petiolis dilatis plerumque connato-perfoliatis. N.
An xylosteum Canadense. Duham. Arb. 2. p. 373.” And in the
fuller description of var. 8 Lamarck again emphasized the connate
leaves: “La variété g, que l'on cultive au Jardin du Roi, & qu'on
nous a dit originaire de Canada, a ses feuilles plus larges, ovales
presqu’en coeur, glabres, . . . dilatés à leur insertion, souvent
même connés & comme perfoliés.”—Lam. Encycl. Meth. Bot. i. 731
(1783).
So far as L. caerulea canadensis “Lam.” is concerned, even if we
admit the publication of the name by inference, it can have nothing
to do with L. villosa, the connate-perfoliate leaves clearly placing it
in the subgenus Periclymenum! Xylosteon canadense Duhamel, cited
by Lamarck, and after him by DeCandolle and others, was not
published as a binomial, but was simply the first half of a polynomial:
“XYLOSTEON Canadense foliis latioribus, XXLOSTEON de Canada
8 Rhodora [JANUARY
à feuilles larges’—Duham. Traité des Arbres et Arbustes, ii. 373
(1755); it has no nomenclatorial status.
As already stated the fruits of L. villosa are edible, usually as
good as blueberries (Vaccinium § Cyanococcus). In sending a speci-
men of var. Solonis to Asa Gray, the late I. A. Lapham added to the
label: “Is not this worth cultivating for its abundant fine flavored
fruit? I will send you a root”; in the Catalogue of the Flowering
Plants and Ferns of Connecticut we find: “The berries are edible,
resembling the blueberry in flavor”; and in their account of Wash-
ington County, Maine, Fernald & Wiegand say: “During our stay
at Pembroke we were introduced to several food-plants which were
new to our experience. The first of these was the ‘Waterberry,’
Lonicera caerulea L., var. villosa (Michx.) T. & G., which we enjoyed
in some abundance for three weeks before the ripening of the Blue-
berries, which Waterberries resemble both in appearance and taste“ —
Ruopora, xii. 109 (1910).
Var. calvescens (Fernald & Wiegand), n. comb. L. caerulea, var.
calvescens Fernald & Wiegand, RHopora, xii. 210 (1910), in great
part, including type.—Eastern Labrador (lat. 56°) to Ontario and
Connecticut, often in alpine and subalpine regions. Since the two
varieties following have been segregated from var. calvescens as
originally published, it is desirable to cite some characteristic speci-
mens. LABRADOR: Makkovik, August, 1896, A. Stecker, no. 39;
Indian Harbor, Hamilton Inlet, August 2, 1891, Bowdoin College
Exped.; on the gneiss plain, Blane Sablon, August 1, 1910, Fernald
& Wiegand, no. 4054. NrwFrounDLAND: limy bog-barrens, Mis-
taken Cove, Straits of Belle Isle, August 1, 1924, Fernald, Long &
Dunbar, no. 27,102; Fogo Island, July 1, 1906, Owen Bryant; moor,
Whitbourne, August 16, 1894, Robinson & Schrenk, no. 11; swale at
margin of Goose Pond, July 9, 1910, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4051
(TYPE); border of boggy meadow, near Frenchman’s Cove, Bay of
Islands, July 19, 1921, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,448. QUEBEC:
edge of woods, Iles Boisées de Cap Blane, Washtawouka, Goynish,
July 5, 1915, St. John, no. 90,739; Seven Islands, August 3, 1907,
C. B. Robinson, no. 688 (distributed as Vaccinium ovalifolium); marais,
Coin-du-Bane, Percé, Juillet 25, 1923, Marie-Victorin et al, no. 17,843;
subalpine meadows at 1200 m., Mt. Au Clair, Tabletop Mts., August
10, 1923, Fernald & Smith, no. 26,026; alpine bogs, tableland of Mt.
Albert, July 21-23, 1906, Fernald & Collins, no. 726; alpine and
subalpine meadows, at about 1075 m., southeast of Pease Basin,
between Mts. Logan and Pembroke, July 13, 1923, Fernald, Griscom
& Mackenzie, no. 26,025; Riviére-du-Loup, August, 1914, Victorin,
no. 528. MAGDALEN ISLANDS: border of larch swamp, Grindstone,
July 17, 1912, Fernald, Bartram, Long & St. John, no. 8074; wet
1925] Fernald,—American Representatives of Lonicera caerulea 9
thicket, Amherst Island, August 25, 1914, St. John, no. 1997. Nova
Scotia: boggy margin of pond, mountains bordering St. Ann’s
Bay, Cape Breton, July 21, 1914, Nichols, no. 238; thickets, Shu-
benacadie Grand Lake, July 27, 1921, Fernald, Bartram & Long,
no. 24,532. New Brunswick: South Tobique Lakes, July 18, 1900,
Hay, no. 39. Marne: shelves at 4000-4500 ft., west wall of North
Basin, Mt. Katahdin, July 13, 1900, Fernald; sphagnous bog, Moore’s
Harbor, Isle au Haut, July 27, 1914, Hill, no. 1685; South Poland,
1895, Kate Furbish. New Hamrsuire: Alpine Garden, Mt. Wash-
ington, July 3, 1900, T. O. Fuller et al; Oakes Gulf, Mt. Washington,
Faxon et al; northwest slope of Mt. Washington, June 22, 1908, Pease,
no. 11,183; above headwall of Tuckerman’s Ravine, August 28,
1907, Pease, no. 10,729; foot of cone of Mt. Monroe, June 22, 1908,
Pease, no. 11,214. MAssacHUSETTS: swamp, Sharon, June 23, 1911,
Blake, no. 1550; cedar swamp, Walpole, June 28, 1908, Ware, no.
2290; Blackstone, May 21, 1916, Knowlton, Bean & Schweinfurth,
no. 16,189; Pelham, May 16, 1915, Floyd. Connecticut: meadow,
Eastford, July 18, 1917, Weatherby, no. D1713. Onrarto: bog, Sil-
ver Islet Beach, August 4, 1912, C. S. Williamson, no. 2070.
The Massachusetts and Connecticut material sometimes has a
few long trichomes on the young tips, thus showing transition to var.
Solonis.
Var. tonsa, n. var., a var. calvescente recedit ramis novellis glabris
rare sparseque hirsutis nec puberulis.—L. caerulea, var. calvescens
Fernald & Wiegand, I. c. (1910), in part.—Southeastern Maine to
southern Ontario, and south to northeastern Pennsylvania. MAINE:
O’Connell’s Point, North Lubec, September 8, 1902, Kate Furbish;
moist thickets, Herrick’s Bay, Brooklin, August 6, 1918, Hill, no.
2973; alder swamp, Matinicus, June 21, 1919, C. A. E. Long; Green-
vale, 1894, Kate Furbish. New HAursHIRE: wet shore, Second Lake,
Pittsburg, July 3, 1907, Pease, no. 10,176; swale, Colebrook, July 19,
1917, Fernald & Pease, no. 16,563; wet meadow, Stratford Hallow,
June 9, 1912, Pease, no. 13,470; bogs, Jefferson, June 18, 1908, Pease,
no. 11,263; ditch, Randolph, June 18, 1908, Pease, no. 11,246; granitic
gravel and peaty slopes, alpine and subalpine region of Mt. Lafayette,
Franconia, July 17 and 18, 1915, Fernald & Smiley, no. 11,877; sphag-
num bog, Jaffrey, August 29, 1898, Robinson, no. 598, May 28, 1899,
Hand & Robinson, no. 867. Vermont: Scorpioides bog, Willoughby,
June 9, 1895, Kennedy (form with unusually developed bracts).
Massacuusetts: Dedham, May 14, 1886, Dame; sphagnous swamp,
Walpole, June 7, 1896, Williams; sphagnous swamp, Sharon, June
17, 1896, Williams; Castilleia swamp, Franklin, June 17, 1897, S.
Harris; damp roadside, Athol to Petersham, May 12, 1912, Fernald,
-Hunnewell & Wiegand; low ground, Cold Brook Springs, Oakham,
May 12, 1912, Fernald, Hunnewell & Wiegand (TYPE in herb. N.
E. Bot. Cl.); Breakneck Brook Valley, Southbridge, May 20, 1916,
10 ~ Rhodora [JANUARY
Churchill & Woodward; swamp, Sturbridge, May 20, 1916, Knowlton.
RHODE IsLAND: swampy meadow, North Smithfield, May 30, 1900,
Chamberlain & Collins, no. 129. Connecticut: hummocks in wet
meadow, Tolland, May 4, 1913, Weatherby, no. 2906. ONTARIO:
Mer Bleue, near Ottawa, June 1, 1905, Macoun, no. 66,467; Wingham,
June 28, 1891, J. A. Morton. New York: marsh near Newcomb,
Essex Co., at 1700 ft., June 8, 1921, House, no. 8014. PENNSYLVANIA:
vicinity of Naomi Pines, Pocono’ Mts., ‘Monroe Co., June 7-10, 1889,
Small.
Var. Fulleri, n. var., a var. calvescente recedit ramis novellis glabris
nec puberulis; foliis glabratis; corollae tubo gracili vix basi gibbo aut
aequali; baccis elongatis.—MassacmuseErTs: Rosemary Meadow,
Needham, May 13 and June 19, 1887, T. Otis Fuller (TYPES in herb.
N. E. Bot. Cl.), May 6, 1894, Fuller.
A remarkable shrub, in its glabrous branchlets and glabrate foliage
quite like var. tonsa, which is the commonest variety in Norfolk
County; but with corollas so unlike those of the other varieties of
L. villosa that, considered alone, they would at once suggest that
the Needham shrub is a distinct species. It is a great pleasure
permanently to associate with it the name of its discoverer, Timothy
Otis Fuller (1845-1916), for many years one of the keenest and most
scholarly amateur naturalists of New England, whose herbarium,
presented by Mrs. Fuller to the New England Botanical Club, is a
storehouse of unusual and discriminating notes and of beautiful
analytical drawings.
The shrub of the West, n has there passed as L. villosa, may be
called
L. cauriana, n. sp., caule erecto 0.8-1.5 m. alto, ramulis valde
adscendentibus glabris vel pruinosis vel puberulis plerumque sparse
hirsutis; foliis membranaceis anguste obovatis vel oblongis 2-9 em.
longis 1—4 cm. latis margine et subtus ad nervos villoso-ciliatis;
pedunculis folio valde brevioribus; bracteis lineari-setaceis ovario
duplo longioribus; calycis limbo juvenili plus minusve lobato ciliato;
corollis flavescentibus pilosis basi gibbis ad mediam lobatis subbilabia-
tis; baccis rubris; seminibus albido-brunneis orbicularibus vel el-
lipticis 1-1.7 mm. longis; gemmis axillaribus adpressis vel valde
adscendentibus.
Erect shrub 0.8-1.5 m. high; branches strongly ascending, glabrous,
pruinose or puberulent and commonly sparsely hirsute: leaves mem-
branaceous, narrowly obovate or oblong, 2-9 cm. long, 1-4 em. wide;
the margins and nerves beneath villous-ciliate; peduncles much
shorter than the leaves; bracts linear-setaceous, twice as long as the
ovary; young limb of the calyx more or less lobed, ciliate; the lobes less
obvious in age: corolla yellowish, pilose, gibbous at base, lobed to the
1925] Bartlett,—Varieties of Corallorrhiza maculata 11
middle, somewhat bilabiate: berries red: seeds whitish-brown, or-
bicular or elliptic, 1-1.7 mm. long: axillary buds appresed or strongly
ascending.—Wyoming to Washington and California. WYOMING:
Yellowstone Park, 1873, Parry, no. 197; abundant in boggy ground
on the creek bottom, Obsidian Creek, Yellowstone Park, July 24,
1899, A. & E. Nelson, no. 6096; Norris Geyser Basin, Yellowstone
Park, September 7, 1904, J. G. Jack. Ipamo: Musselshell Creek,
Bitter Root Mts., July 16, 1902, C. V. Piper, no. 4107; at edge of
brook, alt. 6400 ft., Cape Horn, Custer Co., August 6, 1916, Macbride
& Payson, no. 3649. NEVADA: Franktown, Washoe Co., alt. 5000 ft.,
June 28, 1909, A. A. Heller, no. 10,389. Caxtirornia: Westfall’s
Meadows, Yosemite Valley, Bolander, no. 6338; by Tuolumne River,
Tuolumne Meadows, alt. 8600 ft., July 19, 1907, R. A. Ware, no.
2625C; near Soda Springs on Tuolumne River, August 19, 1907, Alice
Eastwood, no. 496; Lassen Peak, July, 1879, Mrs. R. M. Austin. ORE-
con: Upper Des Chutes River, Newberry; west end of Paulina Lake,
alt. 2100 m., July 29, 1894, Leiberg, no. 577; dry gravelly soil of
Squaw Creek, Crook Co., July 16, 1901, Cusick, no. 2662; bank of Big
Springs Creek, along Fort Klamath-Bend road, July 19, 1920, M. E.
Peck, no. 9574. WASHINGTON: low wet ground, Mt. Paddo (Adams),
August 10, 1882, Suksdorf, no. 134; alpine meadows, Mt. Paddo
(Adams), June 29 and August, 1885, Suksdorf, no. 559 (TYPE in Gray
Herb.); Skamania Co., July 25, 1886, Suksdorf. Presumably also in
British Columbia.
Differing from L. villosa in its membranous and scarcely rugose
leaves, well-developed calyx-limb (in anthesis), and small red berries;
from L. caerulea in its appressed or ascending winter buds, strongly
ascending branches, more deeply cleft and more bilabiate corolla,
red berries without bloom and small mostly orbicular pale seeds.
Gray HERBARIUM.
THE VARIETIES OF CORALLORRHIZA MACULATA.
H. H. BARTLETT.
Mr. H. Mousey of Montreal, Quebec, has sent me water-color
sketches of three Corallorrhizas with the request that I identify
them. I can hardly do so without bringing up the question of whether
or not Corallorrhiza maculata var. intermedia Farwell is really identi-
cal with var. fusca Bartlett. I confess that I overlooked Mr. Far-
well’s publication’ of var. intermedia when I wrote the note? on
10. A. Farwell, New species and varieties from Michigan. Ann. Rep. Mich. Acad.
Sci. 19: 247-249. 1917.
2 H. H. Bartlett, Color types of Corallorrhiza maculata Raf. RRODORA 24: 145-
148. 1922.
12 Rhodora [JANUARY
which he has commented, ! so if the names are not synonyms (and I
believe they are not) it must be attributed to good fortune rather
than good management.
Mr. Mousley sends three water-color sketches painted by Mr.
R. Holmes of Toronto. One of them illustrates var. flavida (Peck)
Cockerell very beautifully, from specimens found by the artist him-
self in a wood a few miles northeast of Toronto. It appears to differ
from Michigan specimens in the slightly spotted rather than uni-
formly white lip. The distinction, although perhaps too slight for.
nomenclatorial recognition, indicates that there are genetically
different forms within var. flavida.
The other two paintings represent plants collected by Mr. Mousley
himself at Hatley, Quebec, in July 1924. One of them represents
what I should identify as var. punicea. Mousley’s notes as to color
read “The lips of this form were only spotted along the lamellae,
thus forming two lines, as it were, with two little spots on each
lateral lobe. Petals and sepals not spotted at all; column slightly
so at the base. Tips of sepals and petals very slightly brownish.”
There are here two deviations from my description of var. punicea,
namely (1) that in the Quebec specimens spots are lacking except
on the lip, whereas in the Michigan material the flower parts were
all spotted, and (2) that the flower parts were slightly brown at the
tip in the Quebec specimens but not in those from Michigan. As
to the first distinction, it indicates again the existence of forms of
each variety differing among themselves as to the abundance and
distribution of spots. The second distinction is less significant, since
slight browning at the tips of sepals and petals might not improbably
come about through injury or incipient drying, under which circum-
stances it would be quite different from the normal brown of var.
fusca.
The third painting is thé one that calls for this note. It seems
to depict a plant really intermediate in coloration between var.
punicea and var. flavida, and therefore conforming to the original
description of Farwell’s var. intermedia, which reads as follows:
“Whole plant purplish yellow; lip white with two or three large,
very pale purplish spots; no spots on the other petals or sepals.
Copper Harbor, Keweenaw Peninsula, no. 4003, July 8, 1915. Exactly
intermediate between the species and the var. flavida (Peck) Cockrl.
10. A. Farwell, Corallorrhiza maculata Raf. RHODORA 25: 31-32, 1923.
1925] Bartlett,—Varieties of Corallorrhiza maculata 13
in color and in spots, which are found only on the lip and are fewer,
larger, and paler than in the species. The species is common; and the
var. flavida also is found at Copper Harbor, no. 4002, July 8, 1915.”
After matching carefully the sheath color of var. fusca with Van
Dyke brown (as represented in Ridgeway’s “Color Standards’’),
I can hardly think that any one having this plant in hand would
describe it as exactly intermediate between var. punicea (“the species”
as Mr. Farwell calls it) and var. flavida. I stated in my former note
that Corallorrhiza maculata “probably contains still other varieties.”
This statement was made with plants in mind (but not at hand) that
might fall into var. intermedia Farwell. My description of three
definite varieties was not intended to provide a name for every
specimen that might be collected. I am inclined to believe that Mr.
Mousley’s second Hatley (Quebec) type should be referred to var.
intermedia Farwell.
Again, however, a discrepancy in the matter of spotting is to be
noted. Farwell’s var. intermedia had spots “only on the lip and fewer,
larger, and paler than in the species.” Mr. Mousley’s note on his
plant is “The lips of this form are spotted all over, also the petals,
sepals and column.” Var. fusca had the whole flower spotted. In
throwing the species into varieties according to general plant color
the maculation of the flower has to be neglected. The genetic factors
for the distribution of spotting are doubtless a different series from
those responsible for what Emerson has termed plant color in the
study of maize. If it were desired to name all of the genetic entities
in Corallorrhiza maculata two courses would be open to the systematist.
He might assign a formal name to each combination of characters,
thus making a multitude of forms, or he might classify into varieties
on some one group of characteristics (as, for example, plant color),
and neglect others (as, for example, spotting of the flower). The
latter policy leaves it open to later botanists to enumerate, describe
and name the forms if they wish, either ranging them under the
varieties or neglecting the more comprehensive varieties entirely.
American taxonomy is impatient of numerous minute distinctions
within a species, and it is necessary to turn to Europe for an elabo-
rately studied parallel to our Corallorrhiza situation. Mainly on the
basis of color and color pattern, Wittrock! recognized 140 named
1V. B. Wittrock, Linnaea borealis L. species polymorpha et polychroma. Acta
Horti Bergiani 4, No. 7: 1-187. 13 plates. 1907.
14 Rhodora [JANUARY
forms of Linnaea borealis in Sweden, ranged, according to the more
basic color distinctions, in four groups, which he named the Polio-
chromae, Mesochromae, Xanthochromae, and Erythrochromae.
Obviously, the four groups might equally well have been called sub-
species or varieties, as, indeed, the International rules would require,
since the provision is made in Article 28 that the names of sub-
divisions of species be in the singular. To bring Wittrock’s nomen-
clature into conformity with general usage it would merely be neces-
sary to supplant his plural group names by the four varietal names,
each variety comprehending a group of forms. The varietal names
would satisfy those botanists who are appalled by the extreme degree
of splitting which Wittrock’s work shows to be possible and necessary
if our systematic botany is to interpret nature in every detail, but
who are not averse to giving nomenclatorial recognition to the more
conspicuous genetic types within a species. Applying the parallel
to Corallorrhiza, it may be supposed that many botanists would note
the chief plant color types, but would disregard forms based upon
the spotting of the flower. The forms exist, however, and may some-
time attract a student. Unless an elaborate treatment, involving
the recognition of many forms, is desired, the varieties must be
based upon general plant color to the neglect of more minute char-
acteristics.
As a result of this unfortunately lengthy note upon so slight a matter
it is hoped that orchid students will not hurriedly admit the identity
of Corallorrhiza maculata var. intermedia with var. fusca.
Untversity oF MichIdAN, Ann Arbor, Michigan.
GAURA PARVIFLORA Dougl., var. lachnocarpa, n. var., a forma
typica differt hypanthio fructuque pubescentibus.—UNITED STATEs.
ALABAMA: weed, up to six ft. tall, in vacant lots near railroad, Mont-
gomery, June 9, 1924, R. M. Harper. Missourt: Dry soil, Courtney,
Sept. 20, 1915, Bush, no. 7738. Texas: meadows, Tarrant Co.,
Aug. 29, 1912, Ruth, no. 283; roadside, Austin, May 8, 1918, M. S.
Young, no. 95 (Typ); Kerrville, Kerr Co., May 14-21, 1894, Heller,
no. 1768; dry banks, Austin, May 12, 1872, E. Hall, no. 216; in campis,
San Fernando de Bexar, Junio, 1828, Berlandier, no. 2052; without
definite locality, Lindheimer, no. 241. New Mexico: near Mesilla,
May 11, 1897, A. A. Crozier. ARIZONA: sandy river bank, Tempe,
April 21, 1892, Ganong & Blaschka; Beaver Creek, Sept. 20, 1922,
W. W. Jones, no. 69; Ft. Mojave, 1860-61, J. G. Cooper. MEXICO.
1925] Deam’s Shrubs of Indiana 15
CoaHUILA: Saltillo, April, 1880, E. Palmer, no. 2119. Sonora: May,
1851, Thurber, no. 365. Basa CALIFORNIA: San Jose del Cabo,
March-June, 1897, Anthony, no. 330; margins of ditches, Maleje,
June, 1887, E. Palmer, no. 11.
This variety has no distinctive character except its pubescent
hypanthium and fruit, but, as indicated by the specimens cited above
(all in the Gray Herbarium), it has a distinctive range. Typical
G. parviflora ranges from Washington and Oregon to South Dakota
and Illinois and southward to Utah, Arizona, Sonora and Texas.
All of the collections seen from north of Texas and Alabama have
strictly glabrous fruit, with the exception of Bush’s no. 7738 from
Missouri, cited above, and a transitional specimen from Denver,
Col. (Aug. 11, 1910, Eastwood, no. 31), which has glabrous and
sparingly pubescent fruit in the same spike.
Morphologically, the relation of var. lachnocarpa to the typical
form is analogous to that of Gaura induta Wooton & Standley to G.
glabra Lehm., or that of Oxybaphus glaber, var. recedens to typical
O. glaber—C. A. WEATHERBY, Gray Herbarium.
SHRUBS OF IĪNDIANA.!—Mr. Charles C. Deam’s work here mentioned
is unusual in several respects. Shrubs, as a category, are rarely
treated apart from the trees of the region in which they occur. The
justification of such a treatment rests, of course, on its convenient
limitation of numbers rather than upon any more natural taxonomic
basis. As the same author in this instance has already published an
excellent work on the trees of his state, his present publication forms
an appropriate companion volume.
In this work there are included 143 species and many varieties.
The keys are frankly artificial, but their alternatives appear to be
clear and well chosen. The illustrations are full-page plates and
represent all the species treated. They are from pressed specimens,
reproduced in exceptionally good half-tones. This type of illustra-
tion is rarely satisfying, but Mr. Deam’s unusual skill in the selection
and preparation of his specimens, combined with manifest care on
the part of the photographer, the half-tone artist and the pressman,
has resulted in a series of reproductions possessing an excellence which
leaves little to be desired. Habital and foliar characters are sur-
prisingly brought out. Even the “gesture” of the plants is pre-
served better than could have been anticipated from pressed material.
1 Charles C. Deam, Shrubs of Indiana. Publication no. 44 of the Indiana Depart-
ment of Conservation. 351 pages, 148 plates. ImperialSvo. Indianapolis, December,
1924.
16 Rhodora [JANUARY
The limited number of species treated permits fuller description,
more detailed statement of range and more copious comment on
habit and uses than are usually found in floristic works.
Mr. Deam’s well known diligence in the exploration of his state, in
which he has traveled over 50,000 miles for botanical purposes, gives
his work a high degree of completeness. It will be found a useful
volume of reference far beyond the limits of Indiana.
The treatment of the genus Salix was contributed by Mr. Carleton
R. Ball, the well known willow-specialist of the Department of Agri-
culture.
The scientific nomenclature is that of the International Rules.
Vernacular names, actually in use, are given, but the perpetuation or
manufacture of artificial “common names” is wisely avoided.—B.L.R.
Vol. 26, no. 312, including pages 221 to 249 and title page of the volume, was
issued 17 February, 1926.
Rhodora
JOURNAL OF THE
NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE
WILLIAM PENN RICH, Publication Committee
Vol. 27. February, 1925. No. 314.
CONTENTS:
Edward Lothrop Rand. B. L. Robinson...................... 17
The White Pine in middle Tennessee. H. K. Svenson........ 27
The Name Sisymbrium. K. K. Mackenzie 28
Two new Epilobiums of eastern America. M. L. Fernald...... 32
Records of Bidens frondosa var. anomala. S. F. Blake........ 34
Third Edition of Grout’s Mosses with a Hand-Lens (book notice) 35
300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.
Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. J.
RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and busi ications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.
BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.
CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000
cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.
CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray Hersartum, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.
MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto poe issued at irregular intervals, sold separately:
Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of § in. by 3-4 in. I year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.
Rhodora
JOURNAL OF
THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Vol. 27. February, 1925. No. 314.
EDWARD LOTHROP RAND.!
B. L. RoBINSON.
(With portrait.)
A RECREATIVE interest in science brings its devotee into many
new relations. It enriches life, diversifies activities, develops un-
suspected faculties, and is apt greatly to extend personal acquaintance.
The direction of such a hobby may be decided by some special op-
portunity, by environment, or even by accident; but its development
will be individual and determined by personality. Some persons are
attracted by concrete facts and become primarily observers. Others
get pleasure in records and are moved to set down descriptive memo-
randa regarding objects and phenomena. On the other hand there
are those who find facts interesting only as they can be correlated,
interpreted, and made the basis of theory or generalization. Even
more frequently the amateur possesses the instinct of acquisition,
forms collections and tends to immerse himself in the preparation,
mounting, labelling and classification of specimens. Some revel in
field-work, exploration, and out-of-door observation. Others derive
much of their pleasure from the literature of their chosen subject;
they build up libraries bearing upon it, and become discriminating
in the matter of editions and critical of publications. Finally, there
is a far more human approach to science, namely the impulse which
leads its possessor into cordial relations with his fellow workers
and which stirs his interest in their traits as well as their activities.
Those gifted with this type of interest have an important function.
They are exceedingly helpful to science. It is they who form clubs
1A memorial address delivered before the New England Botanical Club Feb. 6,
1925.
18 Rhodora [FEBRUARY
and associations. It is they who correspond widely. It is they who
are apt to be keen about the history of their subject and help much
in its record and preservation. They cheer and encourage and through
them much that would otherwise.be dry routine and detail becomes
humanly attractive because viewed as the work of human beings
with individual characteristics and the peculiarities of distinct
personality. Very notable in this valuable phase of scientific interest
was our late secretary.
He was, it is true, himself an acute observer. He was an indefatig-
able collector. He was also critical in the acquisition and interpreta-
tion of scientific literature; but his keenest interest, at least in the
last twenty-five years of his life, was in the human side of science.
Edward Lothrop Rand was born in Dedham, Massachusetts,
August 22, 1859, the son of Edward Sprague and Jennie Augusta
(Lathrop) Rand. After preparation at the Hopkinson School in
Boston, he entered Harvard College in 1877. His first serious efforts
to acquire a knowledge of plants appear to have taken place in the
summer of 1880 during the vacation between his junior and senior
years. Of this summer he was able to spend a part on Mt. Desert
Island in exceptionally stimulating companionship and under condi-
tions well nigh ideal.
‘He was one of a group of Harvard students who camped on Somes
Sound. They were much alive to the joys of wooderaft, of boating,
fishing, of mountain-tramping, and were keen to perfect themselves
in the technique of sailing and of camping. Mt. Desert forty-five
years ago seemed much more remote than it does today. Its summer
population was relatively sparse. There were still considerable
tracts of land sufficiently wild to stimulate the spirit of adventure
and exploration. This group of young men formed themselves into
an association which they called the Champlain Society, after Samuel
de Champlain, the voyager who discovered and named Mt. Desert.
The organization seems at no time to have beer very large. It
included some twenty, perhaps twenty-five members, but owing to
the scattered periods of their outings and limited camping equip-
ment it was rare for more than ten or a dozen to be in camp at any
one time. It is clear that these young men were there primarily for
recreation and were wholesomely successful in getting it, but they
seem early to have grasped the idea that the pleasures of a summer
outing can be much increased by an intermingling of serious purposes.
1925] Robinson,—Edward Lothrop Rand 19
They were fresh from their college studies and they determined to
accomplish a creditable amount of field work in various natural
sciences. These were discussed and volunteers were called for to
undertake special interests. Among the subjects selected were
ornithology, botany, entomology, geology and meteorology.
Among the members of this Champlain Society were Charles and
Samuel A. Eliot, sons of President Eliot of Harvard University, who
was himself at that period a summer resident of Northeast Harbor.
Other members were Benjamin Bates, Henry W. Bliss, Walter L.
Burrage, William H. and G. B. Dunbar, Morris Earle, John McGaw
Foster, Robert W. Greenleaf, Henry Champion Jones, William
Coolidge Lane, Ernest Lovering, John Prentiss, Edward Lothrop
and Henry L. Rand, Henry M. Spelman, Roland Thaxter, John
L. and Julius Wakefield, William L. Worcester, and Robert Worth-
ington. As these names have been derived chiefly from the botani-
cal records it is probable that the list is by no means complete.
Few enthusiasms are more keenly pleasurable than those of obser-
vant persons who set themselves the task of discovering and record-
ing the flora or fauna of a region new to their acquaintance. Every
member of our own Club must at times have experienced this joy as
on some summer outing he has attempted to list in a locality new to
him all the trees, all the ferns, orchids, mosses or possibly all the
flowering plants. To anyone who has enjoyed this particular zest
it will be easy to understand the enthusiasm of this group of young
men as they entered upon their exploration of the diversified and
picturesque island of Mt. Desert.
Happily, they kept, at least regarding their botanical activities,
admirable records from the outset. The work of each year from
1880 to 1888 was made the subject of a formidable quarto brochure
written out in long hand. These reports form human documents of
no small interest.
They show ample evidence of boyish exuberance. They are deco-
rated with sketches of camp or yacht ensigns, and are embellished
with poems. The first list of plants covered those observed and
identified in 1880. It dealt almost exclusively with the larger-
flowered phanerogams and a few of the more readily recognized
ferns. Even the trees were not attempted to any great extent, and
the grasses and sedges were frankly omitted. The entire number of
species was but 170. The nomenclature is that of the then current
20 Rhodora [FEBRUARY
fifth edition of Gray’s Manual. Authorities were not thought need-
ful and many of the names are those which have long passed into
the limbo of synonymy, though some of them, such as Thalictrum
Cornutt, Anemone nemorosa and Nabalus alba will still linger in the
recollections of the older members of our Club.
This first list appears to have been drawn up by Mr. W. H. Dunbar,
though much of the report was contributed by Mr. Rand and it was
he who prepared the chief matter of all the succeeding botanical
reports. The second already shows marked improvement, though
still diffident and amateurish. The number of plants was increased
to 372. There was greater care. Authorities are appended to all
the scientific names. Ten grasses and six sedges are included, and
a special list of trees and shrubs is added, together with a very solemn
essay on the value of forests and the importance of their conservation.
The Champlain Society sometimes held meetings in the winter.
These were under the leadership of Charles Eliot and chiefly at his
rooms. It was doubtless on these occasions that the reports were
read. At these meetings attention was also given to the history and
traditions of Mt. Desert, a subject in which Mr. Charles Eliot was
particularly interested.
About this time Mr. Rand spent parts of three or four summers at
a fishing camp on Lake Molechunkamunk with his classmates John W.
Suter and Ernest Lovering. These trips to the Rangeley Lake region
probably continued from 1878 to 1881. The camp was situated just
below Upper Dam and from this centre the young men made many
excursions in different directions. From Mr. Rand’s notes it seems
clear that the chief botanical work undertaken by them in this region
was accomplished in September 1880, in which Mt. Aziscoos was
climbed and some 160 species were listed, of which, on account of
lateness in the season, many had to be identified from fruiting speci-
mens.
Some spring trips to Mt. Desert were made by Messrs. Rand and
Lane to ascertain and collect the early-flowered plants.
In the third botanical report, covering work done in 1882, the
so-called “grand total“ was brought up to 440. From this time on
it is clear that progress was becoming more difficult. The plants of
easy access and ready identification had been largely listed. Addi-
tions had to be sought among rarer species and in groups of greater
technicality.
1925] Robinson,—Edward Lothrop Rand 21
In the fourth report the number of species was advanced to 492,
including 53 grasses, sedges and rushes listed by Robert Greenleaf
and a small beginning in the record of the mosses by Walter L. Burrage.
This may be regarded as the culminating achievement of the
Champlain Society. No such group of young men, however con-
genial, could hold together during the strenuous period when they
were just entering their professions or getting a start in serious busi-
ness activities. It was no longer possible for them to arrange coinci-
dent vacations. Fewer and fewer could get to the camp even for a
short outing, and those who did had lost something of their earlier
enthusiasm.
We find the report for 1884 a bit mournful and such frank expres-
sions as the following creep in: “as far as scientific work was con-
cerned the expedition was an absolute failure. Nobody did any work
except Messrs. Wakefield, Burrage and Rand of the Botanical Depart-
ment, and their work was not very successful.” One member pro-
claimed that he “would do no work during his vacation” and is
stated to have remained “most faithful to his resolution.”
Nevertheless, the reports were continued up to 1888 though they
drop considerably in volume and the additions to that closely watched
“grand total’? become fewer and fewer.
However, as his associates in the Champlain Society gradually
dispersed, Mr. Rand had the great good fortune to meet with a most
admirable collaborator in Mr. John Howard Redfield of Philadelphia,
an accomplished botanist, also a summer resident of Mt. Desert,
who had himself been observing, collecting and recording its plants.
Mr. Redfield, already elderly, generously placed his data at the service
of the younger man and was able to give him much encouragement
and aid. He was a man of scientific experience and a personal friend
of Dr. Asa Gray. He had wide acquaintance among botanical
specialists and it was probably through his influence that the later
reports entered a new phase in the work, namely that of verification.
This was accomplished by the reference of material to specialists.
The sedges and Rubi were sent to Prof. L. H. Bailey. The name of
Prof. F. Lamson Scribner appears in connection with the grass
identifications. Prof. T. C. Porter helped about the asters and
golden-rods. Mr. M. S. Bebb was deferred to about the willows,
and Mr. G. E. Davenport regarding the ferns. Dr. T. F. Allen named
the Characeae and Dr. Morong verified the pondweeds. Dr. N. L.
22 Rhodora [FEBRUARY
Britton was consulted and gave aid, Mr. F. S. Collins identified
some marine algae. The hepatics were named by Prof. L. M. Under-
wood, some of the mosses by Prof. C. R. Barnes and others by Mrs.
Britton; while the Sphagna were sent to Mr. Edwin Faxon and by
him referred to Dr. Carl Warnstorf. Dr. J. W. Eckfeldt and Miss
Clara E. Cummings furnished information about the lichens, and
Mr. Walter Deane was consulted and his aid is stated to have been
invaluable.
The collections of previous years were re-examined and disclosed
unsuspected species of a technical nature. In 1888 the whole work
was summarized and recorded in a manifolded catalogue which was
given a certain publication by its distribution to the collaborators
and to several botanical establishments and libraries. The purpose
of this preliminary publication was to give a convenient checking
list for further work. In the years 1889 to 1891 four supplements
to this list were similarly manifolded and distributed.
In 1894, after repeated revisions, much emendation, and most
conscientious proof-reading, Rand and Redfield’s Flora of Mt.
Desert appeared. For its epoch it was an exceptionally excellent
local flora, the result of fourteen years of earnest endeavor and well-
knit co-operation. It may be placed in the same class as Dame and
Collins’s Flora of Middlesex County and the scholarly Cayuga Flora
of W. R. Dudley. Exceedingly few American floras have attempted
the treatment of the thallophytes and bryophytes in conjunction
with the vascular plants, and this has been rare for insular floras of
any part of the world.
It has seemed worth while to trace the evolution of this work from
its inception in the youthful activities of the Champlain Society to
its publication as a finished piece of scientific record. In several
respects the story is illuminating. It shows an extraordinary con-
tinuity of purpose. It gives a striking illustration of carefully matured
and highly creditable work accomplished by an amateur in scattered
intervals of limited leisure. It wonderfully explains the training
which Mr. Rand brought to his later work as secretary of our Club,
for it makes clear how he had personally acquired experience in
collecting, in floristic record, in correlating the results of co-operative
work, and finally how in the preparation of his Flora he had acquired
extended acquaintance with contemporary specialists and had learned
how to value their aid. It had also given him practice in seeing
1925] Robinson,—Edward Lothrop Rand 23
technical matter carefully through press. Indeed, is it possible to
think of a more favorable preparation for the duties which he was in
1895 called upon to assume?
By those, like ourselves, who saw Mr. Rand in his botanical
activities, it must be remembered that these constituted merely an
avocation, that he was primarily engaged in other duties, that he had
an exacting profession. After taking his A.B. in Harvard College
in 1881, with a scholarly rank which brought him Phi Beta Kappa
honours, he continued his studies in the Harvard Law School and
received his LL.B. in 1884 as well as his A.M. from Harvard College.
Admitted to the Massachusetts bar in 1885, he entered the practice
of the law. For many years he had his office in the Exchange Build-
ing—at first on the seventh, later on the tenth floor—in the very
heart of Boston’s financial district.
In his profession he was highly regarded and is believed to have
had talents which would have carried him far had he not preferred a
very quiet type of independent practice to association in any of the
prominent partnerships, which would have entailed greater stress,
with presumably less choice in the direction of his activities and
probably less leisure for his avocations.
He was diligent in his work and became specially known as a skill-
ful conveyancer, whose examination of titles commanded high res-
pect and was felt to be of exemplary thoroughness. In this capacity
he was one of the lawyers retained in the important legislative case
of the Massachusetts Institute of Technology regarding the restric-
tions of its Boston real estate holdings. He also had considerable
practice in wills and probate law and is believed to have been very
generous of his time in the legal assistance of many worthy but indi-
gent clients. Rarely, if ever, did he accept court practice. He seemed
to be happy in his work and it was often continued far into the night.
His opportunities for botany were restricted to Sundays, holidays,
occasional evenings, and his summer outings. These last were with
great fidelity spent on Mt. Desert, in his later years at Seal Harbor.
There he became one of the best known and most beloved members
of the summer colony and took an effective part in the activities of
the Village Improvement Society, serving repeatedly upon its com-
mittees. He devoted much care to the preparation of what is by all
odds the best map of the Island, a time-consuming enterprise of no
small magnitude. Fond of boating, he cared little for sailing, but
24 Rhodora [FEBRUARY
was a capital tramper, extraordinarily observant, always interesting
and interested.
He was one of the most earnest and enthusiastic of the small group
-of gentlemen of Boston and its suburbs who in the autumn of 1895
met from time to time informally to consider the founding of a
botanical club which should include both professionals and amateurs.
When in December of the same year, as the outcome of these efforts,
the New England Botanical Club was formed, it was he who was
chosen its Corresponding Secretary.
Thereafter, for many years, he never missed a meeting either of the
Club or of its Council. He personally knew every member—knew
them in fact better than they realized. He was so quiet that only
his intimate friends perceived how close was his observation of people
as well as things. However, his judgment of their characters was
kindly rather than critical. He was gifted with a fine sense of humor
and though a very silent guest was apt in the course of general
conversation to make from time to time whimsical observations
which were the more amusing because unexpected.
During the early years of the Club, Mr. Rand was always ready
to join in its field-work, if this could be arranged on holidays or at
week-ends. In this way he collected at many points within thirty
or forty miles of Boston. Longer excursions were not frequent in
those motorless days. However, he made several short visits to the
Monadnock region, with a large vasculum as an important part of
his baggage. There he collected diligently in Jaffrey, West Rindge,
Fitzwilliam, Troy, Dublin and Peterboro. He carefully explored
the upper parts of the Contookook River and is one of the few botan-
ists who have ascended the broken slopes of Little Monadnock and
the ledges on the south side of Gap Mountain. That his holiday
gatherings in this region have proved scientifically useful is shown by
the fact that some of them have from time to time been cited in
RHODORA.
When in the autumn of 1898 our journal was in contemplation he
was one of the earliest to regard the plan as feasible and one of the
most active in soliciting the several hundred advance subscriptions
needful to make it practicable. When the RHopora Board was chosen
he kindly consented to be a member of the publication committee,
and thus added further correspondence to that entailed by his duties
as secretary. He was very regular in his attendance at the meetings
1925] Robinson,—Edward Lothrop Rand 25
of the editorial board and gave aid on the literary as well as the
business side of the undertaking.
It sometimes happens that the functions of an official become
inconspicuous from the very smoothness and efficiency with which
they are performed. It was so with Mr. Rand. It is in retrospect
that his services can best be appreciated. ‘Twenty-five years is a
long term in which to conduct the correspondence of a live organi-
zation, to prepare and send out its many notices, to take effective
part in nearly all its deliberations, and to aid in the management of
its publication. All this Mr. Rand did and did well.
There is another point to be remembered. Such associations as
our own can prosper only when a fitting balance is maintained be-
tween scientific work and social interest, between research, exploration
and scientific record on the one hand and popularization on the other.
In preserving this balance, Mr. Rand’s uniform tact, vigilant care and
sound judgment have been factors of no small importance in the
success of our Club.
He scarcely ever addressed the Club except briefly and on business
matters.
Aside from his admirable Flora of Mt. Desert his botanical publi-
cations were few and of no great extent. In the Mt. Desert Herald
he published in the summer of 1890 a series of eight articles of a
popular nature on the vegetation of the island. To Garden and
Forest he contributed three brief notes. In Ruopora he published
ten short articles, mostly relating to stations for some of the rarer
phanerogams in the outlying towns of the Boston District, but
including a florula of the Duck Islands on the Maine coast and a list
of addenda to his Flora of Mt. Desert.
He long cherished the hope of bringing out a revised and supple-
mented edition of his Flora and to that end he continued year after
year his exploration of Mt. Desert and prepared many specimens.
However, he was at length forced to abandon this enterprise, for he
became conscious that there were limits beyond which it would be
unwise to tax his eyesight, always under considerable strain in the
course of his professional work, which involved the close scrutiny of
old deeds and obscure probate records.
Mr. Rand gave his herbarium to the New England Botanical Club
in 1914. There are portions of it still to be worked over and it is
not yet possible to state the extent of the collection. Mr. Rand
26 Rhodora [FEBRUARY
himself estimated as far back as 1901 that it contained at least 15,000
sheets, but he subsequently made many additions. It is one of the
most important gifts ever received by the Club and as a close record
of a local flora covering the lower groups as well as the vascular plants,
it is unsurpassed among the many valuable collections of which our
Club herbarium has become the repository.
Mr. Rand had a very refined literary taste, was a copious and
thoughtful reader and built up a library rich in the best fiction and
history as well as in works bearing upon his favorite science.
He wrote letters without number and always in manuscript. He
was never reconciled to what Henry James has termed the “inhuman
legibility of the typewriter.” His business notes had all needful
definiteness combined with more human touches. His social cor-
respondence had distinct charm. His messages of sympathy or
congratulation were wonderfully expressive of warm feelings deli-
cately worded.
On June 29, 1893, he married Miss Annie Matilda Crozier of
Charlestown, a lady of great personal charm. While not herself
botanically inclined she was sympathetic with his interest in plants
and was a very delightful hostess to his many botanical guests.
Besides the New England Botanical Club there were several organi-
zations to which Mr. Rand was faithfully devoted, namely a local
Episcopalian Club, the Military Order of the Loyal Legion, and his
dining club, the last—still in existence—being a noteworthy group
of men with scholarly interests in the natural sciences.
On May 12, 1921, Mrs. Rand died—a blow from which her husband
never recovered. In the autumn of the same year he was stricken
down by paralysis. Thereafter, for three years, he led the life of
an invalid, but so far recovered his powers that he could sit up,
walk about the house, take short strolls in the garden, and even in
the care of a nurse make longer journeys to the homes of friends.
He was glad to see his friends and to the last retained his interest
in the affairs and the members of the New England Botanical Club.
At the end, which came October 9, 1924, his passing was mercifully
sudden and he was spared conscious suffering.
Among the personal traits of his character which stand out most
clearly in our memories of him were gentleness, patience, uniform
courtesy, a refined literary interest, a whimsical humor, a cleverness
in versification often exhibited at our Club dinners and celebrations.
1925} Svenson,—The White Pine in middle Tennessee 27
It will be noted that these are qualities very rarely combined, as they
were in his case, with exceptional powers of observation, a trained
business judgment and firmness of decision, for his opinions had a
fine definiteness and were in matters of importance tenaciously held.
Unflagging loyalty to an avocation, of a scientific and somewhat
technical nature, taken up in youth and continued throughout life,
is in itself a remarkable achievement. That his botanical activities
gave great pleasure to our late friend there can be no doubt. They
enriched his life and brought him into a host of human relations which
he keenly enjoyed. In return for these pleasures, his services were
liberally given and they were of an extent and nature to win for him
the enduring gratitude of our Club and insure him an honorable
place in the history of botany.
THE WHITE PINE IN MIDDLE TENNESSEE.
H. K. Svenson.
In August, 1922, Mr. W. C. Dickinson of Peabody College, Nash-
ville, and the writer collected plants in the hills west of Nashville,
and found on the summit of the high bluffs just south of the village
of Craggie Hope, in Cheatham County, about a dozen full-grown
specimens of Pinus Strobus. This station obviously extends the
known distribution of the white pine some distance to the south-
west. According to Sargent! the distribution of this tree is “ New-
foundland to Manitoba, southward through the northern states to
Pennsylvania, northern and eastern Ohio, northern Indiana, valley
of the Rocky River near Oregon, Ogle County, Illinois, and central
and southeastern Iowa, and along the Appalachian Mountains to
Eastern Kentucky and Tennessee and northern Georgia.” Gattinger?
in his Flora of Tennessee reports it “from the Cumberland Mountains,
and prominently [in] the Alleghenies along the slopes of the highest
ridges.” In the introduction, pp. 23-24, he makes the following
observations: “There are neither pines nor firs the whole length of
distance from Pulaski to Elizabethtown, near Louisville, Ky., nor
are any to be found for a great distance east or west of this line (Nash-
ville & Decatur Railroad). The scrub pine [P. virginiana] is the
1Sargent, C. S. Man. Trees N. A. ed. 2: 3-4. (1921.)
2Gattinger, A. Fl. Tenn. 31. (1901.)
28 Rhodora [FEBRUARY
only species I have ever observed in Middle Tennessee. I found it
sparingly and confined to a limited belt of hills around the confluence
of the Harpeth and Turnbull Rivers, in Dickson County.” This
is the very region where we found the white pines, which, from the
gravels of Turnbull River, could be seen silhouetted against the sky
at the summit of the almost inaccessible bluffs; whereas the more
abundant scrub pines were found in the low-lying, sterile soils be-
tween the river and Craggie Hope. We also observed Pinus virginiana
in the oak barrens toward White Bluffs, in Dickson County, a few
miles to the northwest. However, the white pine must be of extremely
limited occurrence in this region. An ascent of the bluffs showed
that it grew rather sparsely on the rich well-drained slope at the sum-
mit of the bluffs, several of the mature trees, however, producing
cones. Close to the bank of Turnbull River, shaded by the high cliffs,
were Waldsteinia fragarioides, and Equisetum hyemale var. inter-
medium. These are reported by Gattinger only from the Alleghe-
nies, and the entire locality has the appearance of a fragment of the
northern Alleghenian forest, isolated in Middle Tennessee. Further
exploration was prevented by darkness. Specimens of the plants
are in the Gray Herbarium.
Union CoLLEGE, Schenectady.
THE NAME SISYMBRIUM.
K. K. MACKENZIE.
THE genus Sisymbrium was described by Linnaeus as follows in
the 5th edition of the Genera Plantarum, p. 296, published in 1754:
“728. SISYMBRIUM. * Tournef. 109. Radicula Dill. gen. 6.
„CAL. Perianthium tetraphyllum: foliolis lanceolato-linearibus,
patentiusculis, coloratis, deciduis.
“Cor. tetrapetala, cruciformis. Petala oblonga, erecto-patentia,
calyce saepius minora, unguibus minimis.
“Sram. Filamenta sex, calyce longiora: quorum duo opposita
paulo breviora. Antherae simplices.
“Pist. Germen oblongum, filiforme. Stylus vix ullus. Stigma
obtusum.
“Per. Siliqua longa, incurva, [gibba,] teres, bilocularis, bivalvis:
valvulis dissepimento paulo brevioribus.
1925] Mackenzie,—The Name Sisymbrium 29
“Sem. plurima, parva.
“Ops. Sophia corollam calyce breviorem gerit, & siliquam tenuis-
simam longissimam.
“Radiculae D. siliquam gibbam brevissimam proferunt [uti 1. 2. 3.].
“Calyx & Corolla in hoc genere patentia.”
The bracketed words were not in the Ist edition published in
1737 or in the 3rd edition published in 1743 (see page 247). In those
editions Linnaeus also had an immaterial observation about Eruca
which he later omitted.
In the first edition of the Species Plantarum (pp. 657-660) published
in 1753, the species of Sisymbrium listed by Linnaeus were (1)
Nasturium [aquatic'] um; (2) sylvestre; (3) amphibium « palustre, 8
aquaticum, à sylvestre; (4) supinum; (5) polyceratium; (6) murale;
(7) vimineum; (8) arenosum; (9) monense; (10) asperum; (11) Sophia;
(12) tanacetifolium; (13) altissimum; (14) Irio; (15) strictissimum;
(16) integrifolium.
In arriving at the proper use of the name Sisymbrium it is believed
that the following points should be considered:
(1) In the Genera Plantarum Linnaeus gives references to Tourne-
fort under a vast majority of the generic names proposed by him.
These references are not to the descriptions of Tournefort, but to his
plates. The plates are excellent and carefully prepared detail draw-
ings. In other words, what Linnaeus did with most of his genera was
to cite a definite excellent illustration showing exactly what he had
in mind. Where he had any doubts whether the way in which Tourne-
fort used a generic name in an illustration was the way in which he
himself wished to use it he omitted the reference. For example,
Tournefort (pl. 298) has a fine illustration of Chaetochloa as Panicum,
but Linnaeus does not cite this at all.
In the case of Sisymbrium the Linnaean reference is to Tournefort’s
plate 109. This is an excellent detail illustration of the water cress,
Sisymbrium Nasturtium.
(2) It will be noted that Linnaeus in his generic description says
“siliqua longa.” He treated species with siliques “longissima” or
“ brevissima” as belonging to the genus Sisymbrium, but he self-
evidently did not regard either as typical, because he made special
observation about each.
1 According to the custom of the period, Linnaeus here indicated “aquatic” by
an equilateral triangle.
30 Rhodora [FEBRUARY
His generic description applies directly to the water cress, and not
to such a species as Sisymbrium altissimum, which has very long
pods.
(3) Special attention has been called to his language Radiculae
D. siliquam gibbam brevissimam proferunt, uti 1, 2, 3” and the
argument has been advanced that as “1” evidently refers to the
first species treated by him in Species Plantarum (namely the water
cress) he by this language intended to indicate that this species was
not typical. The following facts about this argument were not
however noted by those who advanced the argument.
(a) The water cress does not have siliques which anyone would
ever think of describing as“ brevissimam.”
(b) Dillenius, from whom the name Radicula is cited, treated the
water cress as a Sisymbrium (Cat. Pl. Gus. 169). His illustration
of Radicula (plate 6, opposite p. 124 l. c.) cited by Linnaeus is an
excellent one of one of the plants we now call Radicula, and it has
siliques which everyone would at once characterize as“ brevissimam.”
(c) Linnaeus turned out a great deal of work in a hurry and there
are many typographical errors in some of his works. He complained
of the “carelessness as to corrections” of his printers (Jackson’s
Life of Linnaeus p. 299); and I am very sure that the views of his
printers concerning the manuscript he furnished them would have
been most interesting if they had been preserved.
The first edition of the Species Plantarum and its companion
volume, the fifth edition of the Genera Plantarum, show in various
places unmistakable evidence of this haste. Some of the errors which
crept in Linnaeus corrected in subsequent editions, and one of the
errors so corrected by him deals with the very words we are now
considering.
In other words, in the sixth edition of the Genera Plantarum (p.
338) published in 1764 Linnaeus changed these words to read “uti
4, 5”; and in its companion volume, the third edition of the Species
Plantarum, we note (p. 916-7) that species 4 and 5 are species 2 and
3 of the first edition and that species 1 of both editions (the water
cress) was omitted from the statement. In other words Linnaeus
did not regard the water cress as one of the species to which his re-
marks about Radicula were applicable.
(4) Hill in the British Herbal (p. 245) published in 1756 seems
to have been the first reviser of the Linnaean conception of Sisym-
1925] Mackenzie,—The Name Sisymbrium 31
brium. He confined the name Sisymbrium to the water cresses,
saying, Linnaeus “very improperly joins with the water-cresses many
plants not allied to them; these we shall give under other regular
genera, and in their proper places.” Accordingly he assigned some
Linnaean species of Sisymbrium to Radicula (p. 264-5); species 11
(Sophia), species 14 (Irio) and species 15 (strictissimum) he assigned
to Erysimum (p. 251). To the genus Eruca (p. 237) he assigned
species 9 (monense) and 6 (murale).
(5) The next reviser was Adanson in 1763 (Fam. Pl. 2: 417).
He also confined the name Sisymbrium to the water cresses, specifically
citing Tournefort’s plate 109; and he divided other Linnaean species
of Sisymbrium among the genera Kibera Adans., Roripa Scop., Sophia
Dod, and Norta Adans., assigning to these genera respectively the
Linnaean species of Sisymbrium numbered 4, 3, 11 and 15 and in
addition No. 10 to Roripa.
(6) The sixteen species given by Linnaeus are now referred to
anywhere from nine to eleven different genera. Radicula and Norta
(Sisymbrium of various authors) have practically the same number,
the exact number depending on the disposition of certain species,
which widely varies with different authors.
(7) The name Sisymbrium is a very old one. Some of the earlier
botanists used it both for species of Mentha and for the water cress.
Thus in Matthiolus Commentarii x x Dioscorides (p. 292 Italian ed.
of 1560; p. 487 ed. of 1565) we find an excellent illustration of the
water cress as Sisymbrium aquaticum, while on pages 485-6 (last
cited edition) we find equally excellent illustrations of two mints,
one labeled Sisymbrium hortense and the other Sisymbrium sylvestre.
The use of the name for the mints seems to have soon died out, but
the use of the name for species of Cruciferae continued. The old
authors had just as much trouble in applying names to species of
Cruciferae as modern authors, and one can find various species as-
signed to the genus by different authors, but as far as I have seen all
authors who used the name at all cited the water cress as one of the
species of the genus.
Summing up, the plate of Sisymbrium cited by Linnaeus illustrates
the water cress; his generic description best applies to the water
cress of any of the species given by him; the historic name of the water
cress is Sisymbrium; the first revisers of the Linnaean genus, Hill
and Adanson, both separately and both very properly, restricted the
32 Rhodora [FEBRUARY
name Sisymbrium to the water cress and removed the other elements
to other genera. Under these circumstances, under all codes of
nomenclature the name Sisymbrium should now be applied to the
water cress.
MAPLEWOOD, NEW JERSEY.
TWO NEW EPILOBIUMS OF EASTERN AMERICA.
M. L. FERNALD.
In 1918 I described from the Magdalen Islands and Newfoundland
Epilobium densum Raf., var. nesophilum.! At that time the plant
was known only in flower and very young fruit. In August, 1924,
however, Messrs. Bayard Long, Boyd Dunbar and I were so fortunate
as to secure abundant fruiting as well as flowering material in New-
foundland and to collect the very characteristic stolons which had
heretofore been inadequately known. The mature seed is quite
unlike that of E. densum in having only a very short and scarcely
obvious collar, the coma appearing to come directly from the sum-
mit of the seed; E. densum having a more defined neck. Var. neso-
philum, furthermore, reproduces by filiform stolons which terminate
in subglobose tubers, E. densum being non-stoloniferous. These,
in addition to the characters originally pointed out: the subsimple
to slightly branching habit, in contrast with the dense branching
of E. densum; the commonly broader leaves; the calyx 4.5-7 mm.
long, contrasted with the shorter calyx (34.3 mm. long) of E. den-
sum; and the large petals (7.5-10 mm. long) contrasted with the small
petals (4.2-6.5 mm. long); abundantly distinguish the Magdalen
Island and Newfoundland plant from the continental E. densum
and I now have no hesitation in treating it as
Errmozium nesophilum (Fernald) n. comb. E. densum, var. neso-
philum Fernald, RHODORA, xx. 29 (1918).
From E. palustre, E. nesophilum is quickly distinguished by the
close cinereous puberulence of the foliage, the short pedicels, the
erect buds with submucronate tips as in E. densum and the very
large petals; and in large plants the prolonging inflorescences have a
strikingly unilateral or scorpioid tendency which is not common in
E. palustre and I have never seen in E. densum.
! Fernald, Ruopora, xx. 29 (1918).
1925] Fernald, Two new Epilobiums of eastern America 33
In wet peaty or silicious soil in southern Newfoundland, found by
us almost wherever we landed, from Trepassey near Cape Race to
Port aux Basques near Cape Ray, occurs a little Epilobium obviously
related to E. palustre and E. nesophilum in its simple or subsimple
habit and slender terete stem, but differing from both in its short
oblong or elliptical blunt leaves, oblong and obtuse calyx-segments,
and especially in the remarkably prolonged neck of the seed; the
seeds of both the other species having the neck exceedingly short
and inconspicuous. In its tiny white or barely pink-tinged petals the
little plant with long-necked seeds is like some of the varieties of
E. palustre, especially vars. labradoricum Hausskn. and mandjuricum
Hausskn. both of which occur in Newfoundland; but the seeds of
both these varieties are like those of typical E. palustre in having
merely a very short and scarcely perceptible neck; and the calyx-
segments, like those of E. palustre, are lanceolate and acutish. The
Newfoundland plant seems to be undescribed but it may be what
Haussknecht referred to under E. palustre, var. altaicum Hausskn.,
an Altai plant with short, obtuse and dilated leaves and “minute”
erect flowers, when he said: Aehnliche Formen sammelte De La
Pylaye in Neu-Fundland.’! The seeds of var. altaicwm are not
described, but that the little plant of Newfoundland here discussed
should not be placed under E. palustre seems reasonably clear. In
view of its general occurrence in southern Newfoundland, where a
century ago the remarkable student of the flora, Bachelot de la Pylaie
did so much exploring, it seems appropriate to call the plant
EPILOBIUM (PALUSTRIFORMES) Pylaieanum, n. sp., planta pusilla ex
rhizomate filiformi; sobolibus subepigaeis filiformibus elongatis; caule
simplici vel sparce ramoso gracile 0.3-1.7 dm. alto tereti minute piloso
pilis arcuato-incurvis; foliis 5-10-jugis oblongis vel ellipticis obtusis
vel apice rotundatis, mediis 0.8-2 cm. longis 2.5-5 mm. latis margine
integris revolutis utrinque glabris vel sparse puberulis superne sub-
lucidis; alabastris erectis apiculatis pilosiusculis; floribus parvis 3-5
mm. longis erectis; calycis laciniis oblongis obtusis; petalis albidis vel
pallide lilacinis; capsulis 2-4.5 cm. longis junioribus pilis adpressis
brevibus cinereo-pubescentibus; pedicellis 1-3.5 cm. longis; seminibus
2 mm. longis fusiformibus apice longe (0.2 mm.) in appendiculum
attenuatis, testa papillis brevibus rotundatis dense obsita.
Plant small, from a filiform rhizome; the sobols mostly superficial,
filiform, elongate: stem simple or sparingly branched, slender, 0.3-1.7
dm. high, terete, minutely pilose with incurving hairs; leaves 5-10
1 Hausskn., Mon. Gatt. Epilob. 134 (1884)
34 Rhodora [FEBRUARY
pairs, oblong or elliptic, obtuse or rounded at apex, the median 0.8-2
cm. long, 2.5-5 mm. wide, with revolute margins, glabrous on both
sides or sparingly puberulent, slightly lustrous above: buds erect,
apiculate, minutely pilose: flowers 3-5 mm. long, erect: calyx-lobes
oblong, obtuse: petals white or pale lilac: capsules 24.5 cm. long, the
young cinereous with short appressed hairs: pedicels 1-3.5 cm. long:
seeds 2 mm. long, fusiform, tapering to a slender collar 0.2 mm. long;
the testa closely covered with rounded pebbling.—NEWFOUNDLAND:
wet bog-barrens, Trepassey, August 16, 1924, Fernald, Long & Dunbar,
no. 26,862; silicious gravelly slope, Harbour Breton, August 29, 1924,
no. 26,863; granitic ledges, Ramea, August 30, 1924, no. 26,864; wet
peaty barrens among the gneiss hills back of Port aux Basques,
August 31, no. 26,865 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).
In its long-necked seeds and in its ellipitic or oblong leaves E.
Pylaieanum somewhat simulates E. nutans Schmidt of the mountains
of central Europe, but the latter species has leafy basal offshoots
and decumbent bases and its pink petals are much larger than those
of the plant of southern Newfoundland.
Gray HERBARIUM.
RECORDS OF BIDENS FRONDOSA VAR. ANOMALA PorTER.—This
variety, characterized by its upwardly barbed awns, has been re-
corded by Fernald! from marshes along the lower Schuylkill and
Delaware Rivers in Pennsylvania, New Jersey, and Delaware, from
the mouth of the Androscoggin River in Maine, and from the vicinity
of Halifax, Nova Scotia, and of St. Ann’s, Cape Breton. Sherff?
records it also from Kansas and Nebraska. Specimens collected by
the writer in Massachusetts and in the District of Columbia fill in
the gap in its northern range and also extend the limits of its known
range somewhat to the southward.
On 4 Sept., 1924 I found a colony of half a dozen plants, all belong-
ing to this variety, growing in shingle between houses at Nantasket
Beach, Hull, Massachusetts. A specimen of this collection has been
deposited in the herbarium of the New England Botanical Club.
In the vicinity of Washington, D. C., var. anomala is apparently
not particularly rare along the Potomac River and the Chesapeake
and Ohio Canal. On 14 Sept., 1921 I found a colony on the shore of
RO DORA 15: 75. 1913.
2 Bot. Gaz. 64: 34. 1917.
=
19251 Third Edition of Grout's Mosses with a Hand-Lens 35
Analostan Island, Washington, D. C. In the fall of 1924, I gave
special attention to the examination of the various species of Bidens
for forms with upwardly barbed awns. Bidens connata var. anomala
Farwell, the form of connata with daai barbed awns, already
recorded from Washington by Sherff, was found on several occasions,
and three new localities for B. frondosa var. anomala were also dis-
covered. A single plant of the latter form was collected from the
river wall of the Potomac in East Potomac Park, and another at
Fox Ferry, D. C., across the river from Alexandria. Both these
localities might easily have been reached by seeds from the Analostan
Island colony. A thriving colony was found on the banks of the
Chesapeake and Ohio Canal, between Locks 10 and 12, near Cabin
John, Maryland, growing with B. connata var. anomala. Specimens
have been deposited in the Gray Herbarium and the National Herba-
rium.—S. F. Braxe, Bureau of Plant Industry, Washington, D. C.
THe THIRD Epirion or Grout’s Mosses WII A Hanp-LENs.—
To the amateur and to the professional botanist whose chief interest
lies in other groups of plants, the news that Grout's Mosses with a
Hand-Lens has appeared in a new edition is very welcome. The
work itself needs no introduction, for it has been widely used ever
since the first edition appeared in 1900. The inclusion of hepatics
in the second edition in 1905 made the work much more useful, since
the novice frequently collects the leafy hepatics along with his mosses.
In the present edition? the introduction has been rewritten and
expanded to three times its former length, making the work more
available as an elementary text book of bryology as well as a flora
for beginners. The treatment of the Sphagnaceae has been expanded
from three to eight pages and that of the other mosses has been re-
vised and four species added.
Dr. M. A. Howe has rewritten the treatment of the hepatics, mak-
ing it more nearly equal and parallel to that of the mosses. The num-
1 Bot. Gaz. 64: 34. 1917. The record of Bidens bidentoides (Nutt.) Britton in the
“Flora of the District of Columbia and vicinity, Contr. U. S. Nat. Herb. 21: 289,
1919, is based on the Vasey specimen of B. connata var. anomala mentioned by Sheriff,
and on another specimen of the same variety collected near Cabin John, Md.. by
W.R. Maxon. Genuine B. bidentoides has not been found in the District of Columbia
region.
2 Grout, A. J., Mosses with a hand-lens, third edition, a popular guide to the
common or conspicuous mosses and liverworts of the north-eastern United States.
Liverworts by M. A. Howe, published by the author, 1 Vine St.. New Brighton,
Staten Island, New York City. xv 339 p. [1924]. Price $3.50.
36 Rhodora [FEBRUARY
ber of pages dealing with the former is more than double that of the
earlier edition and thirty-four more species are described.
Perhaps the most striking change in the present edition is the addi-
tion of about one hundred illustrations. A large number of photo-
graphs, by the author and others, showing the habit and occasionally
the habitat, have been added. These have been reproduced very
well in half-tone and add much to the attractiveness of the work.—
CARROLL W. Donae, Farlow Herbarium.
The date of the January issue (unpublished as this goes to press) will be
announced later.
Hodova
JOURNAL OF THE
NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE
WILLIAM PENN RICH, Publication Committee
Vol. 27. March, 1925. No. 315.
CONTENTS:
The Validity of Eleocharis quadrangulata. M. L. Fernald...... 37
Inflorescence and Flower- form in Polygonum. F. E. Stanford. 41
Proper Use of the Name Leontodon. K. K. Mackenzie 47
Cladonia mateocyatha and Variations in C. Beaumontii.
C. A. Robbins icn ewe eee 49
Late-biooming Violets in Connecticut. J. F. Smith........... 51
A White Mountain Flora (review). M. L. Fernald............ 52
Boston, Mass.
300 Massachusetts Ave. | Preston and Rounds Co.
| Providence, R. J.
RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Maas.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.
BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.
CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000
cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.
CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray Hersparium, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.
MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.
Vol. J. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. I year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.
Rhodora
JOURNAL OF
THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Vol. 27. March, 1925. No. 315.
THE VALIDITY OF ELEOCHARIS QUADRANGULATA.
M. L. FERNALD.
(Plate 149.)
IN revising the treatment of Lleocharis for the 7th edition of Gray’s
Manual it was not found satisfactory to follow Dr. Britton in reducing
to the tropical American E. mutata (L.) R. & S. the plant of temp-
erate eastern North America which was described by Michaux as
Scirpus quadrangulatus? and which under Eleocharis becomes E.
quadrangulata (Michx.) R. & 8. Subsequently, however, the latter
plant has continued to be treated by Dr. Britton and by those who
have not checked his identification, as strictly identical with the
tropical E. mutata and the present writer has frequently been called
upon to explain this discrepancy in the treatment of E. quadrangulata.
The question coming anew, it seems desirable to point out the char-
acters of the three species which are often confused under the blanket-
name E. mutata.
The first of these plants published was Scirpus mutatus, described
in Elmgren’s dissertation under Linnaeus, Pugillus Jamaicensium
Plantarum.* The original description was brief:
SCIRPUS multatus; admodum similis Scirpo articulato,
sed differt culmo triquetro, minime articulato;
but in the 2d edition of the Species Plantarum Linnaeus made it clear
that S. mutatus has the culms not “less articulated” but “not arti-
culated: ”
1R. & S. Syst. ii. 155 (1817).
2 Michx. Fl. Bor. Am. i. 30 (1803).
3R. & S. l. c. (1817).
L. Amoen. Acad. v. 391 (1760).
38 Rhodora [MARCH
Simillimus S. geniculato, sed Culmus triqueter, molliusculus, nec
arliculatus.!
The plant of temperate eastern North America was clearly described
under Scirpus by Michaux.
QUADRANGULATUS. S. aphyllus; culmis stricte erectis,
acute quadrangulatis: spica longo-cylindrica;
squamis rotundato-obtusis.
Obs. Affinis S. mutato.
Hab. in Carolina.?
In the Illusirated Flora, Dr. Britton? reduced E. quadrangulata
without reservation to E. mutata, although in the description he over-
looked the 3-angled culms of the latter species and ascribed to E.
mutata (incorrectly) “culms sharply 4-angled”’; and he also ascribed
to E. mutata a “conic acute tubercle, which is truncate or contracted
at the base,” the characteristic tubercle of the northern ZE. quad-
rangulata but by no means of the tropical plant with 3-angled
culms generally passing as E. mutata; and the artist correctly figured
the 4-angled culms and the outline of the characteristic achene and
tubercle of the northern plant. In the 2nd edition of the Illustrated
Flora, however, the correct illustration of E. quadrangulata was re-
tained, the description (as E. mutala) was recast to include some
characters of the tropical plant: “culms sharply 3-A-angled,“ and
che achene capped merely by “ the conic acute tubercle,’ with nothing
said, as in the Ist edition, about its being contracted at base. Simi-
larly, in the Botany of Porto Rico and the Virgin Islands, Dr. Britton,
although not definitely citing E. quadrangulata as a synonym, gives
E. mutata a range including “eastern United States” and culms
“3—-angled. ”
When the achenes of the temperate American plant with 4-angled
culms, E. quadrangulata, are examined they are found to have a clearly
defined neck below the elongate tubercle (figs. IA); when the achenes
of the tropical American plant which seems to be E. mutata® (a plant
with 3-angled culms) are examined they show a thick collar, rather
L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2, i. 71 (1762).
2 Michx. I. c. (1803).
3 Britton in Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. i. 249, fig. 578 (1896).
Britton I. c. ed. 2, i. 311 (1913).
5 Britton, Sci. Surv. Porto Rico and Virgin Ids. v. pt. i. 90 (1923).
6 Such Jamaican material as is at hand agrees with the descriptions of Grisebach
and of Clarke in having the achene smooth or very finely and delicately cancellate;
accordingly this tropical American plant with most delicately cancellate achene is
here understood as E. mutata.
1925} Fernald,—The Validity of Eleocharis quadrangulata 39
than a slender and collarless neck projecting about the base of the
style (figs. 12-14). Furthermore, in E. mutata the mature achene
(including the tubercle) is only 1.7-2.3 mm. long, the achene of E.
quadrangulata measuring (with the tubercle) 2.7-4.2 mm. long. The
characteristic differences iu the achenes of E. mutata (figs. 12-14)
and E. quadrangulata (figs. 1-4) are brought out in the drawings
which Dr. Arthur M. Johnson has most kindly made from specimens
selected from a wide geographic range: fig. 1 from Missouri, 2 from
New Jersey, 3 from central New York, 4 from eastern Massachusetts ;
12 from the island of St. Jan (Danish West Indies), 13 from Venezuela,
14 from French Guiana. E. mutata occurs on various West Indian
islands (seen from Jamaica, St. Jan and Guadeloupe), in Venezuela,
British Guiana, French Guiana, Brazil, Colombia and Panama.
It has been reported from Albemarle Island in the Galapagos group
but the achene of the Albemarle plant (fig. 11) is not characteristic,
having a more definite neck than in the other plants and further
collections may show it to be worthy separation. E. quadrangulata
occurs from eastern Massachusetts to southern Ontario, south to
Georgia, Louisiana and eastern Texas.
The third species which is generally passing in tropical America
as Eleocharis mutata has, like that species, a 3-angled culm but its
pale-green to olive-green achenes are globose-obovoid and more
coarsely sculptured than are the olive to brown achenes of E. mutata
and there is a distinct constriction below the tubercle, somewhat as
in the northern E. quadrangulata. In E. mutala (figs. 12-14) the
longitudinal ribs of the achene are about 50 in number, rather crowded
and in mature fruit often inconspicuous; in E. quadrangulata the larger
and in maturity castaneous achenes are similarly marked; but in
the tropical American plant with 3-angled culms and pale-green to
olive-green globose-obovoid achenes with constricted neck (figs.
5-10) there are only 20-30 remote longitudinal ribs conspicuous at
maturity and connected by rather distinct cross-ridges. And this
plant has achenes intermediate in size between those of E. mutata
(figs. 12-14) and of E. quadrangulata (figs. 1-4). In the former, as
already stated, they are 1.7-2.3 mm. long; in the latter 2.7-4.2 mm.
long; while in the third species (figs. 5-10) they measure 2-2.8 mm.
in length. In its technical characters this third species is a close match
for oriental specimens of E. fistulosa (Poir.) Schultes.! Specimens
Schultes, Mant. ii. 89 (1824).
40) Rhodora (Marcu
of the latter in mature fruit from India, China and Ceylon (fig. 6),
from Sierra Leone (fig. 5) and from central Africa are in habit quite
identical with and show achenes essentially inseparable from those
of plants of Cuba (fig. 7), Colombia, Paraguay, Panama (fig. 10)
and Vera Cruz (fig. 9) and from Chatham Island in the Galapagos
(fig. 8).
In fact, in 1869 Boeckeler recognized this identity of the tropical
American with the oriental plant, accurately describing E. fistulosa
(as Heleocharis) and citing! specimens not only from India, Ceylon
and Madagascar but from Jalapa (Vera Cruz), Brazil, British Guyana
and the West Indian island of Guadeloupe. Caruel, likewise, recog-
nized it as an American plant when he reported? it from Chatham
Island in the Galapagos, and Stewart also reported it from Chatham
Island. Stewart’s specimens in mature fruit are quite typical (fig. 8).
Nevertheless, the late C. B. Clarke wholly ignored or discredited the
occurrence of E. fistulosa in tropical America, treating’ the American
plants and references as all belonging to E. mutata. That E. mutata,
E. fistulosa and E. quadrangulata are abundantly distinct should be
obvious from Dr. Johnson’s drawings of the achenes of the three
species.
Gray HERBARIUM.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 149.
Frias. 1-4, achenes of Eleocharis quadrangulala, X 10; 1 from Newton Co.,
Missouri (Bush); 2 from Sussex Co., New Jersey (Porter); 3 from Cayuga
Co., New York (Eames, Randolph & Wiegand, no. 11,410); 4 from Norfolk
Co., Massachusetts (Fernald & Wiegand, no. 133). Fias. 5-10, achenes of
E. fistulosa X 10; 5 from Sierra Leone (Scott Elliot, no. 4453); 6 from Ceylon
(Thwaites, no. 3162); 7 from Cuba (Wright, no. 3376); 8 from Chatham
Island (Stewart, no. 1080); 9 from Vera Cruz (Botteri, no. 756); 10 from
Panama (Pittier, no. 4557). Fias. 11-14, achenes of E. mutata X 10; 11
doubtful plant from Albemarle Island, Galapagos (Snodgrass & Heller, no.
261); 12 from St. Jan, Danish West Indies (Eggers); 13 from Venezuela
(Broadway, no. 580); 14 from French Guiana (Broadway, no. 203).
1 Boeckeler, Linnaea, xxxvi. 472 (1869-70).
2 Caruel, Rendic. della R. Accad. dei Linc. v. 622 (1889).
3 A. Stewart, Proc. Cal. Acad. Ser. 4, i. 43 (1911).
C. B. Clarke in Urban, Symbolae Antillanae, ii. 61 (1900).
1925] Stanford,—Inflorescence and Flower-form in Polygonum 41
THE INFLORESCENCE AND FLOWER-FORM IN POLY-
GONUM, SUBGENUS PERSICARIA.
E. E. STANFORD.
THE inflorescence of the subgenus Persicaria consists typically of
a series of fascicles of small pedicellate flowers disposed along a
lengthened axis. Each fascicle is subtended by a characteristic,
more or less obliquely turbinate structure, the ocreola. The single
flowers are each enveloped in a bract resembling the ocreola, but
often so diaphanous or so hidden within the ocreola as to escape
observation. The ocreolae, and consequently the fascicles within
them, are spirally arranged; in the younger stages closely appressed
and imbricated, concealing the buds. Later the rhachis usually
elongates somewhat, and the ocreolae, in the more loosely flowered
species, become somewhat separated and plainly visible, being then
usually rather herbaceous in texture. In the dense-flowered types
they may be nearly or quite hidden by the developing flowers, being
then usually thinly membranous, in color and texture resembling
the ocreae, of which they may be considered a floral counterpart.
Most commonly the intervals between the ocreolae are fairly uniform,
but in some species, especially the more laxly flowered, the basal
grouping may be irregular or interrupted.
The number of flowers within an ocreola varies from one or two to
seven or eight; most commonly a median number is found. The
succession of flowering of the inflorescence as a whole is from the base
to apex. The flowers of each fascicle also mature in a succession which
may take some days or even weeks for its completion; often the first to
appear in a particular fascicle have matured and disappeared con-
siderably before the last have appeared above the margin of the
ocreola.
In most American floras the terms spike, raceme, or spike-like
raceme are used in reference to the inflorescence of these plants.
As to the first, the flowers are plainly not sessile, the pedicels in all
cases being evident even on casual examination, and in some cases
much exserted and exceeding the accrescent calyx in length. The
term raceme is usually applied to a simple inflorescence. For this
rather peculiar compound type of floral arrangement the somewhat
unsatisfactory term of spiciform or spicate panicle is perhaps the
most appropriate.
42 Rhodora Manch
The flowers are extremely simple, consisting of a 5-cleft (in some
species sometimes, or even typically, 4-cleft) calyx, on the base of
which, surrounding the ovary, are borne from 5 to 8 stamens; if more
than five, of two series, in maximum 5 and 3. The latter case is
considered the typical number; lesser numbers arise by reduction of
the inner of the two whorls. Alternating with the attachment of the
filaments, and often placed somewhat lower than that level, are
glandular nectaries, which vary considerably in their development,
being usually reduced in the smaller and more inconspicuously flowered
species, amd much larger in the more showy types, some of which are
rather important honey-plants. The lenticular or trigonal ovary is
surmounted by a cleft style whose segments are equivalent in number
to the angles of the ovary. Each segment ends in a capitate or some-
times clavate stigma.
Collectors who have particularly observed this group of plants
may have noted that the majority of the flowers open but briefly
or remain closed. Stamens and styles are usually included, or barely
exserted. Closer observation usually reveals, especially in terminal
and well-developed panicles, some scattered flowers which are
widely open, with stamens much in evidence and style less notice-
able. In herbarium sheets the majority of the still present flowers
are closed and bear achenes, usually well developed, but among these
remain some flowers still wholly or partially open, whose ovaries
show no sign of developing into fruit. The first impression, in field
or herbarium, is that the open flowers represent immature or accident-
ally unfertilized specimens. A closer scrutiny of both open and
closed flowers in various stages of development indicates, however,
that here are two classes of flowers, which, though rather similar
macroscopically, are quite different in function.
The open-type flowers appear always to be smaller, and the later
to develop, in the fascicle. Their anthers are well developed and
fully polleniferous. The pistil in the bud and early flowering stages
appears quite normal, but in comparison with the other type of flower
is smaller, and seems rarely or never to develop into a perfect achene.
Commonly the open flower drops soon after anthesis, which is nearly
simultaneous with the unfolding of the sepals. Not infrequently,
however, it remains long enough to indicate rather conclusively, by
its general withered appearance and the persistence of adherent
pollen on the stigma, that its retarded development is a matter of
organization and not of chance.
1925] Stanford,—Inflorescence and Flower-form in Polygonum 43
The inner structures of the more abundant fertile flowers show some-
what more variability. The styles are typically well developed; in
some cases with straight branches; in others with the members more
or less curled, sometimes in a complete circle, whereby the stigmas
are held, while the flower is closed, in immediate proximity to the
anthers. The anthers show, in different specimens of the same species,
and in different species, various degrees of development. Usually
they produce a fair quantity of pollen, though never the profuse
amounts characteristic of the open flowers. As anthesis occurs before,
or simultaneously with, whatever opening of the calyx may occur
here is clear evidence of cleistogamy. A further evidence may be
found in the common experience of collectors that specimens of this
group, collected apparently with flowers and achenes in all stages of
maturity, will, upon drying (particularly if the process is somewhat
delayed) present a very high per cent of mature achenes and few
gradations (in the fertile flowers) between these and the bud stage.
In some cases no pollen at all can be found in the partially developed
and shriveled anthers. Yet (except in the rather special conditions
noted in the amphibious group and to be described in another paper)
these are often fully fruitful. The common appearance of shrunken
pollen on the persistent stigmas may be held to indicate that actual
fertilization and not apogamy has taken place.
In some members of the group, then, are found, in their extremes
at least, three distinct types of flowers—in the terminology of Ker-
ner pseudo-hermaphrodite male, pseudo-hermaphrodite female, and
cleistogamous. Ordinary propagation evidently takes place by means
of the cleistogamous type. Occasional cross-fertilization, including
whatever hybridization may take place, presumably occurs by means
of the pseudo-hermaphrodite types. Meehan,' the only American
observer who appears to have published on these floral variations in
Polygonum, reports that insects frequently visit the pseudo-hermaph-
rodite male flowers, but never, according to his observation, the
cleistogamous ones, though these often open after close-fertilization
has occurred. This writer did not note the presence of the pseudo-
hermaphrodite female flowers—which, indeed, are very rare, if
occurring at all, in some species, e. g., P. pensylvanicum, although
occurring much more commonly in others, such as P. hydropiperoides.
The presence of considerable quantities of foreign pollen, as observed
T. Meehan, Dimorphism in Polygona. Acad. Nat. Sci, Phila. Proc. 1889, 59-61.
44 Rhodora [MARCH
by the present writer in many of the open-type flowers, may be taken
to corroborate the evidence of insect visitation. Actual cross fertili-
zation by this means cannot be said to be absolutely proven, depending
as it does mainly on visitation of the rather rare flowers of the virtually
pistillate types by an insect loaded with pollen from one of the other
types. The close proximity of the small flowers of this group, the
considerable development of nectaries, and the reputation of the
plants as bee-pasturage, adds probability to this form of transfer.
The pollen of the group cannot be considered as produced in sufficient
amounts, or as of the requisite type, to render transfer over great
distance by wind feasible. In the subgenus Persicaria we have a
group whose members have produced no well-defined mechanism of
fruit transportation. The comparatively heavy achenes drop close
to the parent plant, resulting under suitable conditions in succeeding
seasons, in dense masses of plants whose inflorescences are thrust
into close proximity above the foliage. Anthers of the virtually
staminate flowers are usually thrust prominently outward, if not
actually exserted. The pollen is shed readily. Given the occurrence
of virtually pistillate flowers on a nearby plant, fertilization by geiti-
nogamy seems a simple and probable way of insuring the fruit develop-
ment which, as before noted, is usually found in the pseudo-hermaphro-
dite female panicles.
The type of polymorphy especially characteristic of the amphibious
Persicarias has long been known in Europe, but seems to have escaped
notice in American floristic works. Typical descriptions of the plants
which have passed as Polygonum amphibium L. and P. Muhlenbergii
Wats. in this country indicate both as having stamens and styles
exserted. This condition indeed exists, but it is not the invariable
one. Polymorphy here takes the form of what is usually termed
heterostyly, and the term will be used here, although as far as the
amphibious members of the group are concerned, the actual differences
of elongation chiefly concern the stamens. One form, the long-styled,
has the style-divisions exserted, while the stamens are invisible in
the nearly closed calyx. In the short-styled form the flowers open
widely, and the style-branches also appear, but with and somewhat
surpassing them are the ends of the filaments and the anthers. The
actual difference in length between the styles of the two forms is less
than would at first appear; the amount of exsertion depends also on
the length of the ovary, which in the short-styled form is much reduced
1925] Stanford,—Inflorescence and Flower-form in Polygonum 45
and only rarely develops into an achene. If such development occurs,
the style usually elongates somewhat further after anthesis, and the
conditions closely parallel the proterandry descrbed by Mueller!
for the European P. Bistorta. Usually the virtually staminate flowers
are, like those described above for the more typical members of the
genus, quite infertile. Together with this heterostyly goes, typically
at any rate, the segregation of the two types of flowers on different
plants.
In the bud-stage the two-parted styles of the long-styled flowers
are curled within the bud with the stigmas outward. As the flower
opens the styles straighten and protrude strongly from the perianth.
The styles usually remain exserted, though somewhat recurved, in
fruit. The stamens are reduced in varying degrees; the anthers are
thin-walled; and, as compared with the other form, smaller and some-
what shrunken. At most they contain but a few grains of pollen.
Often they are quite empty. In the amphibious group this condition
is accompanied by a high percentage of infertility. The rather showy
and close-packed flowers possess well developed nectaries. Insects
are probably responsible for such cross-fertilization as takes place.
The usual closure of the long-styled flowers must hinder the process.
While in the flowering stage no morphological difference between the
flowers of a virtually pistillate panicle is evident, it seems highly
probable that there are other causes of the high degree of sterility
which lie deeper than failure in the transfer of the pollen. In P.
amphibium L. and its American representative, P. natans (Michx.)
Eaton, terrestrial forms flower rarely and appear still more rarely
fertile than the aquatic. Achenes of terrestrial forms found in
herbarium-material are usually imperfectly developed; so much is
this the case that immaturity cannot be held wholly responsible for it.
As achenes fall soon after maturity, the appearance of herbarium-
material often exaggerates the actual degree of infertility in these
plants, but it is certainly far more general than that found in other
American species. In P. coccineum Muhl., which is more completely
adapted to the terrestrial habitat, the dry-land forms more frequently
produce fertile achenes. As previously noted, the long-styled forms
open more or less, but in the event of fertilization at least, evidently
rather briefly. During the development of the achene it is closely in-
vested by the accrescent calyx. At maturity this is still tightly closed,
Herman Mueller, Die Befruchtung der Blumen durch Insekten, 175 (1873).
46 Rhodora [MARCH
considerably exceeding the fruit; it must be a factor of considerable
importance in keeping the heavy achene afloat in water-currents
and thus increasing the distribution of the species. These plants,
however, must depend chiefly for their propagation on the long run-
ning or, in aquatic states, semi-floating rhizomes, which extend
themselves very rapidly under suitable conditions. The long, meag-
erly rooting aquatic stems easily break off under stress of storm,
current, or other strain, and, floating away, root readily where they
happen to come to rest. The extreme development of these organs
of perennation as compared with that in other members of the sub-
genus which produce achenes in profusion suggests that here we have
floral degeneration consequent upon perfection of vegetative means
of reproduction. Certain other observations, to be touched upon in
in another paper, indicate the presence of still other factors, at least
as regards the American species, and the matter can by no means
be regarded as settled, nor of easy settlement.
In view of the well-known occurrence of this type of polymorphy
in the European Polygonum amphibium L., and the considerable
study that the group to which it belongs has received in this country,
it seems the more remarkable that the phenomenon has so far escaped
notice on this continent. It may be mentioned that the habit-draw-
ings of the species most concerned in Small’s Monograph! plainly
show the long-styled forms. The text and the detail-drawings, how-
ever, indicate the exsertion of both sets of essential organs. Some
5 American species of this group have been proposed by various
writers who failed to note the development of two types of flowers
on separate plants. Those not especially concerned with the multipli-
cation of names will view this lack of observation with a certain
degree of philosophy. Nieuwland, the principal present day exponent
of the views of Greene? regarding this group, in a paper? published
subsequent to his extensive review of the American Polygonums*
sought to reduce P. longistylum Small to the problematical P. bicorne
Raf. on the ground that the former alone in the American flora
possesses exserted styles. P. bicorne will be dealt with more at length
Small, Monograph oj the North American Species of the Genus Polygonum, Mem.
Dept. Bot. Columb. Col. i. (1895).
2 E. L. Greene, Certain Polygonaceous Genera. Leaflets of Bot. Obs. and Crit. i. 17-
50 (1904).
3 Nieuwland, Polygonum longistylum Small, a synonym. Am. Midl. Nat. iii. 200,
201 (1914).
4 Nieuwland, Our amphibious Persicarias, Am. Midl. Nat. ii. 1-24. 200-247 (1911-
12).
1925] Mackenzie,—Proper Use of the Name Leontodon 47
in another paper dealing primarily with the systematic standing of
P. longistylum Small and its close relatives. ,
P. longistylum, originally described from the long-styled form alone,
was reported by Robinson! as heterostyl, and the fact also noted by
that author and Fernald in the seventh edition of Gray’s Manual.
In contradistinction to the conditions in the amphibious group,
the style in P. longistylum is definitely reduced in the short-styled
form. Here, also, short-styled forms tend to sterility, but the per-
centage of barrenness is by no means so great as that which obtains
in the amphibious group. Usually a short-styled panicle will produce
at least a few apparently normal fruits. Here, as in the amphibious
group, the flower-types are segregated, or virtually so, so that the
condition is practically a dioecious one. A perennial plant described
as new in another paper in this series displays the same type of hetero-
styly.
It is of interest to observe that in Polygonum pensylvanicum,
closely related to P. longistylum, and still more in P. mexicanum,
of the same group, a trend toward heterostyly may often be observed,
but, so far as noted by the writer in the examination of a considerable
amount of material, it does not reach the point of segregation of types,
nor does there appear to be any great variation among plants in
percentage of sterility.
It is highly probable that a study of the flower-form of members
of the subgenus Persicaria in other sections of the world will bring
to light other cases of heterostyly.
WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.
PROPER USE OF THE NAME LEONTODON.
K. K. MACKENZIE.
Tue English name dandelion, the French name dent-de-lion, and
the Latin names dens-leonis and leontodon all mean exactly the same
thing and have the same derivation. As stated by Tournefort in
1719 (Instit. 469). “Dens leonis à foliorum forma, quae Leonis
maxillam dentibus suis instructam aemulari existimatur.”
Tournefort treated the dandelions and related plants under the
generic name Dens leonis. Linnaeus rejected double headed generic
Robinson, Notes on some Polygonums of western North America. Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist. xxxi. 265 (1904).
48 Rhodora [MARCH
names, and directly substituted the name Leontodon (Philosophia
Botanica 160 sec. 221).
Following is the description of the genus Leontodon given by
Linnaeus in 1754 in the fifth edition of the Genera Plantarum.
“817. LEONTODON.* Dens Leonis Tournef. 266. Vaill. A.
G. 1721. 50. 12. Taraxaconoides Vaill. A. G. 1721. 21.
“Car. Communis imbricatus, oblongus: Squamis interioribus
linearibus, parallelis, aequalibus, apice dehiscentibus. S. exterioribus
paucioribus, saepe reflexis ad basin.
“Cor. Composita imbricata, uniformis: corollulis hermaphroditis
numerosis, aequalibus.
“Propria monopetala, ligulata, linearis, truncata, quinquedentata.
“Stam. Filamenta quinque, capillaria, vix notabilia. Anthera
cylindracea, tubulata.
“Pist. Germen infra corollam propriam. Stylus filiformis, longi-
tudine ferme coro!lae. Stigmata duo, revoluta.
“Per. nullum. Calyx oblongus, rectus.
“Sem. solitaria, oblonga, scabra, terminata Stipite longissimo,
pappigero.
“Rec. nudum, punctatum.
“Oss. Dens Leonis V. pappo simplici seu capillari gaudet, & calycis
squamis exterioribus reflexis.
“Taraxaconoides V. Pappo plumoso seu radiato & calycis squamis
omnibus erectis dislinguitur.”
In the first edition (1753) of the Species Plantarum (p. 798) the
following species are listed:
(1) Taraxacum; (2) bulbosum; (3) Dandelion; (4) autumnale; (5)
tuberosum; (6) hispidum.
No. 1 is the common dandelion and represents the group treated
by Linnaeus as typical Dens Leonis.
No. 2 is a species of Crepis (Index Kewensis).
No. 3 is the North American Krigia Dandelion.
Nos. 4 and 5 and 6 belong to the genus treated in Britton and
Brown’s Illustrated Flora as Apargea and belong to the group Taraxa-
conoides referred to by Linnaeus.
The first use of the name Taraxacum after 1753 with which I am
acquainted was by Ludwig Def. Gen. 175 (1760), referred to in Gray’s
Manual. Ludwig included in Taraxacum the same two groups Dens
Leonis and Taraxaconoides as did Linnaeus. He did not divide the
genus. He merely substituted the name Taraxacum for Leontodon.
1925] Robbins,—Cladonia mateocyatha 49
In 1763 Adanson (Fam. Pl. 2: 112) divided the genus into Virea
and Leontodon. He retained the name Leontodon for Dens Leonis
of Tournefort (Table p. 569), and established the genus Virea for
Taraxaconoides Vaill. (Table p. 618), citing as a species “ Dens leon
foliis hirsut. hieracium, C. B. Prod. 63.” i. e., Leontodon hispidum L.
As far as I have found he was the first author to divide the genus,
and he divided it entirely correctly.
In 1772 Scopoli (Fl. Carn. (Ed. 2) 2: 99, 111) divided the genus in
a different way. For the common dandelion he constituted the genus
Hedypnots, and he retained the name Leontodon for the species forming
the group referred to by Linnaeus as Taraxaconoides. Out of this
failure of Scopoli to pay attention to the previous work of Adanson
has arisen I believe the nomenclatural troubles in the group.
The carefully worked out provisions of the American Code of
Nomenclature require the use of the generic name Leontodon for the
common dandelion and its allies. These provisions are very clear
and specific.
The much less carefully worked out provisions of the International
Code are in the present case equally definite. That code provides
“When a genus is divided if the genus contains a section or some
other division which, judging by its name or its species, is the type or
origin of the group, the name is reserved for that part of it.” Under
this provision it is self-evident that the Linnaean generic name
Leontodon must be reserved for the group referred to by him as Dens
leonis and not for the group Taraxaconoides. If one uses the method
of residues the same result is again reached.
The use of the name Leontodon for a group of plants to which the
common dandelion is not referred is directly contrary to the provisions
both of the American Code and the International Code. It should
be abandoned.
MAPLEWOOD, NEW JERSEY.
CLADONIA MATEOCYATHA, A NEW SPECIES, AND SOME
VARIATIONS IN C. BEAUMONTII.
C. A. ROBBINS.
THE Cladonia collector, particularly if his activities take him into
eastern Massachusetts, is sure to meet with a plant which, in well
developed states, might suggest to him a relationship to Cladonia
50 Rhodora [MARCH
degenerans (Floerk.) Spreng. Some collectors have indeed referred
examples of it to that species. It is, however, not without difficulty
thus referred and a series of plants taken from widely separated
regions shows that the plants possess constant characters which
are lacking in C. degenerans and in other species of Cladonia. Be-
cause of this and also because of its wide distribution,—Sandstede
states that it has been received in Europe from several stations in
North America,—it seems desirable to recognize it as a distinct
species.
CLADONIA mateocyatha sp. nov., primary squamules persistent or
disappearing, medium size to large, broadly oblong, entire or sub-
rotundly lobate, margins entire or sparingly subdentate, esorediate,
KOH-; podetia with cups, 5-35 mm. long, 4-8 mm. in diameter,
stout, erect or suberect, corticate, simple to several-ranked; proli-
ferations usually from the margins of the cups or occasionally from
the centers, short, irregularly turgescent, subtruncate, cups closed,
irregular or abortive, or even wholly obliterated by the proliferations;
cortex continuous or areolate, smooth to rugose, esorediate, esquamu-
lose or sparingly squamulose toward the base, grayish-green in shade
or becoming olivaceous to dark-brown in sunny situations, KOH-;
apothecia reddish-brown to brownish black.
In small clusters and large spreading colonies, on sandy loam;
in old, neglected fields, open upland woods, sandy banks, ete.
This species should be distinguished from C. degenerans (Floerk.)
Spreng. which, in some forms, has abortive cups, but is more slender,
the cortex is more dispersed with the decorticate areas more arach-
noid. C. gracilis (L.) Willd. f. dilacerata Floerk. has oblique cups
but they are rarely wholly obliterated and the proliferations are
marginal, the podetia longer and more slender.
C. maTEocyaTHA Robbins, f. squamulata f. nov., similar to the
typical form of the species but with the podetia and margins of the
cups squamulose.
C. Santensis Tuck. b. Beaumontii Tuck. was described as having
the “podetia elongated; cylindrical; very slender, dichotomously
much-branched, and intricate; the summits cristate-ramulose.””!
Vainio? raised the form to specific rank, adding little to his descrip-
tion? which is a literal translation of the original, beyond the state-
ment that it is near C. Gorgonina but its primary thallus is more per-
1 Tuckerman, E. A synopsis of the North American lichens, 1: 245. 1882.
2 Vainio, E. Monographia Cladoniarum universalis. Acta Soc. pro Fauna et
Fl. Fennica 10: 455. 1894.
3 Ibid. 4: 411. 1887.
1925] Smith, —Late-blooming Violets in Connecticut 51
sistent, its podetia shorter and becoming intensely yellow with KOH.
Neither author mentions any tendency in the plant to vary and it
is to be noted that, so far as the descriptions indicate, both consider
it strictly esquamulose. Nevertheless it often occurs in a more or
less densely squamulose condition! and as this condition is taken to
constitute a formal character in this genus, the variation should
be recorded in order to bring the species into agreement with current
practice. A pale-fruited state, not before described but similar to re-
corded states of C. cristatella, C. pyxidata and other species should
also be noticed.
C. Beaumont (Tuck.) Vainio f. elegans f. nov., podetia squamu-
lose throughout; otherwise similar to the typical form of the species.
f. pallida f. nov., apothecia pallid or pale flesh color.
The squamulose state is well exhibited and common in the wooded
country about Buzzards Bay. Material from Florida in the writer’s
herbarium approaches it. The pale-fruited state is rare.
ONSET, MASSACHUSETTS.
LATE-BLOOMING VIOLETS IN ConNectTIcuT.—On October 25,
1924, I found several plants of Viola scabriuscula in bloom in Suffield.
In size and appearance these plants resembled those of the species
as they are found in the spring, when the first few flowers open. A
few buds were seen, but no capsules were formed from these un-
seasonable flowers.
These plants were growing in a swamp from which the timber had
been cut, probably in the winter of 1922-3. The ground was screened
and protected by small growth and trimmings from the felled trees,
while a wooded slope on the west sheltered the spot from the pre-
vailing cold winds.
On Nov. 2, and again on Nov. 15, I gathered, on a sandy knoll with
a western exposure, several blossoms of Viola pedata.—JEssE F.
Smitu, Suffield School, Suffield, Connecticut.
1 Robbins, C. A. Cladonia Beaumontii in Massachusetts. Ruopora 25: 46-47.
1923.
52 Rhodora [Marcu
A Warre Mountain Fiora. New England botanists long waited,
often with impatience, the appearance of Pease’s Vascular Flora of
Coés County, New Hampshire, for they all knew that the most thor-
ough student who has devoted his attention to the flora of the White
Mountains would produce something worth while. In this expectation
they are in no way disappointed. To some the very detailed enumera-
tion of species and all their known stations will appeal; to others the
clear presentation of the Introduction, covering geographic, hydro-
graphic, orographic, lithological (by W. O. Crossy), climatic, floristic
and historical fields will seem more important. The last, with its
list of botanical explorers and the dates of their trips, from Manasseh
Cutler’s pioneer expedition of 1784 to the date of publication, is im-
mensely valuable and sets a highly important standard for other
students of local floras. The Bibliography, too, is remarkably full
and the significance of the different publications is stated. In nomen-
clature and classification the Catalogue follows the 7th edition of
Gray’s Manual but brings to date the treatments of groups studied
since 1908. The plates are beautiful reproductions from photographs
of Silene acaulis, var. exscapa, Cassiope hypnoides, Phyllococe coerulea,
Loiseleuria procumbens, Diapensia lapponica, Solidago Cutleri and
Arnica mollis. Everyone who is interested in the White Mountains
or their flora will want this invaluable and authoritative book.—M.
L.F.
1 ARTHUR STANLEY Pease, Proc, Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. xxxvii. no. 3. pp. 39-188,
7 plates. Boston, July, 1924.
Vol. 27, no. 313, including pages 1 to 16, was issued March, 1925.
Vol. 27, no. 314, including pages 17 to 36 and a portrait plate, was issued
20 March, 1925.
Plate 149
Rhodora
A. M. Johnson del.
ACILENES OF ISLEOCHARIS.
Hodora
JOURNAL OF THE
NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE
WILLIAM PENN RICH, Publication Committee
Vol. 27. April, 1925 No. 316.
CONTENTS:
Notes on the Flora of Boothbay, Maine. N. C. Fassett....... 53
Fourth Report of the Committee on Floral Areas.............. 56
The Genus Erysimum. K. K. Mackenzie. 65
Notes on Distichlis. N.C. Ü o²mĩy b yee eae. 67
Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. J.
300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.
-™ al
— f 2
Fou
* oA `
*
Cp j
oe
PON
RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.
BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.
CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
— of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000
cards,
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.
CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray Herparium, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.
MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. AA series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately. __
Vol. 3 Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. I year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.
Rbodora
JOURNAL OF
THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Vol. 27. April, 1925. No. 316.
NOTES ON THE FLORA OF BOOTHBAY, MAINE.
Norman C. FASSETT.
THE coast of Maine between Casco Bay and Penobscot Bay is
cut into a series of long narrow peninsulas, separated by a series of
fiord-like inlets, probably due to glacial erosion. The town of Booth-
bay, in Lincoln County, about twenty-five miles southeast of Bath,
is at the southern, 7. e., the seaward, end of one of these peninsulas.
The most southern part of the town consists of Linekin Neck, a piece
of land three miles long and varying in width from a few rods to a
mile. At the end of Linekin Neck is the summer colony of Ocean
Point, and off Ocean Point lie several islands. A few of these may
be mentioned in some detail.
A mile south of Ocean Point is Fisherman Island, a mile long and
only a few rods wide, lying almost due north and south. It rises to a
height of forty feet above sea level, and is used as a pasture for cattle.
It is almost treeless, and records show that it has been so for at least
two centuries.
A mile and a half south of Fisherman Island is Damiscove Island,
which is a mile and a half long, with the same proportions and orienta-
tion as its neighbor to the north. Thirty years ago the northern end
of Damiscove was wooded, but it is now bare, and used for sheep
pasturage. At about the middle of the island there is a pond a quarter
of a mile long, separated from the sea only by a narrow beach. The
seaward end of this pond is somewhat brackish, but the landward
end is a Sphagnum bog, with Vaccinium macrocarpon, Eriophorum
tenellum, and E. virginicum. It is remarkable, however, that in this
same bog grows Juncus balticus, var. littoralis. This pond, and other
brackish pond-holes on the island, will probably yield several interest-
ing species with thorough botanizing.
54 Rhodora [APRIL
One mile east of Damiscove Island is Outer Heron Island, which
is not settled, except for some cabins occasionally used by fishermen,
and cattle are pastured upon it. This island is to a large extent
wooded. A mile and a half to the southward is Pumpkin Island, a
small green treeless dome rising forty feet above the waves.
A few species collected by the writer on this archipelago and on
Ocean Point seem worth recording. Most of the plants are represented
by specimens in the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club;
figures in parentheses refer to the collector’s number on the sheets
so filed.
JUNIPERUS HORIZONTALIS Moench. Not common. One small
shrub in an exposed field on Fisherman Island (260), one shrub in a
similar situation on Outer Heron Island (258), and one in an open
field half a mile from the shore at Ocean Point (259). Also reported
from Pumpkin Island.
RUPPIA MARITIMA L., var. LONGIPES Hagström; Fernald & Wiegand,
Ruopora xvi. 125 (1914). New to Lincoln County; not previously
represented in the Herbarium of the New England Botanical Club
between Mt. Desert and the Kennebee River. Occurs on Outer
Heron Island (264) in a pool of brackish water perhaps two rods
from the sea, and in a similar situation on Damiscove Island (407).
TRIGLOCHIN PALUSTRIS L. New to Lincoln County; previously
not represented between Matinicus Island and Wells Beach. In
the same pool as the preceding on Outer Heron Island (257), and on
the shores of the pond on Damiscove Island (405).
PuccINELLIA MARITIMA (Huds.) Parl.; Fernald & Weatherby,
Ruopora xviii. 6 (1916). On a small patch of salt marsh, Ocean
Point (412), and on Squirrel Island, a mile to the eastward. Previously
not known in Maine east of Cumberland Foreside.
CAREX UMBELLATA Schkuhr. Ocean Point (233). New to Lincoln
County.
ARCEUTHOBIUM PUSILLUM Peck. Abundant on Picea canadensis
at Outer Heron Island (404) and Ocean Point. Usually confined to
the border of the forest along the sea margin, controlled perhaps by
moisture in the air.
CHENOPODIUM ALBUM L. (413) and SONCHUS OLERACEUS L. (2304).
At Ocean Point these species grow on the cobblestone beach, where
there is scarcely any soil, and make a luxurious development. Cheno-
1 Norton, Ruopora xv. 138 (1913).
1925 Fassett, Notes on the Flora of Boothbay, Maine 55
podium grows 1.5 meters high, and Sonchus attains a height of 2 meters.
This is apparently due to the dilute salts from the ocean spray, and to
the fertilizing effect of dead eel-grass and sea-weeds.
FRAGARIA VIRGINIANA Duchesne, var. TERRAE-NOVAE (Ryd.)
Fernald & Wiegand. Occasional on Outer Heron Island (401), and
at Ocean Point (430).
Rusus ANDREWSIANUS Blanchard. Ocean Point (826). In Maine
previously known only from Orono and from Rockport.!
Rusus jacens Blanchard. Ocean Point (499). Previously known
in Maine only from York County, and approached by material from
Oldtown.
CoELOPLEURUM LUCIDUM (L.) Fernald, forma FRONDOSUM Fernald.
Occasional at Ocean Point.
MERTENSIA MARITIMA (L.) S. F. Gray. Stony beach, Damiscove
Island (409). In 1920 this species was growing in crevices in the rocks
at Ocean Point; in 1923 I could not find it at this locality.
EUPATORIUM PERFOLIATUM L., forma truncatum (Muhl.) n. comb.
E. truncatum Muhl. in Willd. Sp. Pl. iii. 1751 (1804). E. salviaefolium
Sims, Bot. Mag. 2010 (1818). E. perfoliatum, var. truncatum Gray,
Syn. Fl. N. Am. i. pt. 2: 99 (1884). Occurs occasionally with the
typical form at Ocean Point.
EvUPATORIUM PERFOLIATUM L., forma trifolium, n. f., foliis ternatis
connatis sicut apud formam typicam vel liberis sicut apud formam
truncatum saepe oppositis vel in ramis alternis.
Leaves in whorls of 3’s, connate as in the typical form or distinct
at the base as in forma truncatum, often opposite or alternate on
the secondary axes.—QUEBEC: tidal shores of the St. Lawrence
River, St. Augustin, August 7, 1923, Svenson & Fassett, no. 2051.
Marxe: tidal shores of the Kennebec River, Bowdoinham, August
24, 1921, N. C. Fasselt, no. 343; Ocean Point, September 8, 1921,
N.C. Fassett, no. 346. MaSsSACHUSETTSd Needham, August 22, 1886,
Ella M. Fuller (rypE in Herb. New England Botanical Club).
Professor J. F. Collins records having found this form, saying:
“The leaves of each whorl were united about the stem much as in
the usual form, except that there was a superfluity of tissue at the
points of contact, thus making the bases of the leaves crispate.”’
This is often the case, although the leaves are sometimes free from
each other at the base.
1C. A. E. Long, RHOD ORA, xxiv. 181 (1922).
2 Bot. Gaz. xi. 341 (1886).
56 Rhodora [APRIL
In a clump of E. perfoliatum growing on the estuary of the Kennebec
River, there were several stems arising in one clump; one was forma
trifolium, a second had five solitary leaves, one set of two leaves at
an angle of 120 degrees, and five pairs of opposite leaves, while the
rest of the stems in this clump bore normal foliage. Near the speci-
men collected at Ocean Point was an individual which had the leaves
alternate, connected by a broad wing spiraling about the stem.
ASTER LONGIFOLIUS Lam., var. VILLICAULIS Gray. A few plants
in a thicket at Ocean Point (429). This appears to be the first
collection in Maine on the coast.
BIDENS FRONDOSA L., var. ANOMALA Porter. Abundant at Ocean
Point along the shore, on cobblestone beaches or in crevices in the
rocks. Also at Squirrel Island (408) where it is sometimes found
with the typical form of the species. Previously reported in Maine
only on the tidal reaches of the Androscoggin River. I have seen
it on rocky shores bordering salt water at Woolwich.
GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES, Harvard University.
FOURTH REPORT OF THE COMMITTEE ON FLORAL
AREAS.
Our previous reports (RHopoRA xx. 181-185, 193-197; xxii. 80-
89; xxiii. 209-220) have dealt with pteridophytes and with a family
of flowering plants, the Ranunculaceae, most of the New England
members of which are spring-flowering, woodland species. It was
felt that, this time, it might be of interest to consider a group of
summer- and fall-flowering plants; and the early genera of the Compo-
sitae, through Solidago, were accordingly chosen.
In nomenclature, we have followed Prof. Wiegand’s revision of
the verticillate Kupatoria. We have taken up the earlier names
Solidago suaveolens and S. humilis in place of S. odora and S. uliginosa,
and, following Prof. Fernald, have treated S. aspera and S. neglecta
of the Manual as varieties of S. rugosa and S. uniligulata respectively.
One minor variety has been reduced to formal rank (following Mr.
Fassett) and four (Solidago Randii, var. monticola, S. juncea, var.
- scabrella, and the two varieties of S. caesia) have been omitted al-
together as hardly deserving of any recognition. Otherwise, the
Manual names stand unchanged—plus species and varieties recognized
or detected within our area since 1908. As before, varieties which
1925] Fourth Report of the Committee on Floral Areas
57
show no distinctive ranges are omitted from the geographic treat-
ment.
PRELIMINARY LISTS OF NEW ENGLAND PLANTS—XXIX.
[The sign + indicates that an herbarium specimen has been seen;
the sign — that a reliable printed record has been found.
COMPOSITAE. I. VERNONIEAE
Vernonia noveboracensis Willd.
II. EUPATORIEAE.
Eupatorium aromaticum L.
j falcatum Michx.
hyssopifolium L.
leucolepis T. & G.
maculatum L.
5 var. folio-
sum (Fernald) Wiegand
perfoliatum L.
H 5 f. purpure-
um Britton
perfoliatum f. trunca-
tum (Muhl.) Fassett!
pubescens Muhl.
purpureum L.
rotundifolium L.
sessilifolium L.
urticaefolium Reichard
verbenaefolium Michx.
verticillatum Lam.
Liatris pyenostachya Michx.
Scariosa Willd.
“ spicata (L.) Willd.
Mikania scandens (L.) Willd.
Sclerolepis uniflora (Walt.) BSP.
III. ASTEREAE.
Chrysopsis falcata (Pursh) Ell.
Grindelia lanceolata Nutt.
4 robusta Nutt.
3 squarrosa (Pursh) Dunal
Solidago altissima L.
ii arguta Ait.
x asperula Desf.
À bicolor L.
aa
1See Ruopora xxvii, 55.
Me.
+ ++ +
++
+ + + +
+++4+4
N. H.
++
+ +i++
+++++
Vt.
aai
++
++
—
—
w
7
2
-+
+++++
+t++te+4t+t++¢t++ + +
++++++ +
R. I. Conn
=F +
+ -+
+ a=
ae ar
4-
ae
= +
+ —
+ a
+ ar
+ SF
＋ F
Gr zE
+ ==
+ aF
—
+
F ar
== +
=e +
FE +
+ 4
. +
58
Solidago caesia L.
Rhodora
Me.
-+
calcicola Fernald 4+
canadensis L. +
= var. gilvo-
canescens Rydb.
canadensis var. Hargeri Fer-
nald
Cutleri Fernald
Elliottii T. & G.
= var. divaricata
Fernald
erecta Pursh
graminifolia (L.) Salisb.
2 var. Nuttallii
(Greene) Fernald
hispida Muhl.
humilis Pursh
juncea Ait.
latifolia L.
lepida DC., var. fallax Fer-
nald
lepida DC., var. molina Fer-
nald
macrophylla Pursh
= var. thyrsoidea
(E. Mey.) Fernald
minor (Michx.) Fernald
nemoralis Ait.
8 var. arenicola
Burgess
patula Muhl.
puberula Nutt.
racemosa Greene
8 f. leucantha Fer-
nald
Randii (Porter) Britton
rigida L.
rugosa Mill.
var. aspera (Ait.)
Fernald
rugosa var. sphagnophila
Graves
rugosa var. villosa (Pursh)
Fernald
sempervirens L.
serotina Ait.
+ + ++ + +++++ +4
++
+++ + + + 4
N
Tii
*
J
+++++ +
+ +
+
+.+ ++ ++i
+++
+++++ 4
+++
[APRIL
Mass. R. I. Conn.
+
+
+
+++++ +4
+
++
+++ + + +++
—
+ + + +
++
+++ + + +4
—
—
+++++
+++ + + +4
1925] Fourth Report of the Committee on Floral Areas 59
Solidago serotina, var. gigantea (Ait.)
Gray + + + + + +
5 speciosa Nutt. —.— as a 4
“ squarrosa Muhl. + + ae ＋ 4
sSuaveolens Schoepf + + + * +
‘“ tenuifolia Pursh + + ＋ * re
ulmifolia Muhl. + — =o + * *
Di uniligulata (DC.) Porter + + + ＋ ai J
fi 5 var. neglecta (T.
& G.) Fernald. + + + + TE J
Of the five introduced species in this list, none is well established
in New England, and none of them may, at present, survive at any
given locality.
Liatris spicata is a waif, reported once at Lawrence, Mass.; L.
pycnostachya has been collected on a dump at Dorchester, Mass.
Grindelia squarrosa is an occasional weed in waste places; G. robusta
was once found at Lowell; Mass.; G. lanceolata is reported from Green-
wich, Conn.
Geographically, the genera here considered show a large proportion
of southern species and a number of ranges which fit with some
difficulty into the groups hitherto recognized by us. In order better
to accomodate them, one of these groups has been changed; an area
called “ northern Maine” is, in this report, used in place of the “ upper
St. John” of the third report. It includes most of the state north
of the 45th parallel of latitude. In a general way, this parallel may be
said to lie along the southern border of the spruce forest, at least in
the western half or two-thirds of the state, and so indicates a natural
limit to the northward extension of many southern species. In the
Penobscot basin, however, some of these species work further north
in the strip of hardwood forest already referred to in these reports
(RO DORA xxiii. 215); here the boundary of our area may have to
be carried northward to an extent not yet definitely determined.
“Cape Cod” of our third report we are now calling “southeastern
Massachusetts” (a term more elastic and less likely to be misunder-
stood than the perhaps too definite “Cape Cod”), but without
present change of boundaries. Finally, a third area, “southeastern
Maine,” here receives more attention than formerly. It comprises
the corner of the state bounded by a line running from the coast west
60 Rhodora [APRIL
of the mouth of the Union River roughly along the watershed of the
Penobscot drainage basin to the St. Croix at about the northern
boundary of Washington County. It includes all of this county and
part of Hancock Co. It is well known for the occurrence on the
cold headlands and islands along the coast of a little group of northern
species not found elsewhere in New England. Inland it is for the
most part a country of sterile soils; probably for that reason, it lacks
a good many species otherwise of rather general distribution in south-
ern and central Maine and even throughout the rest of the state.
Species marked with an asterisk in groups I, II, III, V, and VI follow-
ing are not known from southeastern Maine.
I. GENERALLY DISTRIBUTED.
Eupatorium perfoliatum Solidago graminifolia,
var. Nuttallii
juncea*
(Zi
Solidago canadensis
Solidago rugosa
Solidago canadensis has not been reported from Rhode Island,
though occurring east and west of it, and in general becomes dis-
tinctly rarer in southern New England.
II. GENERALLY DISTRIBUTED EXCEPT IN SOUTHEASTERN
MASSACHUSETTS.
Eupatorium urticaefolium* Solidago latifolia
Solidago serotina*
Eupatorium urticacfolium is, curiously, known from Rhode Island
only as an escape from cultivation. The only records of Solidago
serotina from northern Maine which we have rest on collectors’ notes,
not on specimens; its position in this group is, therefore, somewhat
uncertain.
III. NEITHER NORTHERN MAINE NOR SOUTHEASTERN MASSACHUSETTS,
RATHER GENERAL ELSEWHERE.
Solidago arguta*
This species is rare in Maine and, except for its absence from south-
eastern Massachusetts, would go as well in group VI.
1925] Fourth Report of the Committee on Floral Areas 61
IV. ALPINE.
Solidago Cutleri Solidago macrophylla, var. thyr-
soidea
This is the first time we have had to deal with strictly alpine plants
in these reports; it may therefore be worth while to give the location
of the small alpine areas of New England. They consist of the sum-
mit of Mt. Katahdin and the highest summits of the mountains of
western Maine (Franklin and Oxford Counties), of the White, and
of the Green Mountains. Solidago Cutleri is found in all four regions;
S. macrophylla, var. thyrsoidea only on Mt. Katahdin and the White
Mts.
V. NORTHERN.
A.
Eupatorium maculatum Solidago rugosa, var. villosa
Solidago squarrosa*
B.
Eupatorium maculatum, var. folio- Solidago lepida, var. molina
sum
Solidago lepida, var. fallax
60
macrophylla `
Solidago Randii
Solidago squarrosa is peculiar in that it shows, in the southern
part of its New England range, an apparent preference for calcareous
habitats, being found in Connecticut only on trap and limestone
ridges. Further north it exhibits no such peculiarity. The two
varieties of Solidago lepida, described by Prof. Fernald in RHODORA
xvii. 9 (1915), are very rare in our area. The former was found by
Robinson and Fernald in 1901 at Ft. Fairfield, Aroostook, Co., Maine,
and in 1917 was discovered by Nathaniel T. Kidder on Nathan’s
Island, near Isle au Haut in Penobscot Bay (RHODORA xx. 77-78
(1920). The latter was also found by Mr. Kidder on the neighboring
York Island. S. macrophylla and S. Randii inhabit chiefly the hilly
regions of the north, though the former reaches sea-level in Wash-
ington Co., Maine, and the latter occurs on some of the islands
along the Maine coast.
62 Rhodora [APRIL
VI. SOUTHEASTERN MASSACHUSETTS AND RATHER GENERAL ELSE-
WHERE, BUT NOT NORTHERN MAINE.
Solidago caesia* Solidago nemoralis
bicolor ‘£ puberula
Solidago serotina, var. gigantea*
se
Solidago bicolor has been collected on the east branch of the Penob-
scot at about the 46th parallel, and S. puberula in the lower Matta-
wamkeag valley. S. caesia and S. serotina, var. gigantea are of more
southern range than the others of this group. The former is not
known in Maine east of the Penobscot valley, and the latter is placed
in this group rather than the following only because it follows the
valley of the Androscoggin into the White Mt. region, occurs in
central New Hampshire, and is found on Mt. Desert Island.
VII. CHIEFLY THE THREE SOUTHERN STATES.
Mikania scandenst Eupatorium verticillatumt
Vernonia noveboracensistt Liatris scariosat
Eupatorium aromaticumt Solidago altissima
$ falcatumf Š erecta}
” pubescens: = rugosa, var. asperat
* purpureum speciosat
1 rotundifoliumff " suaveolens
z sessilifolium} i ulmifolia
* verbenaefoliumt 5 uniligulata,
var. neglecta
The species marked with a dagger do not occur in southeastern
Massachusetts; those marked with a double dagger are not known
to us from Massachusetts west of the Connecticut valley. Eupatorium
rotundifolium is exceedingly rare; we have seen specimens from
Georgetown and Framingham, Mass., and Gray’s Manual reports
it from Rhode Island. The Manual record for Solidago altissima
in Aroostook Co., Maine, was based on specimens later determined
as S. lepida, var. fallax. This species occurs, however, at Falmouth
and Brunswick in southwestern Maine and works its way north in
the Connecticut and Passumpsic valleys to Caledonia Co., Vermont,
and in the Champlain Valley, where it is frequent or even locally
abundant, to the Canada line. S. uniligulata, var. neglecta extends
north in western Vermont at least as far as Fairhaven and on the
1925] Fourth Report of the Committee on Floral Areas 63
Maine coast east to the region of Penobscot Bay. The ranges of
these two plants, with that of S. serotina, var. gigantea, connect this
group with the preceding. In the geographic, as in the taxonomic,
classification of plants it is often impossible to draw exact lines of
demarcation between groups. These essentially southern plants,
though definitely avoiding the region of Canadian forest; show very
various degrees of tolerance of severe climatic conditions, where they
find otherwise favorable environment.
Solidago erecta, though known in our area only from a single station
at Brewster on Cape Cod (Fernald), occurs there in dry woods on
clay and gravel and seems to be in its southern range a plant of woods
and hillsides of the Alleghanies rather than of the coastal plain; it
is therefore placed in this group rather than the following.
VIII. Coastat PLAIN.
Chrysopsis falcata Solidago Elliottii,
Eupatorium hyssopifolium var. divaricata
i leucolepis 3 minor
Solidago Elliottii 9 rugosa, var. sphagnophila
2 tenuifolia
Solidago tenuifolia is found as far north and as far from the coast
as Carroll Co., New Hampshire, and Limington, Maine. It follows
the Naugatuck and Connecticut valleys inland, in the latter case as
far as the sand-plains about Springfield, Mass.
Eupatorium leucolepis is known only from Kingston and Lakeville,
Mass., and from Kingston, R. I. Solidago Elliottii, var. divaricata
is known only from the type station on Block Island (Fernald, Long,
and Torrey). S. minor is reported in Bicknell’s “Flowering Plants
and Ferns of Nantucket.”
IX. CALCICOLOUS SPECIES.
Solidago calcicola Solidago hispida
4 oe
canadensis, racemosa
var. Hargeri
Solidago humilis
Solidago canadensis, var. Hargeri, is known only from central
and western Connecticut and western Massachusetts and Vermont.
Our only locality for S. calcicola is Limestone, Maine (Fernald). S.
64 Rhodora [APRIL
racemosa grows in the crevices of slate and limestone ledges at
scattered stations in the three northern states.
There is a pale yellow color-form of S. bicolor and a hybrid of this
species with S. puberula. Some at least of the reports of S. hispida
in southern New England are probably due to confusion with one or
the other of these plants. S. humilis (as S. uliginosa) is reported in
Dame & Collins, Fl. Middlesex Co., 49 (1888), as growing in peat-
bogs at Concord, Mass. It is also reported from the Great Swamp
of southern Rhode Island by E. S. Reynolds, in RHODORA ix. 117
(1907). As specimens are not available, and as individuals of S.
uniligulata, var. neglecta with poorly developed inflorescence have
often been mistaken for S. humilis, these reports have been omitted
from our consideration as doubtful.
X. WESTERN NEw ENGLAND ONLY.
Solidago patula Solidago rigida
Solidago patula, which flourishes in swamps in the calcareous areas
of western Massachusetts and Vermont, as far north as Rutland
Co., is by no means calcicolous in Connecticut, where it is well dis-
tributed as far east as the Connecticut Valley, with outlying stations
in New London and Tolland Counties, and apparently pays no atten-
tion to the presence or absence of lime in the soil. It is reported from
Manchester, N. H., in Batchelder’s Flora, and from “western Maine“
in the Manual, but these reports we have been unable either to
verify or disprove.
S. rigida was once found as a waif (two plants only) in Framingham,
Mass. It is abundant in several places on the western shore of
Narragansett Bay in Rhode Island. It has been found at South
Hadley and Sheffield in western Massachusetts and is occasional
in southwestern Connecticut, with scattered stations eastward.
XI. MARITIME SPECIES.
Solidago asperula Solidago sempervirens
XII. MISCELLANEOUS.
Solidago graminifolia Sclerolepis uniflora
Solidago uniligulata
1925] Fourth Report of the Committee on Floral Areas 65
The smooth-pedicelled Solidago graminifolia, as distinguished from
the var. Nuttalliit with hirtellous inflorescence, is a rare form, occur-
ring at scattered stations in various parts of New England, except
Connecticut. Sclerolepis uniflora is known only from a pond in Brad-
ford, N. H., and from one on the boundary line between Massa-
chusetts and Rhode Island. Solidago uniligulata has a rather dis-
tinctive range, which is not quite matched by any we have yet mapped,
and which dovetails almost perfectly into the typical range of group
IX. The calcicolous species of that group occur, in southern New
England, almost wholly west of the Connecticut River; in the north
they spread eastward through the calcareous areas of northern
New Hampshire and central and northern Maine. S. wniligulata,
a species of strongly acid meadow-bogs, is found, in southern New
England, almost wholly east of the Connecticut and northward
is almost confined to a belt about fifty miles wide along the Maine
coast.
C. H. KNowLTON
C. A. WEATHERBY
W. S. RIPLEY.
THE GENUS ERYSIMUM.
K. K. MACKENZIE.
Tue description of Erysimum by Linnaeus in the fifth edition of
the Genera Plantarum (p. 296) published in 1754 is as follows:
“729 ERYSIMUM* Tournef. III.
“Cau. Perianthium tetraphyllum: foliolis ovato-oblongis, conni-
ventibus, coloratis, deciduis.
“Cor. tetrapetala, cruciformis. Petala oblonga, plana, apice obtu-
sissima: unguibus longitudine calycis, erectis.
“ Nectarifera glandula duplex intra filamentum brevius.
“Sram. Filamenta sex, longitudine calycis: quorum duo opposita
breviora. Antherae simplices.
“ Pısr. Germen lineare, tetragonum, longitudine staminum. Stylus
brevissimus. Stigma capitatum, persistens, parvum.
“Per. Siliqua longa, linearis, stricta, tetragona, bivalvis, bilo-
cularis.
“Sem. plurima, parva, subrotunda. ”
66 Rhodora [APRIL
In the first edition of the Species Plantarum (p. 660) published
in 1753 Linnaeus gave four species as follows: (1) officinale; (2)
Barbarea; (3) Alliaria; (4) cheiranthoides.
Both the description quoted from the Genera Plantarum and the
treatment in the Species Plantarum follow earlier works published
by him before his introduction of the binomial system of nomen-
clature.
All recent authors refer the four species given under Erysimum
by Linnaeus to four different genera. Tournefort had a very similar
view, as he referred species No. 1 to Erysimum; No. 2 to Sisymbrium;
No. 3 to Hesperis; No. 4 to Turriis.
The name Erysimum is a very old one for cruciferous plants and
appears in most of the old works I believe. Very few if any of the
earlier authors used the name without figuring or citing as Erysimum
the plant we now know as Erysimum officinale. It is so figured for ex-
ample by Pena & Lobel p. 69 (1570); Lobel Stirp. Icon. 206 (1581);
Dodonaeus Pemptades 714 (1616); Parkinson Theat. Bot. 833 (1640);
Morison Hist. Univ. p. 218 and tab. 3 sect. 3 f. 1 (1680). It
is certainly to be regarded as the historic type of Erysimum, if the
plant by far most generally considered as Erysimum is to be so re-
garded.
The first scientist to deal with Erysimum after 1753 as far as I
know was Miller in 1754 (Gard. Dict. Abr. Ed. 4). He put five
species in the genus. His first species is the same as the first species
of Linnaeus (E. officinale). He treated as belonging to the genus
Erysimum the plants treated by Linnaeus as Sisymbrium Trio, S.
polyceratium and S. Sophia. In other words his conception of Erysi-
mum is very much the same as the conception of Sisymbrium as
given in Gray’s Manual 7th edition.
Miller dealt with the other species placed by Linnaeus in Erysimum
as follows:
He referred species No. 2 (Barbarea) to Sisymbrium.
He referred species No. 3 (Alliaria) to Hesperis.
He referred species No. 4 (cheiranthoides) to Turritis (Turritis leu-
coii folio).
Under the American Code of nomenclature the name Erysimum
undoubtedly must be used for a group of plants to which Erysimum
officinale is referred. In other words that species is the type of the
genus.
1925] Fassett,—Notes on Distichlis 67
The International Code of nomenclature requires that on the
division of a genus “if the genus contains a section or some other
division which judging by its name or its species, is the type or the
origin of the group the name is reserved for that part of it.” (Art. 45.)
It also provides that in the case of the union of two groups of the
same date a selection of a name for the combined group is to be made
by the author first making the union, and that his choice cannot be
changed by subsequent authors. Applying the first rule above re-
ferred to one would say that in view of Tournefort’s plate cited by
Linneaus and the long pre-Linnaean use of Erysimum for E. officinale,
the International Code requires the use of the name Erysimum in the
same way as does the American Code. Applying to breaking up a
genus the same rule as the International Code applies to the union
of two genera one would say that the International Code (if other
provisions are not applicable) plainly requires us to follow what Miller
did and apply the name Erysimum to E. officinale.
Under neither system of nomenclature is the use of Erysimum
as it is used in Gray’s Manual justified.
MAPLEWOOD, NEW JERSEY.
NOTES ON DISTICHLIS.
Norman C. FASSETT.
Many recent writers! have treated Distichlis spicata as a species
of wide range on both coasts of North America and in alkaline places
inland. Rydberg,’ on the other hand, has treated the genus as having
two species in the Rocky Mountains, D. stricta (Torr.) Rydb. and
D. dentata Rydb., both distinct from the eastern D. spicata.
Careful examination of many collections of Distichlis has convinced
the writer that D. spicata, common along the Atlantic Coast of North
America, is on the Pacific Coast restricted to the region of Puget
Sound, and that the plant generally distributed on the western coast
and in the Rocky Mountains is a distinct species, D. stricta. This
latter plant is of broad range, is polymorphic, and probably consists
of a number of varieties.
Hitchcock in Gray, Manual, ed. 7: 153-4 (1908): Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. ed. 2:
í. 250 (1913); Abrams, Ill. Fl. Pacific States i. 194 (1923); Small, Fl. Southeastern
U. S., ed. 2: 152 (1913); Coulter & Nelson, New Man. Bot. Central Rocky Mts. 68
(1909).
2 Rydberg, Fl. Rocky Mts., ed. 2: 72 (1923).
68 Rhodora [APRIL
The compact panicles of D. spicata have from 10 to 20 spikelets,
of which the pistillate are slightly firmer than are the staminate;
these spikelets are rarely more than a centimeter in length. D.
stricta has more open panicles, with 16 to 24 spikelets, which are
from 1.2 to 2.5 em. in length, firm and coriaceous in the pistillate
plants, and papery in the staminate. The spikelets of D. spicata
are from 4- to 9-, rarely 12-flowered, with lemmas rarely exceeding
3.6 mm. in length, while the 6- to 18-flowered spikelets of D. stritca
have lemmas varying in length from 4.5 to 7.8 mm., except in a few
plants, probably varietally distinct, which have lemmas ranging
from 3.2 to 5 mm. in length. The grain of D. spicata is about 2 mm.
long, ovoid, and not much narrowed below the two beak-like styles,
while that of D. stricta is 2.5 to 5 mm. long, narrowed to an attenuate
style, which is sometimes split, but hardly into two distinct styles
as in D. spicata. The leaves of D. spicata are smooth-edged and
blunt or oblique at the tip, while those of D. stricta are sharp-pointed
and serrate at the tip. Specimens from the coasts of Washington,
Oregon, and northern California have obscurely serrate leaf-tips
and a grain only 2 mm. long, but otherwise resemble D. stricta; they
probably constitute a variety of this species.
D. dentata Rydberg was described as differing from D. spicata
and D. stricta in having broader leaves, spikelets, glumes and paleas,
and dentate keels on the paleas. In all these characters D. stricta
is extremely variable, and while the conspicuously dentate paleas
appear at first to be distinctive, this character breaks down when it
is seen that almost all of the plants have the lemmas somewhat
dentate, and that there is a difference only of degree.
The synonymy, characters, and ranges of D. spicata and D. stricta
may be thus summarized:
DISTICHLIS spicata (L.) Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. Sci. ii. 415 (1887),
as to combination, not as to plant. Uniola spicta L. Sp. Pl. 71 (1753),
as to plant, not as to Clayton synonym. U. distichophylla Roem. &
Schult. Syst. ii. 596 (1817), not Labillardiére, Nov. Holl. Pl. Spec. i.
21. t. 24 (1804). Briza spicata Lam. Enc. Meth. i. 465 (1783), not
Sibthorp, Fl. Graeca i. 60 (1806). Festuca triticoides Lam. Ill. des
Genres 191 (1791). F. distichiphylla Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 67 (1803) ;
Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 84 (1814). Distichlis maritima Raf. Journ.
Phys. Ixxxix. 104 (1819). D. nodosa Raf. |. c. Brizopyrum ameri-
canum Link, Hort. Berol. i. 160 (1827). B. spicatum Hook. & Arn.
Bot. Beech. 403 (1841). Poa Michauxii Kunth, Rev. Gram. i. 111
(1829) and ii. 533. t. 181 (1832), and Enum. i. 325 (1833).—Plants
1925 Fassett, - Notes on Distichlis 69
1.5-4 dm. tall: leaves 5-15 cm. long, spreading or ascending, flat to
involute, smooth on edge and tip (very rarely with a few scattered
serrations toward the tip); tips bluntish, obtuse, or oblique; ligule a
ring of very short hairs, rarely with a sparse tuft of silky hairs coming
from the mouth of the sheath: panicles with 10-20 spikelets, cylindric,
compact: spikelets 5-10(-14) mm. long, soft, the pistillate a little
firmer than the staminate: first glume (0.4—)2-3.5 mm. long; second
glume 2.5-4 mm. long; lemma 3.5 (3.6) mm. long, the pistillate with
a slightly differentiated hyaline margin, the staminate papery through-
out; palea 3-4.5 mm. long, hyaline, firmer on the keels, which are
minutely ciliolate; grain reaching 2 mm. in length, with two styles on
the hardly narrowed top, not truly beaked; rudiments of the stamens
minute in pistillate plants, the anthers represented by globular or
sagittate heads; anthers 2-3 mm. long; the rudiments of the pistil
very rarely present in staminate plants.—Salt marshes, Prince Edward
Island to Florida; West Indies; Vancouver Island; South America;
perhaps in western Texas.!
D. stricta (Torr.) Rydb. Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxii. 602 (1905).
Uniola stricta Torr. Ann. N. Y. Lye. i. 155 (1824). U. multiflora
Nutt. Trans. Am. Philos. Soc. v. 148 (1837). U. (Brizopyrum) flexuosa
Buckley, Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila. 1862, 99 (1862). Distichlis
maritima, var. stricta Thurb. in Wats. Bot. Cal. ii. 306 (1880). D.
spicata (L.) Greene, Bull. Cal. Acad. Sci. ii. 415 (1887). D. spicata
stricta Scribn. Mem. Torr. Bot. Cl. v. 51 (1894). D. dentata Rydb.
Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxvi. 536 (1909).—Plants 1-5.5 dm. high: leaves
2-15 em. long, strongly ascending or somewhat spreading, flat or
loosely involute, stiff or flexuous, usually strongly serrate on the edges
and sharply pointed tips, often pubescent on the inner surface; ligules
often with a copious tuft of hairs coming from the mouth of the sheath:
panicle with 16-24 spikelets (except in some plants of the interior,
probably varietally distinct, with 4-10 spikelets), long-cylindric,
rather more open than that of D. spicata: spikelets 9-25 mm. long,
6-18-flowered, the pistillate hard and coriaceous, the staminate much
softer; first glume 3.2-7.8 mm. long; second glume (2.1—)3-7 mm.
long; lemma (3.2—)4-7.8 mm. long, the pistillate with a conspicuous,
often broad and torn, hyaline margin; palea (2.4—)3-5.4 mm. long,
the keels of the pistillate often ciliate, or even winged and dentate;
grain (2-)3-5 mm. long at maturity, tapering to a beak, which is
often notched or split; staminate rudiments minute in pistillate plants,
the anther represented by a clavate, sagittate, or forked head; stamens
2-4 mm. long; rudiment of pistil present or absent in staminate plants.
Sheets in the Gray Herbarium are labelled: Collected in Expedition from Western
Texas to El Paso, New Mexico, May-October, by Charles Wright, no. 783. Wright's
records say of this number: San Pedros, Devil's River, Declivity of hills; flowers
purplish.” The last two words certainly do not refer to the specimens in question,
and the following note, bracketed from numbers 777 to 802, suggest that the labels
may have become mixed: Some of these were spoiled during my sickness and thrown
away.”
70 Rhodora [APRIL
— British Columbia and Saskatchewan to Arizona, New Mexico,
and Oklahoma, and westward to the Pacific Ocean; introduced about
railroad yards in Sheffield and Kansas City, Missouri. A very variable
species in size, habit, and technical characters.
D. Patmert (Vasey) Fassett in Johnston, Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci.
ser. 4: xii. 984 (1924). Uniola Palmeri Vasey, Gard. & For. ii. 401. f.
124 (1899).—“ Culms wiry and rigid, sometimes cane-like, two to
four feet high, from subterranean root-stocks, often much branched,
and many culms from one root, leafy to the top. Leaves distichous,
(sometimes less than an inch apart, sometimes two to four inches
apart), smooth, rigid, erect, involute, with a long, pungent apex,
the lower two to four inches, the upper four to nine niches long and
exceeding the panicle.” Pistillate panicles much exceeded by the
leaves, staminate plants with one or two leaves barely reaching the
end of the panicle.! Ligule a very short collar-like ring of hairs, with
a woolly tuft of hairs at the angles. “Raceme of the staminate plants
six to nine inches long, narrow, the branches mostly in two’s or three’s,
the lower ones one to three inches long, erect, compound below
Racemes of the fertile plant shorter, thicker and more condensed,
being four to six inches long, and the branches sessile or short-stalked.”’
Pistillate spikelets 2.5-3.5 cm. long, firm, with one or two empty
lemmas; first glume 10 mm. long; second glume 12 mm. long; lemma
15 mm. long; palea 10 mm. long; grain plump, beaked, nearly 1 em.
long; staminate rudiments very minute in pistillate plants, 0.2 mm.
long, apparently representing the filaments only; staminate spike-
lets 2 cm. long, less fiim and narrower than the pistillate, without
empty lemmas; anthers 4-5 mm. long; pistillate rudiment wanting
in staminate plants.2—Salt marshes about the Gulf of California.
Mexico: Horseshoe Bend, Sonora, April, 1889, Dr. E. Palmer, no.
924, 929; Head of Gulf of California, 1889, Palmer; Las Animas Bay,
Lower California, May 8, 1921, I. M. Johnston, no. 3490.
Dr. Vasey says of this plant: “Its general appearance is that of
a Distichlis, from which it differs in having four of the lower glumes
(instead of two only) in each spikelet empty, i. e., without palet or
flower, and in the disarticulation of the rachis between the spikelets
of both sexes—that is, the spikelets break apart between the several
flowers when mature. This disarticulation occurs also to some extent
in the fertile spikelets of Distichlis, but not in the male or infertile
ones. On the other hand it differs from Uniola in its dioecious char-
acter, and here it agrees with Distichlis.”
The pistillate spikelets are coriaceous, while the staminate are
soft and papery; the pistillate panicles are greatly over-topped by
1 This type of sexual dimorphism is exhibited to some extent by all species of Dis-
tichlis.
2 Description quoted in part from Vasey, I. c.
1925] Fassett,—Notes on Distichlis 71
the leaves, while the staminate are short-exserted, as is usually the
ease in Distichlis; the pistillate spikelets have one or two empty
lemmas as in Uniola, but the staminate spikelets are those of a Distich-
lis: these characters place this species unquestionably with the latter
genus.
In regard to the anatomical characters of this grass, Holm says:
“While engaged in studying the leaf-structure of Uniola Palmeri
Vasey, I was well aware of the great similarity that exists between
this species and the genus Distichlis in external characters of the
inflorescence, the rhizome, and the rigid, densely 2-ranked, involute
leaves. Now having examined the anatomy of the leaf in a number
of species of Distichlis, the similarity between these two plants has
been found to be so striking that it seems most natural to consider
Uniola Palmeri as a true Distichlis. Professor F. Lamson-Scribner
has informed me that on seeing the plant he immediately took it for
a Distichlis and was unable to distinguish it from that genus.”
The large plump grains of this grass are eaten by the Indians, and
Vasey gives an interesting account of their methods of gathering
and preparing this food.
Disticuus distichophylla (Labill.) comb. nov. Uniola disticho-
phylla Labillardière, Nov. Holl. PI. Sp. i. 21. t. 24 (1804), not Roem.
& Schult. Syst. ii. 596 (1817). Poa distichophylla R. Br. Prod. Fl.
Nov. Holl. i. 182 (1810); Kunth, Enum. Pl. i. 325 (1833). P. para-
doxa Roem. & Schult. Syst. ii. 569 (1817). Festuca distichophylla
Hook. fil. Fl. Tas. ii. 127 (1858); F. Muel. Frag. Phyt. Austral. viii.
129 (1872-4); not F. distichiphylla Michx. Fl. Am.-Bor. i. 67 (1803);
nor Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 84 (1814). Distichlis maritima Benth.
Fl. Austral. vii. 637 (1878); not Raf. Journ. Phys. lxxxix. 104 (1819).
This species is only 1-2 dm. in height; the panicles have only 3-5
spikelets, which are 11-17 mm. in length; the grain is long-beaked,
and is exceeded in length by the slender rudiments of the stamens;
the leaves are 2-6 cm. in length, and closely spaced; the leaf-tips
are long, slender, subulate, and very sharp, free from striations for
a distance of from 0.5 to 1 mm. below the apex. D. spicata, on the
other hand, attains a height of 4 dm.; the panicles have 10-20 spike-
lets, each only 5-10 mm. long; the grain is not beaked, but has two
distinct styles, while the rudiments of the stamens are minute and
much shorter than the body of the grain; the leaves are from 5-15
cm. in length, and are not as closely spaced as in D. distichophylla;
1 Holm, Bot. Gaz. xvi. 275 (1891).
72 Rhodora
the leaf-tips are obtusish or oblique, and the striations of the leaf
run to within 0.4 mm. of the apex. The low habit and few large spike-
lets make D. distichophylla of quite different appearance from D.
spicata. l
This plant is well illustrated by Labillardière, who shows a pistillate
plant. A dissected floret is shown, however, with both pistil and well-
developed stamens, a condition which does not obtain in nature.
D. distichophylla is reported from the coasts of South Australia,
Victoria, Tasmania, and on the north coast of Queensland, also inland
in saline places in the Grampian Mountains, Victoria.
GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES, Harvard University.
The date of the March issue (unpublished as this goes to press) will be
announced later.
Hodora
JOURNAL OF THE
NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE
WILLIAM PENN RICH, Publication Committee
Vol. 27. May, 1925. No. 317.
CONTENTS:
Edward Blanchard Chamberlain. C. H. Knowlton............. 73
Pontederia versus Unisema. M. L. Fernald.................. 76
Possibilities of Hybridism in Polygonum. E. E. Stanford...... 81
Another Arnica from Newfoundland. M. L. Fernald........... 90
Boston, Mass. i Providence, R. J.
300 Massachusetts Ave. | Preston and Rounds Co.
RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions. advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Maas.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.
BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.
CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000
cards,
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.
CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray Herpartum, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each
Ten copies $1.50.
MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.
Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
epace of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.
Rhodora
JOURNAL OF
THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Vol. 27. May, 1925. No. 317.
EDWARD BLANCHARD CHAMBERLAIN.
CLARENCE H. KNOWLTON.
Epwarp BLANCHARD CHAMBERLAIN, son of Charles Edwin and
Margaret J. (Blanchard) Chamberlain, was born in Bristol, Maine,
July 24, 1878. Here his father was postmaster and proprietor of
the village store. Both parents had been teachers, and he received
most of his early education at home, where his attention was often
turned to the interesting things of the natural world around them.
He prepared for college at Lincoln Academy, Newcastle, Maine,
where the principal, J. E. Dinsmore, was a stimulating amateur
botanist.
Mr. Chamberlain entered Bowdoin College in the fall of 1895,
following in the footsteps of his father, who was graduated there in
1868. He became a member of the Delta Kappa Epsilon frater-
nity. He was much influenced by Prof. Leslie A. Lee, an old-time
all-around scientist, and took most of the scientific courses offered
by the college. At graduation in 1899 he led his class, and became a
member of Phi Beta Kappa. He then went to Brown University for
two years as a graduate student and instructor in botany, receiving
his degree of A. M. there in 1901. As his father had died during his
college course, his mother went with him to Providence for these
two years. Later she made her home among her own people at
Cumberland Center, Maine.
The life work which Mr. Chamberlain entered upon was teaching
in secondary schools. His first position, for one year only, was at
Oak Grove Seminary, Vassalboro, Maine. He taught in the Univer-
sity School (for boys) in Washington, D. C., from 1902 to 1906;
since then he has been a teacher in the Franklin School (for boys)
74 Rhodora [May
in New York City, where he taught till three days before his death.
His teaching was mainly college preparatory science and mathematics,
and he was very successful in it. He was also a strong man in the
organization of the school, becoming senior master, “a most self-
sacrificing and devoted member of its teaching staff,” as one of his
associates wrote of him. In recent years he has served as a reader
in mathematics for the College Entrance Examination Board.
After the death of his parents Mr. Chamberlain made his summer
home with his cousin, Mr. Henry H. Chamberlain, at Round Pond
(Bristol), Maine. Here he lived a most lively existence, lending an
active hand about the farm work, and building up his health and
strength for the winter months in the city. He was most systematic
in planning his life from day to day, and most conscientious in atten-
tion to details.
He was one of the original members of the Josselyn Botanical
Society of Maine, and for many years he was an officer and an attend-
ant at its meetings. To have known “Ed” on a field excursion was to
have known him at his very best. Enthusiastic and a keen observer,
he plunged into collecting with all the zest in the world, but he
also seemed to feel a responsibility for the others in the party, and
constantly went out of his way to assure himself that they were
enjoying the trip, and getting their full share of its pleasures. He
was most helpful with beginners, showing them what they needed
to know, and helping them by word and letter. Withal he was a
most cheerful individual on such occasions, mocking at the incon-
veniences of travel and hostelry, and keeping everyone interested by
his characteristic comments.
Mr. Chamberlain became a non-resident member of the New
England Botanical Club in 1898. He was a member of the Vermont
Botanical Club, and of the Torrey Botanical Club, serving recently
as a member of its Field Excursion Committee. When he lived in
Washington he became a member of the Washington Biologists’
Field Club, and of the Biological Society and Botanical Society
there. He belonged to several other such societies, for his interes-
in science was broad. He was also an extensive reader along general
scientific lines.
His herbarium of vascular plants was based mostly on the floras
of Lincoln and Cumberland Counties in Maine, with some specimens
from northern Rhode Island. His interest in this branch of botany
1925] Knowlton,—Edward Blanchard Chamberlain 75
gradually gave way to an intense interest in the mosses, so that in
1921 he gave his carefully mounted specimens to the New England
Botanical Club, where they form a valuable addition to the Club
Herbarium.
At the Farmington meeting of the Josselyn Botanical Society of
Maine in 1896, Mr. Chamberlain met Prof. J. Franklin Collins of
Brown, and a year later at the Dover meeting Prof. Collins definitely
interested him in the mosses. This friendship led to his graduate
work at Brown, where as a part of his labors he identified a large
portion of the mosses collected by Prof. Collins on Mt. Katahdin,
which several members of the New England Botanical Club visited
in 1900. The interest in mosses continued and grew steadily till he
became an acknowledged authority on them. It had been Mr.
Chamberlain’s plan to give up teaching in a year or two, so as to de-
vote himself entirely to scientific study, and he had thought seriously
of doing so last fall. He had collected a remarkably fine and complete
library of bryological lore, as well as a very large moss herbarium,
and he was looking forward to years of study and classification.
For over ten years he has been the efficient Secretary-Treasurer of
the Sullivant Moss Society, and Business Manager of their publica-
tion, The Bryologist. He corresponded with most of the members
and subscribers here and abroad, and worked constantly and faith-
fully for its interests, often paying minor deficits from his own pocket.
Such service as his can not be paid for, it comes from a desire to help
others.
This spirit of helpfulness and service was the keynote of Mr.
Chamberlain’s character. Although he tried to keep himself in the
background, it was his underlying motive in life. He was successful
in helping others, too, in more ways than can be given here. Relatives,
friends, students, and even casual acquaintances, all remember his
characteristic ways of speech and writing, and the spirit that was in
the man.
Mr. Chamberlain wrote several articles for RHoporaA in its early
days, and has been a frequent contributor to the pages of The Bryo-
logist. As a letter-writer he was unexcelled, putting a great deal of
himself into what he wrote, and gifted there, as elsewhere, with a
strong sense of humor.
During the school year in New York he often took week-end trips
in the open country with a small group of men to break the monotony
76 Rhodora [May
of teaching, and to reinvigorate him for indoor work. It was thus
that he planned his last trip to Bear Mountain to view the total
eclipse of the sun on January 24. The temperature was below zero,
and he was thoroughly chilled, so that he had a bad cold when he
returned. He taught the following week, but gave up on Friday
night. Pneumonia developed, and he died quietly on the evening of
February 2. He was the only child of his parents and never married,
so he left no near relatives, except two aged aunts in the West.
By the terms of his will his library and collections are given to
the New England Botanical Club where they will be of very great
value to bryological students. His other property was left to Bow-
doin College.
HINGHAMu, MASSACHUSETTS.
PONTEDERIA VERSUS UNISEMA.
M. L. FERNALD.
In recent years the American genus which has long passed as
Pontederia L. has begun to appear in American botanical literature as
Unisema Raf., and the common Pickerelweed of eastern America as
Unisema cordata (L.) Farwell.! Since the proposition to relegate the
name Pontederia to the Asiatic and Australian genus Monochoria
Presl and to use for the American genus Rafinesque’s name Unisema
is not new and since there are valid arguments both for and against
such a procedure it may be clarifying to look into the history of the
Linnean genus Pontederia. As it appeared in the Species Plantarum
(1753), Pontederia? had three species: (1) P. ovata of Malabar, which
had been described and illustrated by Rhede, a plant with 1 stamen
and consequently included by Linnaeus through error in his Pontederia,
a genus which he placed in the class Hexandria; (2) P. cordata, the
Pontederia of Linnaeus’s Hortus Cliffortianus (1737), Gronovius’s
Flora Virginica (1739), ete., the Pickerelweed of eastern America,
with dense spikes and with 1-seeded indehiscent fruits; and (3) P.
hastata of India, the Pontederia of Linnaeus’s Flora Zeylanica (1747)
or the Carim gola of Rhede, a plant with umbels of flowers and with
3-valved many-seeded capsules.
1 Farwell, Papers Mich. Acad. Sci. Arts and Lett. iii. 91 (1923).
2 Sp. Pl. i. 288 (1753).
1925] Fernald,—Pontederia versus Unisema 77
The description of the genus Pontederia in the 5th edition of the
Genera Plantarum (1754) was a mixture based upon the 2nd and 3rd
species of the Species Plantarum; but in general the name has been
maintained by post-Linnean botanists for the American Pontederia
cordata; Linnaeus’s Ist species, P. ovata, clearly not belonging in the
class Hexandria, being excluded as a member of the family Maranta-
ceae, and the 3rd species, P. hastata, separated off as Monochoria
Presl. Rafinesque! raised the point, that the generic description of
Linnaeus called for “Capsula carnosa, conica, apice late inflexo,
trilocularis, triangularis, trisulca. Sem. subrotunda, plurima,”
which could apply only to his 3rd species, P. hastata, and that, there-
fore, Monochoria must be called Pontederia and P. cordata, with an
indehiscent 1-seeded fruit, must belong to the new genus Unisema Raf.
In thoroughly characteristic style Rafinesque scored Nuttall and others
who maintained Pontederia for P. cordata: “ All the servile American
botanists, and even Torrey, who has verified the fruit, have followed
this absurdity.” Nevertheless not only practically all the “servile”
American botanists since Rafinesque but such Europeans as Kunth,
Bentham & Hooker, Solms-Laubach, Schönland, and even Otto
Kuntze, have maintained Pontederia for the 1-seeded American group
and have treated the many-seeded P. hastata as Monochoria. But
since Farwell (l. c.) now revives Unisema for P. cordata it is evident
that the reasoning which has appealed to the principal systematic
botanists since Linnaeus needs statement.
That Linnaeus did not have a clear understanding of the floral
structure of the plants he assembled under Pontederia is apparent
from his three species: P. ovata with 1 stamen but put by Linnaeus
into a hexandrous genus; P. cordata with six stamens and a 1-seeded
indehiscent utricle; and P. hastata with six stamens and a many-
seeded 3-valved capsule. Linnaeus's lack of understanding of the
real floral structure of these plants is further exemplified by his editing
of Loefling’s Iter Hispanicum (1758) in which he reduced Loefling’s
manuscript genus Phrynium, with 3 stamens, without comment to
his own supposedly hexandrous Pontederia. In other words, to say
that Linnaeus, in the Species Plantarum and later, meant one of these
plants rather than another as the “type” of Pontederia is futile; to
him Pontederia was a group of superficially similar but structurally
quite dissimilar plants and properly to understand what he originally
1 Raf. Journ. de Phys. Ixxxix. 261 (1819) and Med. Fl. ii. 105 (1830).
78 Rhodora [May
meant by the name it is necessary to trace Pontederia to its source.
This, fortunately, is simpler than many nomenclatorial problems
which lead back of 1753.
The name Pontederia seems to have started in 1737 when, in the
Ist edition of the Genera, Linnaeus gave the same mixed description
as in the 5th, the capsules 3-valved and many-seeded, but, stated
that the plant was communicated by Gronovius (from Virginia).
Simultaneously Linnaeus published Pontederia in Hortus Cliffortianus
(1737), a plant with “floribus spicatis“ which “Crescit in aquaticis
Marilandiae & Virginiae” and identified with plates of the Virginian
plant published by Petiver, Morison and Plukenet. Then, as a wholly
secondary matter, he treated as probably congeneric with the Vir-
ginian species the Indian plant with 3-valved capsules and many
seeds, saying: “ Hujus generis videtur Carim-golo Hort. mal. 11. p. 91.
t.44.” And at this time, dealing primarily with the American plant,
but associating with it as an apparently congeneric element the Indian
species, Linnaeus gave the dedication of the name Pontederia:
“Digi hoc plantae genus a JULIO PONTEDERA, in Gymnasio Patavino
Botanices Professore, Compendti Tabularum botanicarum, Disserta-
tionum de floribus compositis & doctissimae Anthologiae auctore; ubi
in examinando partes fructificationis paucos pares habuit.” !
The confusion of the two plants, the Virginian with indehiscent
l-seeded fruits, the Indian with dehiscent many-seeded capsules,
certainly entered into the original account of Pontederia; but at the
time of dedicating the genus to Pontedera Linnaeus had chiefly in
mind the plant of Maryland and Virginia. This fact is definitely
established by his citations under the primary account, both in the
Genera (1737) and in Hortus Cliffortianus (1737), of Morison, Grono-
vius, Petiver and Plunkenet, all of whom had the American Pickerel-
weed. This intent of Linnaeus is further made evident in the Genera
ed. 5 (1754). There the mixed generic description of earlier editions
is repeated and the only change is the insertion of the generic synonym
“ Michelia Houst. A. A.“ This refers to the subsequently published
Michelia Houst. Rel. Houst. (1781), a tropical American plant with
l-seeded fruits and clearly congeneric with Pontederia cordata.
In view of this historic evidence it is certain that there is good
justification for maintaining Pontederia as Linnaeus originally in-
tended it, for the American Pickerelweed,? even though Linnaeus
L. Hort. Cliff. 133 (1737).
2 Since this paper was prepared Mr. T. A. Sprague has reached the same con-
clusion, by the same course of reasoning. See Journ. Bot. lxii. 327 (1924).
1925] Fernald,—Pontederia versus Unisema 79
himself confused the situation by merging with it members of three
other genera (including another family) and describing the fruit of
the Indian plant. As stated in Article 45 of the International Rules:
“Tf the genus contains a section or some other division which, judging
by its name or its species, is the type or the origin of the group, the
name is reserved for that part of it.” If, however, it is argued that
from the start the generic description of Pontederia belonged as much
to P. hastata as to P. cordata and that the two have equal claims to
the generic name, it is important to note that ever since Linnaeus
the overwhelming majority of botanists have treated the former as
Monochoria and the latter as Pontederia. It is, therefore, incumbent
upon those who desire plant nomenclature to remain generally
intelligible to maintain this usage for, as clearly stated in the Inter-
national Rules (Art. 5), “where the consequences of rules are doubtful,
established custom becomes law.”’
The Pickerelweed of the northern United States and southern
Canada, ranging southward to Virginia, Missouri and Kansas, more
locally to northern Florida and Oklahoma, has very dense spikes,
its blue-purple flowers white-villous especially before anthesis, its
mature fruits 6-10 mm. long and its obovoid reddish seed 3.5-4.5
mm. long, 2-2.5 mm. in diameter. Its leaf-blades are comparatively
soft, of very variable outline, the upper or cauline leaf with a slender
petiole (above the sheath) averaging 4.5 cm. long.! This plant is
Pontederia cordata L.
In tropical and subtropical eastern America the plant which passes
as Pontederia cordata has firmer or harder foliage, the cauline leaves
usually on shorter petioles (averaging 2.7 cm. long).? Its spike is
looser-flowered than in the northern plant; its flowers are rather smaller
and, instead of being white-villous, are glandular-dotted and some-
times hirtellous, in age often quite glabrate. Such mature fruits as
have been available are 5-6 mm. long and the seeds 2.7-3.2 mm. long,
1.8-2 mm. in diameter. This plant has been examined from Para-
guay, Brazil and Cuba and in the United States from Florida to Texas
and northward to Virginia. Its narrow-leaved extreme was beautifully
characterized by Nuttall as P. lanceolata’ from Georgia and South
Measurements of 60 specimens show a range of 1.5-12 cm. with an average of
4.5 cm.
2 Measurements of 25 specimens show a general range from 0.5-3, very rarely to
14 cm., with an average of 2.7 cm.
3 Nutt. Gen. i. 216 (1818).
80 Rhodora [May
Carolina, Nuttall specially emphasizing the “petiole very short,”
leaf “very opaque, in P. cordata the leaf is diaphanous when held to
the light,” and “unexpanded flowers and filaments of the stamina
thickly covered with round, blackish, glandular atoms.” The
broader-leaved form of P. lanceolata has been characterized as P.
cordata, forma brasiliensis Solms.
The Pontederias of temperate North America may be distinguished
by the following key:
a. Spike dense: young and commonly the mature flowers
white-villous: mature fruits 6-10 mm. long: seeds 3.54.5
mm. long, 2-2.5 mm. in diameter: leaves comparatively
soft; the cauline with petioles averaging 4.5 cm. long b.
b Leaves cordate at base.
Leaves narrowly deltoid-ovate, tapering with straight
sides from base to apekdXKœld d. P. cordata
Leaves broadly ovate, gradually curved from the broad
base to the blunt summit. f .P. cordata, forma latifolia
b. Leaves truncate to tapering at base, ‘narrowly deltoid
to linear-lanceolate . H. cordata, forma angustifolia
a. Spike rather loose: young flowers glandular and sometimes
hirtellous, not villous, glandular or glabrate in age:
mature fruits 5-6 mm. long: seeds 2.7-3.2 mm. long, 1.8-2
mm. in diameter: leaves comparatively hard; the cauline
with petioles averaging 2.7 cm. long c.
c. Leaves lance-oblong to lance-linear, narrowed at base. P. lanceolata.
c. Leaves deltoid to ovate, truncate to cordate at base.
Leaves narrowly deltoid-ovate, tapering with straight
sides from base to apex, truncate to shallowly cordate
C P. lanceolata, forma trullifolia.
Leaves ovate, gradually curving from the broad deeply
cordate base to the summit......... P. lanceolata, forma brasiliensis
P. corpata L. Sp. Pl. i. 288 (1753). Unisema cordata (L.) Farwell,
Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci. iii. 91 (1923).—Peaty, sandy or muddy shores,
Nova Scotia to southern Ontario, south to northern Florida and
Oklahoma.—Doubtless some of Rafinesque’s proposed species of
Unisema belong here but his descriptions are not detailed enough for
definite identification.
Forma LATIFOLIA (Farwell) House, N. Y. St. Mus. Bull. No. 254:
207 (1924). Unisema cordata, forma latifolia Farwell, I. c. 92 (1923).—
Usually in richer soils, and often want ng in the more silicious areas.
Forma ANGUSTIFOLIA (Pursh) Solms in DC. Monogr. iv. 532 (1883).
P. angustifolia Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 224 (1814). Var. angustifolia
(Pursh) Torr. Fl. N. and Mid. St. i. 343 (1824). Unisema Purshiana
Raf. Med. Fl. ii. 107 (1830) and doubtless other spp.—Sandy or
peaty shores, Prince Edward Island to Wisconsin, and southward east
of the Appalachian system.
It is quite impossible from the meagre descriptions to say whether
P. lancifolia Muhl. Cat. 34 (1813) and Ell. Sk. i. 382 (1817) belongs
1 Solms in DC. Monogr. iv. 533 (1883).
1925] Stanford, Possibilities of Hybridism in Polygonum 81
here or with P. lanceolata. The description of the leaf applies to
either, and neither Muhlenberg nor Elliott mentions the diagnostic
characters. It is probable that Unisema heterophylla Raf. Med. Fl.
ii. 108 (1830), “From New York to Louisiana” was based upon both
this and the next.
P. LANCEOLATA Nutt. Gen. i. 216 (1818). P. cordata, var. lanceolata
(Nutt.) Griseb. Cat. Pl. Cub. 252 (1866).—South Carolina to Texas
and Paraguay. Since this species has been confused with P. cordata,
forma angustifolia, it is desirable to cite characteristic specimens.
GEORGIA: between Weycross and Ruskin, Ware Co., Harper, no. 1469.
Froripa: Indian River, Palmer, no. 538; Duval Co., Curtiss, no. 2988,*
Fredholm, no. 5126; South Jacksonville, April 7, 1897, Churchill;
Eustis, Lake Co., Nash, no. 450. Texas: Lindheimer, no. 194.
Cusa: “introduced” in river, Taco Taco, Pinar del Rio, Wright,
no. 3260; Coloma, Pinar del Rio, Britton & Cowell, no. 9693. BRAZIL:
Matto Grosso, Leeson. Paraguay: in regione cursus superioris
fluminis Apa, Hassler, no. 7849.
Forma trullifolia, n. f., forma typica recedit foliis anguste deltoideo-
ovatis basi truncatis vel subcordatis—Vrreinta: Point Micon
Reach, Tidestrom, no. 82. NORTH CAROLINA: Spencer, July 12, 1919.
P. O. Schallert. FlOpDA: Okeechobee region, Brevard Co., August 3,
1903, Fredholm, no. 5927 (ryrE in Gray Herb.); Eustis, Lake Co.,
Nash, no. 449. Texas: San Patrico, Lindheimer, no. 2516; Houston,
Lindheimer.
Forma brasiliensis (Solms), n. comb. Urisema acutifolia Raf.
Med. FI. ii. 107 (1830) based upon the characteristic figure in Lam.
Encyc. t. 225 (1793). P. cordata, forma brasiliensis Solms in DC.
Monogr. iv. 533 (1883).—The following are characteristic. FLORIDA:
without definite locality, Chapman (Bilt. Herb. no. 752c); Duval Co.,
Fredholm, no. 5237; Port Orange, Straub, no. 134; Fort Myers,
Hitchcock, no. 354, J. P. Standley, no. 104. Lovrstana: Gretna, Ball,
no. 329. Paracuay: central Paraguay, Morong, no. 490; near Lake
Ypacuray, Hassler, no. 12,683; Sierra de Maracayt, Hassler, no.
5363.
Gray HERBARIUM.
POSSIBILITIES OF HYBRIDISM AS A CAUSE OF
VARIATION IN POLYGONUM.
E. E. STANFORD.
DurinG the last century a considerable number of hybrids within
the subgenus Persicaria of the genus Polygonum have been reported
in Europe. On the American side very little attention seems to have
82 Rhodora [May
been paid to the possibility of such crosses. From a comparison of
Focke, ! Figert,? Ascherson & Graebner, and other sources, it appears
that the first Persicaria hybrids to be announced as such were pub-
lished as Polygonum minori-Persicaria and P. dubio-Persicaria by
Alexander Braun‘ in 1824. What Ascherson & Graebner regard as
the same plants have subsequently been frequently reported under
various designations, and are now referred by them to Polygonum
Persicaria X minus and P. Persicaria X mite (P. dubium having
been reduced to P. mite Schrank). Since this early publication a
considerable number of other Persicaria hybrids have been listed by
various writers; the Ascherson & Graebner treatment, for example,
enumerating the supposed results of such crossings under all the
European species listed by them with the exception of Polygonum
amphibium L. which appears, from examination of the literature,
not to be considered to hybridize. This is not surprising, for P.
amphibium, though extremely variable, is considered to have no
close relatives in Europe, all the forms and varieties occurring there
being generally considered to be below specific rank.
The criteria upon which reliance has been placed in the detection of
hybrids have usually been demonstrable blending of the characters
of the supposed parents, the presence of the latter in the vicinity, a
greater or less degree of sterility, and often vigorous growth coupled
with the production of unusually conspicuous flowers. The European
Persicarias, with the exception of Polygonum amphibium, are annuals,
and the hybrids, on account of their usual considerable sterility,
have not usually been considered as becoming independently estab-
lished or self-maintaining. The majority of these proposed hybrids,
according to their bibliographies as given in the Ascherson & Graebner
treatment, have mostly also been published by other authors as
varieties or new species. The annual Persicarias, as shown in a previ-
ous paper®, are usually extremely productive of normal achenes, and
the character of sterility has therefore been especially accentuated
by most students who have described otherwise puzzling or “ off-
type” specimens as hybrids.
1 Focke, Die Pflanzen-Mischlinge, 348, 349 (1881).
2 Figert, Ueber Bastarde aus der Gattung Polygonum. Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr. i.
26-30 (1895).
3 Aschers. & Graebn. Syn. Mitteleur. Fl. iv. 800-875 (1913).
A. Br. Fl. vii. 359, 360 (1824).
5 Stanford, Ruopora, xxvii. 41-47 (1925).
1925] Stanford,—Possibilities of Hybridism in Polygonum 83
Hy, one of the few European authors to have published on floral
dimorphism in Persicaria, was interested also in hybridism, and
summed up his observations in part as follows:
“1. Dans les espèces annuelles de la section Persicaria les fleurs
présentent un cas remarquable de dimorphisme par cleistogamie: sur
la méme inflorescence, les fines restent closes et fertiles, les autres
s'ouvrent mais demeurent d'ordinaire stériles, faut de pouvoir se
féconder elles-mémes.
2. Dans les plantes normales les fleurs ouvertes et stériles sont
toujours en moindre nombre méme sur les espéces qui en présentent
le plus comme P. Persicaria L. et P. mite Schr.
3. Dans quelques individus disseminés en petit nombre au milieu
de léurs congénéres, ces mémes fleurs ouvertes et stériles existent
seules ou à peu près, d’où il result stérilité complète ou presque com-
plète pour la plante entière . . . dans . .. P. Persicaria X P. mite
la proportion des fleurs fertiles était seulement de 1/150; dans. .
P. Persicaria X P. minus, 3 graines seulement se sont rencontrées
sur 10 pieds ... P. minus X P. hydropiper, n'a présenté aucune
graine fertile. Ma conclusion était celle-ci: ’hybridité seule a pu
causer cette stérilité.”
Hy was also familiar with the type of heterostyly displayed by
Polygonum amphibium L., which he considered of a type “absolu-
ment distinct . .. un example de plus à ceux . . . plantes
physiologiquement dioques . . . sur les fines les styles sont
courts, les étamines longuement saillantes et les fleurs demeurent
stériles; sur les autres, les fleurs n’ont de saillant que le style mais
produisent de beaux et bons fruits.”
Of more recent writers Schuster? in his revision of Polygonum
lapathifolium L. devoted considerable attention to hybridism as
concerning his conception of this species and the numerous subdivisions
which he made of it. He noted the occurrence of sterile pollen both
in hybrids and in what he considered pure species, and stated:
“Allein der sterile Pollen bietet überhaupt kein sicheres
Merkmal zur Erkennung von Polygonum-Bastarden, weil auch die
Ahren der reinen Arten einen mehr oder weniger schlechten Pollen
besitzen und unfruchtbar sind. Von den Polygonum-Bastarden wird
in der Literatur allgemein behauptet, dass sie unfruchtbar sind; ich
konnte indessen nicht einen Bastard finden, der vollkommen
unfruchtbar gewesen wäre; allerdings ist die Fruchtbarkeit eine redu-
zierte indem in der Regel die Ahren eines Bastards mehr unfrucht-
1 Hy, Troisième Note sur l’herborisation de la Faculté des Sciences d'Angers (1882);
Sur le dimorphisme floral dans quelques especes du genre Polygonum.”’ Rev. de Bot.
iv. 87-89 (1885).
2 Schuster, Versuch einer natürlichen Systematik des Polygonum lapathifolium L.
Mitteil. Bayerisch. Bot. Gesellsch. ii. 50-59 and 74-78 (1907).
84 Rhodora [May
bare Blüten zu enthalten pflegen als die reinen Arten ... Samen
von P. mite X Persicaria . . . die ich aussäte, keimten rasch und
leicht. Natürlich können auch vollständig sterile 5 bei
Polygonum vorkommen, jedenfalls aber ist dies nicht die Regel. . ..
Schuster also noted that poorly nourished plants of Polygonum
Persicaria, for instance, produced few fruits and by some botanists
had therefore been taken for hybrids. He found pollen characters to
be rather variable, and that hybrids often attracted attention by
their unusual vigor. As to the pollen, further:
“Die sterilen Pollen, von denen ganz wie bei den reinen Arten bald
ein grösserer bald ein geringerer Prozentsatz vorhanden ist, sind im
allgemeinen nur halb so gross als die fertilen; bei P. mite X Per-
sicaria mes en leitztere im Mittel 0,042 mm, die sterilen 0,021 mm.”
He found variations in the pollen relief-markings of some hybrids
which he believed to result from a blending of parental characters.
He came to the conclusion that:
“P. lapathifolium nicht nur stark variiert, sondern auch
sehr leicht bastardiert;” and enumerated 7 “ Wirkliche
Bastarde“ and 3 “ Vermeintliche Bastarde.“
“Ks ist im héchsten Grade wehrscheinlich, dass die sog.
nichthybriden Ubergangsformen der systematisch
einander nahestehenden Polygonum-Arten nur Formen poly-
morpher Hybriden sind, die auch als hybridogene
Arten auftreten können; wenigstens ist dies bei P. mite var am-
biguum Thellung und P.foliosum Lindb. fil. der
Fall.”
These he had previously noted as forms of “dem polymorphen
Bastard P. Hydropiper X mite.” One emerges from the discussion
with the feeling that what is really needed is the experimental pro-
duction of a few hybrids in this subgenus, under controlled conditions,
and a subsequent study of their behavior and characters. Owing
perhaps to the small economic importance of these plants, and per-
haps also to the inconveniently small size of the flowers, nothing of
this sort appears to have been attempted.
Apparently the only American hybrid Persicaria thus far described
as such in the American literature—at least in recent time—is Poly-
gonum hydropiperoides X robustius Fernald.! Because of the bearing
of this plant on the following discussion the original publication is
quoted in full:
“P. hydropiperoides X robustius, n. hybr., caule decumbente
basi valde lignescenti stoloniferoque plerumque 3-5 mm. crasso;
1 Fernald, Ruopora, xxiv. 173, 174 (1922).
1925] Stanford,—Possibilities of Hybridism in Polygonum 85
ramis floriferis adscendentibus 0.3-1 m. longis; foliis anguste ellipticis
vel elliptico-lanceolatis acuminatis vel acutis 0.5-2 dm. longis 0.8—4
cm. latis; ocreis laxe cylindricis strigosis ciliatis, ciliis 2-5 mm. longis;
pedunculis erectis elongatis; spicis filiformibus plerumque 0.4-1 dm.
longis alternifloris, rhachi purpurascenti; ocreolis ciliatis: perianthiis
lacteis 2-3 mm. longis, epunctatis vel rare punctatis: achaeniis vacuis.
Nova Scoria: in great abundance in peat and granite gravel bor-
dering outlet of Lamb’s Lake, Annapalis Co., July 19, 1921 (foliage),
Fernald, Bartram, Long & Fassett, no. 23,802, August 29, Fernald &
Long, no. 23,803 (rype in Gray Herb.) and in Pl. Eæsiec. Gray.
September 16, Donald McPherson, no. 23,804.
Exactly combining the aspect and characters of the two species,
both of which occur with or near it. In its coarse habit with stout
subligneous base nearer P. robustius; in foliage intermediate; in the
spike showing the slender habit of P. hydropiperoides and the purple
color of the rhachis, but in the large milk-white flowers and the great
length of the spikes suggesting P. robustius. . Practically all the
achenes are empty. Out of 135 sheets of specimens collected on
August 29 we were able to secure only 5 partially filled achenes; while
a mass of 100 or more older inflorescences collected in September by
Mr. McPherson yielded no good achenes.“
Both the parents of this plant are perennials, and, while seeding
freely, also perennate by rhizomatiform stems. The hybrid colony,
according to a personal statement to the writer by Professor Fernald,
covered a space of many square rods, was spreading rapidly by stem-
rooting, and might conceivably have arisen from a single seed.
Preliminary examination of the considerable amount of material
ascribed by its various collectors to Polygonum hydropiperoides Michx.,
P. amphibium L., IP. natans (Michx.) Eaton] and P. Muhlenbergi
Wats. [P. coccineum Muhl.] and accumulated in the Gray Herbarium
indicated that here were three essentially well defined species whose
representatives, while agreeing sufficiently with the normal type to
be generally referred there, yet differed habitally and technically in
a highly erratic manner. The material of P. hydropiperoides, a species
more closely related to the bulk of the subgenus than the other two,
often suggested a blending with other species. That of the amphibious
species, which were apparently closely related, but not particularly
akin to any other well recognized species in North America, often
approached each other quite closely, particularly in aquatic phases.
The opportunity of comparing conditions existing in this material
with the better defined species of the group and that of the charac-
teristic and well-defined hybrid above cited suggested that the latter
might serve as well as an artificially produced hybrid for the establish-
86 Rhodora [May
ment of some idea as to whether the variations in these puzzling
species might be due to the variability common in semi-aquatics,
whether they represented more stable developments worthy to rank
as varieties or possibly species, or whether the possibility of hybridism
might also enter in.
The consideration of hybridism, naturally, was correlated with the
study of flower-forms referred to more particularly in another paper,!
in order to determine by what means such crossing might be brought
about, as well as to consider the possibility of permanency of varia-
tions thus established. While the more showy species of Persicaria
have well developed nectaries, and, to quote from a private communi-
cation from E. F. Phillips, Apiculturist, United States Department
of Agriculture, “yield considerable quantities of nectar and are im-
portant honey plants,“? it is the writer’s belief that close-fertilization
is the rule and cross-fertilization the exception in the Persicarias of
the northern and western states, with the exception of the amphibious
group and possibly others of heterostyl habit in which the reverse
is true. Granted a fertile close-fertilized hybrid, however, the chances
of its survival would appear to be considerably greater than of one of a
group in which cross-fertilization is the rule. Perennial Persicarias,
of which Polygonum natans, P. coccineum, and P. hydropiperoides
are evident examples, also occur in some number in America, in
contrast to the condition in Europe, where P. amphibium is the only
perennial. Their hybrids, like that cited above, would naturally
tend to persist longer than those restricted to seed reproduction by
annual habit.
In view of the recent interest in pollen conditions as a criterion
of hybridism* the examination of the. pollen of these plants at once
Stanford, Ruopvora, xxvii. 41-47 (1925).
According to Pellett (Am. Honey Pl.), P. Persicaria, heurt's-ense,“ is the most
generally important in this respect, though it varies greatly in value in different
sections of the country. This plant, so valuable in Illinois and Nebraska, is of no
importance in Maine; a bee is rarely seen on the flowers.” „The honey . . . varies
greatly, both in quantity and quality. Some species do not seem to yield at all, at
least not regularly, while others produce large quantities of nectar.” This writer
also counts the amphibious Persicarias as valuable honey-plants. Knuth (Handb.
Fl. Poll.) from European studies, does not assign P. Persicaria or any other member
of the genus especially high rank as a bee-plant. Jepson (FI. Calif.) cites P. acre
(P. punctatum Ell.) as an important honey-plant in California, although it seems not
to be highly ranked elsewhere. Regional influence on honey-production seems much
in need of study.
3 The scope of the present paper does not permit a review of the extensive literature
on pollen sterility, or a summary of the divergent opinion as to the value of defective
pollen as a criterion of hybridism. Among the more recent American contributions
1925] Stanford,. Possibilities of Hybridism in Polygonum 87
suggested itself. For this purpose the pollen of the staminate type of
flower was used, as being much more abundant. For examination
flowers on the verge of opening, but as yet unfolded, were chosen.
After opening, both the pollen and the anthers soon disappear, and the
flowers are often spoiled for the present purpose by the introduction
of foreign pollen. The anthers were mounted in water, the pollen
teased out and examined with various powers of the compound
microscope. Water is not a proper mounting material for all types
of pollen, but gives good results with that of Persicaria as obtained
from dried herbarium material. Inasmuch as no germination tests
could be carried out, no attempt was made to estimate exact per-
centages of imperfect pollen, although in most cases this could probably
be done with a fair degree of accuracy. Variation between different
specimens clearly referable to the same species is sufficient to render
estimates based on examination of less than some scores of specimens
more or less of an approximation.
The pollen of the subgenus Persicaria is spherical or nearly so,
dark-pigmented, yellowish-brown under the microscope, and marked
hexagonally more or less in relief. The diameter, in apparently average
material, varies from 0.033-0.040 mm. in Polygonum lapathifolium to
0.060-0.066 mm. in P. coccineum (0.092 mm. in the more abnormal
of the latter species). That of P. hydropiperoides averages 0.043-
0.050 mm. in material showing virtually all apparently good pollen;
this species is one of the more variable in the size, shape, and apparent
quality of the anther-contents. The pollen of P. robustius is of ap-
proximately the same size; in this species it appears much more con-
stantly normal, although the number of available specimens was
not large.
In general it may be said that the report of Schuster that frequent
variations exist in apparently good species was confirmed. The
amount of variation differs widely in different species, and in different
material, apparently typical, of the same species. In Polygonum
pensylvanicum, for instance, as well as in P. robustius, the grains are
usually very constant in size and only occasional plants show a vari-
able proportion (10% or more) of defective individuals. That of
to the subject mention might be made of the study of blackberries by Brainerd and
Pieterson, in which, as pointed out by Fernald (Ruopora, xxii. 185-191) a number
of well recognized species are described as having from 70% to 85% of imperfect
pollen, while others are listed as hybrids of such species, yet having as low as 10%
imperfect pollen.
88 Rhodora [May
the essentially monotypic P. virginianum L. (subgenus Tovara) is
extremely constant.
The flowers of Polygonum hydropiperoides X robustius are of the
open type, while the panicles of its parents usually contain both
types. The pollen of the hybrid is produced in considerable quantity,
though less abundantly than in the open flowers of the parent species,
and is very variable in size and appearance. The grains range from
0.016-0.066 mm., the smaller evidently empty or distorted and nearly
or quite unpigmented. Judging from the microscopic appearance
in comparison with apparently normal pollen of other species, not over
5-10%, probably much less, could function. Correlated with this is
a complete lack of development of the ovary, from which coordinate
conditions in the egg may be deduced. A very similar type of de-
fective pollen occurs frequently in specimens referred to P. hydro-
piperoides. Occasionally it is accompanied by wide-open evidently
infertile flowers, in plants whose considerable variance from the
type is often suggestive of mixed parentage with a more or less definite
indication of the other species involved. More commonly it accom-
panies an apparently normal achene-production. Sometimes plants
with apparently normal achenes and a large proportion of defective
pollen appear inseparable from the type; more frequently, however,
points of variance may be found. In this species the problem is
complicated by the appearance of occasional plants apparently wholly
of the pistillate type, with little or no pollen, and occasionally (more
rarely) plants of the staminate type. It may be said that the appear-
ance of considerable percentages of defective pollen in P. hydropiper-
oides is usually, but not invariably, connected with an “ off-type.”’
In the closely related P. opelousanum Riddell a variation was found
which appears to be a blend of that plant with P. punctatum Ell.
Specimens in most cases showed defective pollen, but the plant pro-
duced achenes in profusion.
Foreign hybrid material in the Gray Herbarium is exemplified by
specimens referred to Polygonum lapathifolium X Persicaria, P.
Hydropiper X minus, P. Hydropiper X mite, P. minus X Persicaria,
and P. mite X Persicaria. In general these specimens reveal a median
character between their supposed parents and show pollen- and
achene-characters comparable with some of the “off-types” discussed
above.
In Polygonum natans and P. coccineum the segregation of flower-
types somewhat complicates matters. In the long-styled flowers
19251 Stanford,—Possibilities of Hybridism in Polygonum 89
pollen is usually absent. The ranges of the two species largely coincide
except for a central area running southward and southwestward from
Illinois, where P. coccineum runs southward into Mexico, apparently
unaccompanied by P. natans. Where the ranges coincide the pollen
of the short-styled flowers usually shows a large percentage of
defective grains of a type quite comparable with that of the Nova
Scotian hybrid above referred to. The long-styled panicles usually
show a high degree of infertility and are often entirely barren. In the
central belt mentioned, the pollen of the short-styled flowers of P.
coccineum is usually normal, and the fertility of the other type appears
to run higher, though still below what would be considered normal
in another species.
Examination of all the short-styled specimens of P. amphibium L.
in the Gray Herbarium (12 sheets) showed only one where the pollen
was noticeably abnormal. In this European species, as in P. coccineum
in the central North American belt referred to, the fertility of long-
styled panicles is below what would be expected in another species,
especially in the terrestrial form. Rather surprisingly, in the American
P. natans, forma Hartwrightii' the pollen seems to be more nearly
normal than in the aquatic form, although the latter is more frequently
productive of achenes.
It appears probable that the cause of sterility in these perennials
is in part bound up with the development of a vegetative mode of
perennation and spreading, and not unlikely that in the American
species the condition is further complicated by a considerable amount
of cross-breeding; the result of these two factors, together with the
variability common to aquatics, being visible in the highly variable
series of plants so liberally christened by Greene.’
As a general conclusion it may be stated, that the evidence does
not warrant changing the systematic rank of species or varieties which
are known to be self-perpetuating and which have become more or
less widespread over a definite range, but it does, in the present state
of our knowledge, indicate the advisability of caution in the proposal
of new species or varieties on the basis of variations seen in occa-
sional herbarium sheets which show a considerable proportion of
defective pollen and about the range and fertility of which little or
nothing is known.
WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY. -
1 POLYGONUM NATA Ns, forma Hartwrightii (Gray), comb. nov. P. Hartwrightii
Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 294 (1870). To be discussed in succeeding paper.
2 Greene, Certain Polygonaceous Genera. Leafl. i. 17-50 (1904).
90 Rhodora [May
ANOTHER ARNICA FROM NEWFOUNDLAND.
M. L. FERNALD.
Waen I published a study of the Eastern American Representatives
of Arnica alpina’ in 1924, in which seven species of this group were
recognized from the Torngat Mts. of Labrador, the Long Range of
Newfoundland and the mountains and cliffs of the Gaspé Peninsula,
I was unaware that an eighth species had been collected by Messrs.
Kenneth Mackenzie and Ludlow Griscom on Cape St. George, a
western outlier of the Long Range. Mr. Griscom has most kindly
placed in my hands for study a beautiful series of specimens, along
with a perplexingly interesting collection of Oxytropis, Potentilla and
other groups of arctic and cordilleran relationship, including the first
Carex concinna R. Br. from Newfoundland and the first Hedysarum
Mackenzii Richardson in eastern America.
The new Arnica grew on limestone barrens at Green Gardens,
Cape St. George, where it was associated with A. chionopappa Fernald,
Kobresia simpliciuscula (Wahlenb.) Mackenz., Carex glacialis Mac-
kenz., C. misandroides Fernald, Lesquerella arctica (Wormsk.) Watson,
Dryas integrifolia Vahl, var. canescens Simmons, Antennaria eucosma
Fernald, and other specialties of the neighboring Table Mt., Port à
Port; and the collectors very naturally supposed they had merely
found a new station for Arnica pulchella Fernald of Table Mt.
The plant of Green Gardens is, however, quite distinct from A.
pulchella, being equally close to A. alpina Olin & Ladau of the Arctic,
A. Sornborgeri Fernald of the Torngat Mts. and A. attenuata Greene
of Alaska and Yukon. From each of these it is distinguished by
several characters and it may appropriately be called
ARNICA terrae-novae, n. sp., rhizomate gracili horizontali; caule
simplici vel furcato 1.7-3.4 dm. alto sparse piloso supra lanato;
foliis rosulatis lineari-lanceolatis vel anguste oblanceolatis 0.5-1.4
dm. longis 0.5-1 cm. latis, 3-5-costatis integris sparse pilosis plus
minusve glandulosis; foliis caulinis 4—5-jugis, inferioribus anguste
oblanceolatis petiolatis integris sparse pilosis papilloso-glandulosisque,
superioribus valde reductis apice callosis; pedunculis solitariis 5-13
cm. longis nudis vel bracteolatis, bracteolis linearibus apice subulatis;
capitulis 4.5-7 cm. diametro; involucro 1.8-1.5 cm. alto basi lanato;
bracteis 13-20 rhomboideo-lanceolatis, exterioribus 2.7—4 mm. latis
acuminatis laxe villosis; ligulis 9-13 luteis, lamina 1.6-2.5 cm. longa
5-8 mm. lata 9-nervata apice 3-dentata, dentibus acutis longioribus
1 Fernald, Ruopora, xxvi. 103-107, t. 143 (1924).
1925 Fernald,—Another Arnica from Newfoundland 91
3-8 mm. longis; corollis disci 8-9 mm. longis, tubo villoso 4-5 mm.
longo; achaeniis 5.5-6 mm. longis hirsutis; pappo maturo 7.5-8.5
mm. longo albo, setis barbellulatis.
Rhizome slender, horizontal: stem simple or forking from the base,
1.7-3.4 dm. high, sparingly pilose, lanate at summit: rosette-leaves
linear-lanceolate or narrowly oblanceolate, 0.5-1.4 dm. long, 0.5-1 em.
broad, 3-5-ribbed, entire, sparingly pilose and more or less glandular:
‘auline leaves 4-5 pairs; the lower narrowly oblanceolate, petiolate,
entire, sparingly pilose, papillose-glandular; the upper much reduced,
‘allous at tip: peduncles solitary, 5-13 em. long, naked or bracteolate;
the bracteoles (when present) linear, subulate-tipped: heads 4.5-7 em.
broad: involucre 1.3-1.5 em. high, lanate at base: bracts 13-20,
rhombic-lanceolate; the outer 2.7-4 mm. wide, acuminate, loosely
villous: ligules 9-13, yellow; the blade 1.6-2.5 em. long, 5-8 mm.
wide, 9-nerved, 3-toothed at apex; the teeth acute, the longer 3-8
min. long: disk-corollas 8-9 mm. long; the villous tube 4-5 mm. long:
achenes 5.5-6 mm. long, hirsute: mature pappus 7.5-8.5 mm. long,
white; its bristles barbellulate.—NerwrouNDLAND: limestone barrens,
Green Gardens, Cape St. George, July 24, 1922, Mackenzie & Griscom,
no. 11,089 (TYPE in Grav Herb.).
From A. alpina, A. terrae-novac is at once distinguished by its more
abundant and pilose leaves, broader involucral bracts, longer and
sharper teeth of the ligules, longer disk-corollas and longer achenes;
A. alpina having only 1-3 pairs of nearly glabrous cauline leaves (in
Al. terrae-novac the 4-5 pairs pilose), the outer involucral bracts 2-3
(in A. ferrae-novae 2.7-4) mm. wide, the blunt teeth of the ligule only
1-2 mm. long (in A. terrac-novae the teeth acute, the longer 3-8 mm.
long), the disk-corollas 6-7 {in A. terrac-novae 8-9) mm. long and the
achenes 3-5 (in A. terrae-novae 5.5-6) mm. long.
al. pulchella differs from A. terrae-novae in being densely villous
(both stems and leaves), with callous-toothed basal leaves and only
l or 2 pairs of cauline leaves and in having smaller heads with few
(only S-10) densely villous bracts.
. Sornborger’ is distinguished from A. ferrae-novae by its more
glandular-viscid short indument, callous-toothed leaves (the cauline
only 2 or 3 pairs), the uppermost leaves attenuate to a delicate usually
curved appendage, the involucre of only 10-12 linear- or lance-atten-
uate bracts 1.2-1.5 mm. wide and the achenes only 3:7-4.7 mm. long.
The northwestern A. attenuata commonly branches above, with
several (up to 12 at least) heatls; has the foliage closely pilose-tomen-
92 Rhodora
tose, the involucral bracts linear- to lance-attenuate and the teeth
of the ligules only 0.5-2 mm. long.
Gray HERBARIUM.
Vol. 27, no. 816, including pages 37 to 52 and plate 149, was issued 28 A pril,
1925.
Vol. 27, no. 816, including pages 53 to 72, was issued 14 May, 1925.
JOURNAL OF THE
NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE
WILLIAM PENN RICH, Publication Committee
Vol. 27. June, 1925 No. 318.
0
CONTENTS:
The Maritime Plantains of North America. M. L. Fernald... 93
Nomenclatorial Changes for some Chinese Orchids. H. H. Hu 105
Cypripedium reginae in New Hampshire. Charles Schweinfurth 107
Amphibious Polygonums of Subgenus Persicaria. E. E. Stanford 109
Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. J.
300 Massachusetts Ave. | Preston and Rounds Co.
RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Masa
Subscriptions. advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.
BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS Co.,
Providence, R. I.
CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.
CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each
Ten copies $1.50.
MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto pee issued at 7 intervals, sold separately.
Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
epace of 6 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.
Rhodora
JOURNAL OF
THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Vol. 27. June, 1925. No. 318.
THE MARITIME PLANTAINS OF NORTH AMERICA.
M. L. FERNALD.
(Plate 150.)
For several years it has been apparent to some students of the
flora of eastern America that the plants which pass with some bota-
nists as Plantago maritima L., with others as P. decipiens Barnéoud,
are really two distinct species and that they certainly are not identical
with P. maritima of Europe. The latter species, which does not occur
in eastern America, is a characteristic plant with the scapes commonly
much longer than the leaves; the bracts of the spike narrowly ovate
(sometimes described even as lanceolate), much longer than broad;
the calyx-segments narrowly ovate to narrowly oblong and with con-
spicuously ciliate-denticulate keels; and the mature capsules slender
and acute. Whether true P. maritima occurs in America is not wholly
clear. In the Gray Herbarium there is a specimen typical in every de-
tail marked Sitka (coll. Bongard) but all other Alaskan material seen is
the Pacific American P. juncoides Lam. The common American plants
which have passed, off and on, for P. maritima have less contrast in
the length of leaf and scape; the bracts broadly ovate to subreniform,
as broad as long; the calyx-segments broadly oblong to suborbicular,
and not definitely ciliate on the keel; the mature capsules ovoid to
broadly conic-ovoid and rounded at summit. In the plants of Atlantic
America the anthers are well under 2 mm. in length, but on the Pacific
coast they may reach a maximum of 2 mm. In such European mate-
rial as is at hand (too little for generalization) the anthers are 2-2.3
mm. long.
As stated, in eastern America two well defined species of Seaside
Plantain occur. One (fig. 6), a plant of salt-marsh and saline shores,
94 Rhodora [JUNE
has succulent linear to linear-lanceolate leaves, usually equaling or,
in the northern extreme, much exceeding the scapes; and it is com-
monly gathered in eastern Maine and the Maritime Provinces as a
delicious vegetable under the name “Goose Tongue.” Its spikes are
usually blackish in general color, in all but dwarfed individuals 0.6-
2 dm. long (in small plants down to less than 1 em. long), rather
loosely flowered especially at base; the bracts (fig. 6") subtending the
flowers are often, but not always, prolonged at tip and then exceed
the calyces, being very fleshy and glabrous, with thick or gibbous keels;
the calyx (fig. 6°) is glabrous; and the linear-oblong mostly black
seeds (fig. 6°) are 2-3 mm. long. There is no question, judging by
its scape commonly shorter than the leaves, interrupted spike, acute
glabrous bracts and its range that, when he described Plantago pauci-
flora, Pursh! had small specimens of the “Goose Tongue” of salt
marshes from Labrador to New Jersey. Pursh’s description was to
the point:
P. foliis lineari-lanceolatis integerrimis glabriusculis, scapo
tereti foliis breviore, spica pauciflora interrupta, bracteis
ovatis acutis glabris. pauciflora
On the sea-coast of New England and New Jersey. . . . Aug.
v.v. In the Herbarium of A. B. Lambert, Esq. are speci-
mens from Labrador, agreeing in every respect with this
species.
Pursh’s specific name was highly inappropriate, because only
exceptionally dwarfed plants (fig. 7), occurring chiefly north of New
England, have spikes notably few-flowered, and ordinarily on the
coast of New England and New Jersey his P. pauciflora has spikes
(fig. 6) longer than in any other of the maritime Plantains of America
or Eurasia; but since there were already two other species bearing
the name P. pauciflora, one of Gilibert (1782), the other of Lamarck
(1783), the first perhaps not identifiable, the second identical with
P. barbata Forst. (1789), Roemer & Schultes renamed Pursh’s species,
literally quoting his description and perpetuating the misleading
connotation of his name by changing it merely to P. oliganthos.?
During the same year Rafinesque made a gesture at publishing an
appropriate name, saying in a review of Bigelow’s Florula Bostoniensis:
“ Plantago maritima, Big. is perhaps Pl. gibbosa, Raf. n. sp.“ Bige-
low,“ however. had given absolutely no diagnostic character to dis-
1 Pursh. Fl. Am. Sept. i. 99 (1814).
R. & S. Syst. iii. 122 (1818),
3 Raf. Am. Mo. Mag. ii. 344 (1818).
4t Bigel. Fl. Bost. 34 (1814).
1925] | Fernald,—The Maritime Plantains of North America 95
tinguish his plant from others of the group and, supposing it to be P.
maritima of Europe, had literally translated into English the Latin
description in Smith’s Flora Britannica, clearly acknowledging his
source. P. gibbosa, a name which would be appropriate for the salt-
marsh plant of eastern America but published only half-heartedly by
Rafinesque and without a description, cannot be taken up and the
salt-marsh plant with long and rather loose spikes and glabrous
bracts and calyx must be called P. oliganthos R. & S.
The other species of eastern America (fig. 3) grows on headlands,
cliffs and dry beaches and even ascends to alpine rocks, commonly
near the coast but apparently never in salt-marsh. Its range is essenti-
ally the same as that of P. oliganthos but northward, where headlands
preponderate over salt-marshes, it is common; southward where
headlands become in‘requent, it is local. This headland plant is
distinguished from P. oliganthos by its usually narrower and decidedly
less fleshy leaves commonly shorter than the scape, its dense and
comparatively short spikes (the longer ones 2-10 cm. long) usually
brown or drab in color; its bracts and calyx-segments minutely
ciliolate (fig. 3°), the former less fleshy and not so definitely keeled
nor so prolonged as in P. oliganthos; the oblong to narrowly oval
often brown seeds (fig. 3°) shorter (1.2-2.3 mm. long) and the anthers
averaging slightly shorter. This plant was described with remarkable
precision by Barnéoud:!
PLANTAGO DECIPIENS. (Barnéoud.)
Diagn.—Pubescens. Foliis linearibus, acutis; spica brevis; bracteae cilio-
latae; corollae minutae, acutae. Stamina vis exserta.
Descript.—5-6 poll. Collo radicis crassiusculo. Folia puberula, 3-nervia,
integerrima, plana, basi lanata, scapo breviora. Scapus pubescens, teres.
Spica 1-poll. bracteae acutae laetae, calycem aequantes. Calycis segmenta
obtusa, ciliolata. Corollae tubus brevis, laciniae parvae. Stamina stigmate
breviora. Capsula depressa 2-loc. 4-sperma.—(V. S. mss. Cl. Hooker in herb.
Cl. Decais.)
Hab.—In provincia Labrador.—(Morrison.)
Oss. Cette espèce ressemble, au premier aspect, au Pl. maritima, dont
elle a le port.—Cela justifie le nom de decipiens. .
In the northern half of its range P. decipiens becomes very dwarfed,
with scapes only 1-7 cm. long and spikes 0.5-2 cm. long. This is
the plant (fig. 4) of Greenland, Iceland and arctic Europe described
and beautifully illustrated by Lange as P. borealis, Lange? pointing
out that it is related to both P. alpina L. and P. maritima L. of
1 Barnéoud, Mon. Plantaginées, 16 (1845).
2 Lange, Fl. Dan. xvi. fasc. xlvi. 5, t. mmdccvii (1867).
96 Rhodora [JUNE
Europe; the former differing in its denticulate, scarcely fleshy, acute
and broader leaves, its villous calyx, more ovate and obtuse corolla-
lobes, and wingless seeds; the latter in its more slender and relatively
shorter leaves, 2-seeded (instead of 4-seeded) capsules, linear (instead
of oval) seeds, ete. As Lange further points out, the same plant
(from Greenland and Iceland) had earlier been published as P.
maritima, var. glauca Hornem.! and by Decaisne and others had been
confused with P. alpina.
P. decipiens and its dwarf northern extreme, P. borealis Lange,
have slender semi-terete linear erect leaves usually shorter than the
scapes; but on cliffs, headlands and dry sands of Newfoundland,
the Magdalen Islands, Prince Edward Island and Nova Scotia,
there is a plant (fig. 5) with lanceolate or broadly linear comparatively
thin spreading or rosulate often dentate leaves which usually equal
or exceed the arching scapes. In aspect the plant strongly simulates
the broader-leaved forms of the European P. alpina, though with
relatively long leaves; but in the technical characters of bracts, calyx,
anther and seed it departs from that species and belongs with P.
decipiens and P. borealis into which it certainly intergrades.
On the Pacific coast of North America occur, besides the doubtful
P. maritima (already discussed) two well marked plants. One (fig. 1),
following the coast from southern Alaska to Alameda Co., California,
has the but slightly fleshy linear or linear-lanceolate erect leaves at-
tenuate at tip and approaching to equaling the length of the erect
scapes; the other (fig. 2), confined to the coast from Sonoma Co., to
Monterey Co., California, has the linear-oblanceolate to subspatulate
spreading or rosulate leaves very fleshy and mostly shorter than the
depressed or arching scapes. The only other difference apparent,
after prolonged study, is that the more generally distributed plant
with erect, long and attenuate leaves has the seeds very slightly
longer than in the other. In all their technical characters of short
and dense spike and in bract, calyx and seed the two plants of the
Pacific coast are apparently inseparable from P. decipiens and P.
borealis of the Atlantic coast; the only character of significance being
a slight difference in the anther: the anthers of the plants of the At-
lantic coast are 1-1.5 mm. long with subulate tips 0.1-0.4 mm. long;
those of the Pacific coast slightly longer (1.5-2 mm. long, the subulate
tips 0.3-0.7 mm.). The plants of both the Atlantic and the Pacific
1 Hornem. Oec. Pl. ed. 3, i. 167 (1821).
1925] Fernald,—The Maritime Plantains of North America 97
coasts with dense spikes, ciliolate calyx-segments and comparatively
small seeds (1.2-2.3 mm. long) seem, then, to be variations of one
widely distributed species and it at once becomes significant that in
no character which I can discover do the specimens at hand of the
Patagonian P. juncoides Lam. differ from the plant which grows
from California to Alaska. They have similar elongate and attenuate
leaves, and the large anthers and the comparatively large seed of
that plant; and since the name P. juncoides is older by many years
than P. decipiens it is evident that this wide-ranging but variable
species of arctic Europe, Greenland, Atlantic North America, Pacific
North America and Patagonia must take the name P. juncoides
Lam. Although the range of this species is unusual it is by no means
without parallels: such cases as Triglochin maritima L. and T. palustris
L., Catabrosa aquatica (L.) Beauv., Carex capitata L., C. incurva
Lightf., C. microglochin Wahlenb. C. Macloviana D’Urv. and Montia
lamprosperma Cham.
For many years Asa Gray recognized that there were two repre-
sentatives of Plantago maritima in America but he failed to detect
their most important characters and his treatments are, therefore,
not easy to interpret; and throughout the time from his first attempt
at differentiation in 1856 to his treatment in the Synoptical Flora
he considered first one then the other of our species to be typical P.
maritima of Europe. In the 2d edition of the Manual he recognized
as P. maritima the plant of “Salt marshes on the coast from New
Jersey northward,” with “very fleshy leaves,” and “sepals, which
have a thick keel,” i. e. P. oliganthos; and as P. maritima, var. jun-
coides a plant said to be “more slender, the flowers often sparser,
and the keels crestless,“ and occurring “only northward.” The
distinctions do not exactly coincide with the characters best separat-
ing our two species, and in the 5th edition Gray slightly altered the
treatment, depending chiefly upon the wholly unsatisfactory charac.
ters of duration: P. maritima, var. juncoides (P. juncoides Lam.)
being considered an annual or biennial of salt-marshes southward,
while “the perennial P. maritima occurs in New Brunswick, &c.,
perhaps in Maine;” but, in the Synoptical Flora, Gray abandoned
the name juncoides, reducing it outright to P. maritima of Europe,
which he now treated as a perennial with spike dense and bracts
rounded and short, and known to him on the Atlantic coast only
Lam. Tabl. Encyl. Meth. Bot. i. 342 (1783).
98 Rhodora [JUNE
north of the Gulf of St. Lawrence but on the Pacific coast from
California to Bering Straits and in Patagonia; i. e. Gray’s P. maritima
of his latest treatment was true P. juncoides Lam., including the plants
which I have identified with P. decipiens Barnéoud and P. borealis
Lange. But still failing to detect the fundamental characters which
Pursh had clearly pointed out in describing his P. pauciflora (P.
oliganthos) and which Barnéoud has emphasized for P. decipiens
and still laying undue emphasis upon the duration of the plants,
Gray put all annual specimens under P. decipiens and for it drew up a
good description of the salt marsh P. oliganthos, with “ spike slender,
f lower bracts commonly ovate-subulate and equaling or
exceeding the calyx.” Watson & Coulter adopted, in the 6th edition
of the Manual, Gray’s last treatment with only slight change, but
Watson had been collecting on the New England coast and under
the “annual” plant said: “The characters distinguishing biennial
specimens of this form from the next are obscure”; and, knowing from
field experience that these plants often begin fruiting the first year,
but that they apparently continue growing through several seasons,
the editors of the 7th edition of the Manual treated them as one vari-
able species, P. decipiens. Britton, on the other hand, has consistently
treated all the American material as identical with the European P.
maritima.
That the three species, P. maritima L., P. juncoides Lam. (including
P. decipiens Barnéoud and P. borealis Lange) and P. oliganthos R.
& S. are quite distinct has been sufficiently pointed out in this dis-
cussion. The characters, bibliography and ranges of the three are
summarized below. The material in the Gray Herbarium and the
herbarium of the New England Botanical Club has been adequately
supplemented by specimens from the Academy of Natural Sciences
of Philadelphia, for the use of which I am indebted to Mr. Bayard
Long, and material from the University of California most kindly
loaned by Professor Setchell. The illustrations have been drawn by
Miss Amelia Brackett.
a. Bracts subtending the middle and upper flowers of the
spike narrowly ovate to lanceolate, distinctly longer than
broad; calyx-segments narrowly ovate to narrowly
oblong, ciliate and with thin ciliate-denticulate keel:
mature capsules slenderly oblong-conic, acute, 1.2-2 mm.
in diameter: anthers 2-2.3 mm. long: scapes much ex-
ceeding the leaves s. P. maritima.
a. Bracts subtending the middle and upper flowers broadly
ovate, subreniform or suborbicular, as broad as or broader
1925] Fernald,—The Maritime Plantains of North America 99
than long: calyx-segments broadly oblong to suborbicular,
not definitely ciliate on the thick or obscure keel: mature
capsules ovoid to broadly conic, blunt or rounded at
summit, 1.2-2.6 mm. in diameter: anthers 1-2 mm. long:
scapes shorter than to slightly exceeding the leaves b.
b. Bracts or calyx-segments or both minutely ciliolate; the
bracts rarely prolonged and with only slight keel:
mature seeds oblong to narrowly oval, 1.2-2.3 mm.
long: spikes usually dense to the base, the longest rarely
0.6-1 dm. long: scapes often somewhat exceeding the
fleshy to thinnish leaveeeee ns . Juncoides.
b. Bracts and calyx segments glabrous or very rarely with
remote ciliation; the former often with prolonged tips
and with thick or gibbous keel: mature seeds linear-
oblong, 2-3 mm. long: spikes often remotely flowered at
base, in large plants becoming 0.6-2 dm long; leaves
often equaling or exceeding the scapes, very fleshy... P. oliganthos,
P. maritima L. Sp. Pl. 114 (1753); for synonymy see Rouy, FI.
de France, x. 123 (1908).—Europe. The only evidence of its oc-
currence in America is material said to be from ALasKa: Sitka,
Bongard. Needs validation.
P. suncorweEs Lam. Tabl. Encyl. Meth. Bot. i. 342 (1783). A
wide-ranging species divisible into five geographic varieties:
a. Anthers 1.5-2 mm. long; their subulate tips 0.3-0.7 mm.
long: Pacific American and Patagonian b,
b. Leaves linear to linear-lanceolate, attenuate at tip,
only slightly fleshy and with the scapes strongly
ascending: seeds 1.6-2.3 (av. 2) mm. long Var. typica.
b. Leaves linear-oblanceolate to subspatulate, obtuse,
very fleshy, depressed or spreading: scapes depressed
or arching: seeds 1.3-1.7 (av. 1.5) mm. long...... Var. californica.
a. Anthers 1-1.5 mm. long; their subulate tips 0.1-0.4 mm.
long: Atlantic American and arctic European c.
c. Leaves linear, erect or strongly ascending, only rarely
spreading, entire, commonly shorter than the scapes.
Scapes 0.5-2.3 dm. high: longer spikes 2-10 cm. long. . Var. decipiens.
Scapes 1-7 em. high; spikes 0.5-2 em. long Var. glauca.
c. Leaves lanceolate to oblanceolate, depressed or wide-
spreading, often toothed, commonly equaling or ex-
ceeding the scape s. Var. laurentiana,
Var. typica, Fig. 1. P. juncoides Lam. I. c. (1783). P. maritima,
var. juncoides (Lam.) Gray, Man. ed. 2: 268 (1856), as to name-
bringing synonym, not as to plant. P. maritima in part of many
Am. Auth., not L.—Southern Alaska to Alameda Co., California;
Patagonia. The following are referred here. ALASKA: Coal Harbor,
Unga Island, July 15, 1872, M. W. Harrington; sea-shore, Popoff
Island, Shumagin Islands, June 28, 1872, Harrington; upper portion
of sandy tidal flat, mainland, Port Houghton, Walker, no. 863; beach,
Skagway, Eastwood, no. 729; Sitka, 1867, Tiling. British COLUM-
BIA: Brown’s Island, San Juan Islands, Zeller, no. 759; Vancouver
Island, 1858, Lyall; on slate, District of Renfrew, Vancouver Island,
Rosendahl & Brand, no. 21. WASHINGTON: Orchard Point, Kitsop
100 Rhodora [JUNE
Co., July, 1895, Piper. Oregon: damp cliffs, Yaguina Head, J. C.
Nelson, no. 2342. CALIFORNIA: sandy ground on bay shore, Bucks-
port, Humboldt Bay, Tracy, no. 3254; on tide ground, Corte Madera,
Bigelow; on rocks, Martinez, Brewer, no. 997; near Martinez, Burtt
Davy, no. 6670; Alameda Co., 1887, A. B. Simonds; salt-marshes,
West Berkeley, Burtt Davy, no. 860; Alameda, October 3, 1898,
Setchell. Pataconta: Rio Negro, 1838-42, U. S. So. Pacific Expl.
Exped.
Var. californica, n. var. (FIG. 2), foliis carneis lineari-oblanceolatis
vel subspathulatis obtusis depressis vel rosulatis; scapis depressis vel
arcuatis; seminibus 1.3-1.7 mm. longis—Sonoma Co. to Monterey
Co., CALIFORNIA: Bodega Point, Eastwood, no. 4878; Point Reyes,
Burtt Davy, no. 6794; Tennessee Cove, Suksdorf, no. 467; Fort Point,
April, 1887, E. L. Drew; near San Francisco, 1865, Torrey, no. 418;
Montara Point, June 5, 1903, E. B. Copeland, no. 3331 (TYPE in Gray
Herb.); Santa Cruz, April 15, 1897, Setchell; Pacific Grove, June,
1893, Tidestrom, July 8, 1914, Gwendolen Newell; along the beach,
Point Pinos, Heller, no. 6755; Pescadero Ranch, near Monterey,
Brewer, no. 647; Cypress Point, Monterey, Eastwood, no. 102.
In the herbarium of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila-
delphia there is a plant somewhat intermediate between typical P.
juncoides and var. californica but rather nearer the latter (but with
erect leaves) with the label: Salt Lake, Utah, T. Meehan, 1883.
Further evidence of its occurrence in Utah is desirable.
Var. decipiens (Barnéoud), n. comb. Fic. 3. P. decipiens
Barnéoud, Mon. Plantag. 16 (1845). P. maritima, in part, of Am.
authors, not L.—Headlands, cliffs and dry beaches, chiefly or entirely
above salt water, southern Labrador to New Jersey.—The following,
from more than 100 numbers examined, may be cited as characteristic.
NEWFOUNDLAND: grassy cliffs above the harbor, St. John’s, August,
1885, R. Thaxter; ledges of damp sea-cliffs, Torbay, Howe & Lang,
no. 1376; gravelly and rocky sea-shore, Snook’s Arm, Fernald &
Wiegand, no. 6217; on rocks, Birchy Cove (Curling), Fernald &
Wiegand, no. 4021. QuEBEc: Seven Islands, C. B. Robinson, no. 675;
Cap Baleine, Anticosti, Victorin, no. 4207; sea-cliffs, Bonaventure
Island, Fernald & Collins, no. 1177; dry limestone detritus, Cap Barré,
Percé, August 16, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; calcareous head-
lands by the River St. Lawrence, Grosses Roches, Fernald & Pease,
no. 25,283; ledges by the St. Lawrence, Riviére Blanche, August 3,
1904, F. F. Forbes; rocky shores of the St. Lawrence, Temiscouata Co.,
July 26, 1878, Pringle; shaly headland by the River St. Lawrence,
Berthier, Fernald & Pease, no. 25, 282. MaAGpaLEeN ISLANDS: sandy
bluffs, Grindstone, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 8045; dry sandy
summit of Great Bird Rock, St. John, no. 1987. PRINCE EDWARD
IsLAND: marshes near Tracadie Beach, July 29, 1901, Churchill.
1925] Fernald,—The Maritime Plantains of North America 101
Nova Scotia: Point Prim, August 19, 1902, M. A. Day; turfy crest
of headland, Markland, Fernald & Long, no. 24,511; gravelly sea-
beach, Yarmouth Bar, Fernald & Long, no. 24,512. NEW Brunswick:
Restigouche, 1873, Fowler; dry gravel-pavement back of beach,
Belledune Point, Fernald & Pease, no. 25,285; beach of Bay Chaleur,
Grand Anse, Blake, no. 5532; sterile field on top of cliffs, Casey’s
Cape, Kent Co., July 9, 1914, F. T. Hubbard. Mamre: crevices of
rocks by the sea, Cutler, July 13, 1901, Kennedy; dry ledges, Roque
Bluffs, July 5, 1907, Knowlton; shore of pool, Great Cranberry Isle,
August 30, 1892, Rand; rocky shores of Baker’s Island, July 23, 1890,
Redfield; rocky shore, Moore’s Harbor, Isle au Haut, Hill, no. 1178;
rocky shores and banks, Matinicus, July 20, 1919, C. A. E. Long;
clefts of rocks, Round Pond, August 26, 1897, Chamberlain; among
rocks, Georgetown, August 12, 1900, H. M. Noyes; crevices of rock
above high tide level, Bowdoinham, Fassett, no. 210; crevices of ledges
Orr’s Island, Chamberlain & Knowlton, no. 577; on rocks, Scarboro,
July 16, 1861, Wm. Boott; very dry soil and rock-crevices, Ogunquit,
July 15, 1903, Parlin. New Hampsuire: Appledore, Isles of Shoals,
July 10, 1898, C. H. Morss. Massacnusetts: Marblehead Neck,
August, 1888, E. H. Hitchings; Beverly Bay, Asa Gray; rocks near
shore, Nahant, September 6, 1857, E. S. Hoar; Nantasket Beach,
July 18, 1884, 7. O. Fuller; sea-shore sands, Cohasset, August 6,
1907, Driggs. Rope ISLAND: rocks and fields, Newport, July 24,
1896, M. B. Simmons; rocks, Jamestown, June 26, 1897, M. B.
Simmons; Narragansett Pier, July 28, 1891, H. L. Merrow; dry grav-
elly elevated beach, Grace Point, Block Island, Fernald, Long &
Torrey, no. 10,421; clear dry gravel, top of high bluff, N. W. shore of
Block Island, August 11, 1919, C. B. Graves. NEW JERSEY: Squam
Beach, J. W. Conrad in herb. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phila.
Apparently hybridizes with P. oliganthos. Northward passes
imperceptibly into the dwarf
Var. glauca (Hornem.), n. comb. Fic. 4. P. maritima, var.
glauca Hornem. Oec. Pl. ed. 3, i. 167 (1821). P. borealis Lange, Fl.
Dan. xvi. fase. xlvi. 5, t. mmdcevii (1867). P. borealis, forma pyg-
maea Lange, Medd. om Grønl. iii. 259 (1886).—Greenland to Kee-
watin and Maine; Iceland and arctic Norway.—The following are
typical. IcELAND: Seydisfjord, June 16, 1895, Elizabeth Taylor.
. GREENLAND: Godhaven, August 8, 1914, Pedersen; Atâ, August 6,
1921, A. E. Porsild; Ikertok Fjord, 1884, Warming ck Holm, Ipin-
tarssuaq, August 5, 1918, M. P. & A. E. Porsild; Itivneq, August 1,
1911, M. P. & A. E. Porsild. LaBRHADOR: Hopedale, Sornborger,
no. 108; Makkovik Island, Townsend, no. 40; Sandwich Bay, August,
1902, A. P. Brown; rocks near sea, Battle Harbor, C. S. Williamson,
no. 652; stony places, not maritime, Chateau, J. A. Allen, no. 80;
rocks, Forteau, Fernald & Wiegand, nos. 4024, 4025; sea-shore rocks,
Blane Sablon, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4023. NEWFOUNDLAND: dry
102 Rhodora [JUNE
peaty pockets on limestone ledges, Flower Cove, Fernald, Long &
Dunbar, no. 27,080; dry exposed ledges and shingle on the limestone
tableland, Table Mt., Port à Port Bay, Fernald & St. John, no.
10,863; Fogo Island, August 7, 1903, Sornborger; rocky shore, Chan-
nel, Howe & Lang, 797, in part. QuEBECc: Bonne Espérance, J. A.
Allen, no. 79; Natashquan River, August, 1912, C. W. Townsend;
on gneissic rocks, 30 feet above high-water level, Tadousac, Victorin,
no. 11; gravelly beach, St. Alphonse, Ha Ha Bay, Saguenay River,
August 5, 1902, Williams & Fernald; crevices of ledge, Rivière du
Loup, August, 1902, Williams & Fernald; calcareous sea-cliffs, Bona-
venture Island, Fernald & Collins, no. 1178; gravelly beach, Paspébiac,
July 27, 1902, Williams & Fernald. Nova Scotia: Eastern Harbour,
Cheticamp, C. B. Robinson, no. 414. New Brunswick: dry head-
lands, Grande Anse, Blake, no. 5529. Mae: top of cliff, Cutler,
July 2, 1902, Kennedy, Williams, Collins & Fernald; crevices of
ledges, Orrs Island, Chamberlain & Knowlton, no. 576. KEEWATIN:
Churchil', J. M. Macoun, no. 79,369.
Var. laurentiana n. var. (Fic. 5), foliis lanceolatis vel oblanceolatis
acutis vel subacutis 3-15 mm. latis, plerumque depressis vel rosulatis
integris vel remote dentatis plerumque scapos arcuatos superantibus.—
Newfoundland, Magdalen Islands, Prince Edward Island and Nova
Scotia. NEWFOUNDLAND: Baccallieu Island, June 28, 1902, Sorn-
borger; Funk Island, August 1, 1908, H. S. Forbes; cliffs, Placentia,
Robinson & Schrenk, no. 70; calcareous cliffs and ledges, Cow Head,
Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4022; wet sand, Stephenville Crossing,
Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4026. Macparen ISLANDS: dry sandy
headland, Brion Island, St. John, no. 1986. PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND:
dry sands, Wood Island, Fernald & St. John, no. 11,183. Nova
Scorra: Bay St. Lawrence, Cape Breton, August 15, 1904, J. R.
Churchill (rype in Gray Herb.); crevices of red-sandstone cliffs,
Sydney, August 18, 1902, Fernald; pebbly beach, Yarmouth, Howe &
Lang, no. 40. .
P. OLIGANTHOS Roem. & Schultes, Syst. iii. 122 (1818).—Two geo-
graphic varieties:
Leaves mostly erect or strongly ascending, in mature plants
up to 12 mm. broad, mostly equaling or exceeding the
erect scapes but usually overtopped by the mature spikes;
the latter 0.3-2 dm. long, often remotely flowered at base, Var. typica.
Leaves mostly loosely spreading or arching, slender, 0.5-4 mm. l
wide, mostly overtopping the spikes; scapes depressed or
arched-ascending; spikes 0.5-7 cm. long, usually dense... . Var. fallar.
P. oLiGANTHOos, var. typica. Fic. 6. P. oliganthos Roem. &
Schultes, Syst. iii. 122 (1818), as to plant of New England and New
Jersey. P. pauciflora Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 99 (1814), as to plant
of New England and New Jersey, uot Gilib. (1782) nor Lam. (1783).
P. maritima Am. auth. in part, not L. P. decipiens Gray, Syn. Fl.
N. A. ii. pt. 1: 390 (1878), not Barnéoud.—Salt-marshes and saline
1925] Fernald,—The Maritime Plantains of North America 103
or brackish shores, south shore of the River St. Lawrence, Quebec to
New Jersey; also Manitoba. The following, selected from about
150 sheets, are typical. QuEBEC, Rivière du Loup, August 2, 1902,
Wiliams ck Fernald; York, August 25, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease.
PRINCE Epwarp ISLAND: Brackley Point, J. Macoun, no. 16,877;
Charlottetown, Fernald, Long ck St. John, no. 8046. Nova Scotia:
Granville, Fernald & Fassett, nos. 24,114, 24,115; Atwood Brook,
Bartram ck Long, no. 24,513; Bridgewater, Fernald c Long, no.
24,516. New Brunswick: Bathurst, Blake, no. 5374; St. Andrew’s,
July 27, 1900, Fowler. Marne: Machiasport, August 30, 1898,
M. A. Barber; Great Cranberry Isle, Rand; Hampden, Fernald &
Long, no. 14,553; Westport, August 22, 1907, I. W. Anderson; Cum-
berland, Chamberlain & Knowlton, no. 536; Cape Elizabeth, July 23,
1889, Fernald; Kennebunkport, Pease, no. 1998; Wells, 1898, Kate
Furbish. NEW Hampsuire: Rye, September 19, 1901, E. F. Walliams.
MassacuusetTts: Plum Island, D. White, no. 144; Malden, July 19,
1887, F. S. Collins; Cambridge, 1857, Gray; Revere, Young et al.,;
Cohasset, August 6, 1907, Driggs; Pocasset, Bourne, F. S. Collins,
no. 2637; Centerville, August 27, 1903, Clara Imogene Cheney; Oster-
ville, September 6, 1896, Williams; Yarmouth, Fernald & Long,
no. 19,106; Monomoy Point, August 27, 1879, Brainerd; Dartmouth,
Collins, no. 2877; Tisbury, Seymour, no. 2015; Gay Head, August 2,
1897, S. Harris; Quaise, Nantucket, September 7, 1902, Floyd.
RuopeE ISLAND: Tiverton, Greenman, no. 1701; Providence, June,
1844, Thurber; Wickford, September 11, 1913, C. F. Batchelder.
Bi
\ Connecticut: Lyme, August, 1858, D. C. Eaton; Saybrook Point,
\Blewitt, no. 602; Milford, Eames et al.; Bridgeport, September 7,
1896, Eames; Greenwich, August 9, 1901, Bissell. New York: Long
Island, Torrey. New Jersey: Point Pleasant, August 8, 1908,
E. B. Bartram; Brigantine, C. E. Smith; Atlantic City, Difenbaugh
et al.; Absecon, F. L. Bassett et al.; Absecon Beach, 1910, C. H.
LaWall; Egg Harbor, Nuttall; Ocean City, Stone, Fretz; Palermo,
July 26, 1909, Van Pelt; Wildwood, Lippencott et al; Five-mile Beach,
September 25, 1900, MacKlwee. Manirosa: salt springs, Red Deer
River, J. Macoun, no. 16,878.
~ Both Chas. Pickering and Thos. Nuttall had P. oliganthos separated
in their herbaria as a new species, under manuscript names.
Var. fallax, n. var. (FIG. 7), foliis plerumque diffusis vel laxe ar-
cuatis anguste linearibus 0.5-4 mm. latis spicis longioribus; scapis
arcuatis; spicis 0.5-7 cm. longis plerumque densifloris. Labrador
and Newfoundland to eastern Maine.—LaBRADOR: Mulligan Point,
Lake Melville, July 25, 1891, Bowdoin College Exped., no. 126 (TYPE
in Gray Herb.); Middle Bay, July 29, 1882, J. A. Allen, no. 10.
NEWFOUNDLAND: sea-shore, Flower Cove, July 12, 1921, M. E.
Priest; muddy saline shores, near Frenchman’s Cove, Bay of Islands,
July 7, 1921, Mackenzie & Griscom, no. 10,436; sea-beach, Little
104 Rhodora [JUNE
River, August 1, 1922, Mackenzie & Griscom, no 11,180; salt-marsh
and brackish mud, Norris Arm, August 21, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 6218; salt-marsh, Killigrew’s, August 3, 1911, Fernald & Wiegand,
no. 6216. QUEBEC: shore of Esquimaux River, lat. 51°, 29’, July 27,
1882, Allen, no. 81; rocky beach, Ile des Genévriers, Archipel de St.
Augustin, July 21, 1915, St. John, no. 90,731; gravelly beach, Carle-
ton, July 21, 1904, Collins & Fernald. New Brunswick: salt-marsh,
Bathurst, July 24, 1902, Williams & Fernald (transition to var.
typica). Marne: wet rocks, Cutler, July 2, 1902, Kennedy, Williams,
Collins & Fernald (transition to var. typica); Great Cranberry Island,
July 17, 1897, Williams.
As already pointed out the name P. oliganthos is inappropriate for
the long-spiked plant of New England and New Jersey, and particu-
larly so in view of the northern var. fallax which actually has com-
paratively few flowers. The Labrador plant mentioned by Pursh as
supplementing and belonging with the plant of New England and
New Jersey, was presumably var. fallax, but the name P. oliganthos
must be retained for the plant with linear-lanceolate leaves of New
England and New Jersey, since that is what Pursh obviously intended.
The name would better fit var. fallax but the Labrador element can
hardly be taken as the type of Pursh’s P. pauciflora.
Gray HERBARIUM.
EXPLANATION OF PLATE 150
Fig. 1, Plantago juncoides X 34, from Skagway, Alaska, Eastwood, no. 729.
Fig. 2, P. juncoides, var. californica X 34, from Montara Point, California,
Copeland, no. 3331 (rype). Fig. 3, P. juncoides, var. decipiens X 34, from
Cap à l'Aigle, Quebec, Macoun, no. 68,671; 3a, fruit X 10; 3b, seeds X 10
Fig. 4, P. juncoides, var. glauca X 34, from Ata, Greenland, Porsild. Fig. 5,
P. juncoides, var. laurentiana X 34, from Bay St. Lawrence, Cape Breton,
Nova Scotia, Churchill (rype). Fig. 6, P. oliganthos X 34, from Greenwich,
Connecticut, Bissell; 6a, fruit X 10; 6b, seeds X 10. Fig. 7, P. oliganthos,
var. fallax X 34, from Mulligan’s Point, Lake Melville, Labrador, Bowdoin
College Exped., no. 126 (TYPE).
19251 Hu,—Nomenclatorial Changes for Chinese Orchids 105
NOMENCLATORIAL CHANGES FOR SOME CHINESE
ORCHIDS.
H. H. Hu.
WHILE working on my “Synopsis of Chinese Genera of Phaenogams
~ with Descriptions of Representative Species,“ I have come across
À a number of Chinese orchids, the names of which should be changed
according to the latest researches. In my book I am not following
the International Rules of Botanical Nomenclature in retaining the
Nomina Conservanda, but am using the oldest generic names since
the publication of Linnaeus’s Species Plantarum in 1753. However, in
the present paper only those combinations are included which are in
1 with the International Rules.
Cordula esquirolei (Schlechter) Hu, comb. nov.
Paphiopedilum esquirolet Schlechter, Orchideol. Sino-Jap. Prod.
\ 39 (1919).
R. A. Rolfe in a footnote in the Orchid Review XX. 2 (1912)
eat out that the generic name Paphiopedilum Pfitzer should
be replaced by Rafinesque’s Cordula which was published in his
Flora Telluriana (1836). There are 3 species of Paphiopedilum
recorded in China. Rolfe made the combinations needful for 2
of them, namely C. purpurata and C. parishii. Following him I
propose the above combination for the third species.
Amesia discolor (Kriinzlin) Hu, comb. nov.
Epipactis discolor Krinzlin in Fedde, Rept. xvii. 100 (1921).
Since A. A. Eaton pointed out in the Proceedings of the Biologi-
cal Society of Washington, xxi. 63 (1908) that Epipactis (Haller)
Boehmer was published earlier than Epipactis Adanson and should
be used to replace Goodyera R. Brown, A. Nelson and J. F. Macbride
in the Bot. Gaz. lvi. 472 (1913) proposed the name Amesia to re-
place Epipactis Adanson. In following these authors, I propos
both the above and the following new combinations for the Chinese
species of these two genera.
Amesia mairei (Schlechter) Hu, comb. nov.
Epipactis mairei Schlechter, Orchideol. Sino-Jap. Prod. 55 (1919).
Amesia monticola (Schlechter) Hu, comb. nov.
Epipactis monticola Schlechter in Meddel. fr. Géteb. Bot. Trig. I.
144 (1924).
106 Rhodora [JUNE
Amesia royleana (Lindley) Hu, comb. nov.
Epipactis royleana Lindley in Royle, Illustr. 368 (1839).
Cephalanthera royleana Regel in Act. Hort. Petrop. vi. 490 (1879).
Limodorum royleanum O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. i. 671 (1891).
Amesia schensiana (Schlechter) Hu, comb. nov.
Epipactis schensiana Schlechter in Pax, Aufz. von Dr. Limpricht
Pflanz. 347 (1923).
Amesia setschuanica (Ames & Schlechter) Hu, comb. nov.
Epipactis setschuanica Ames & Schlechter in Schlechter, Orchideol.
Sino-Jap. Prod. 56. (1919).
Amesia squamellosa (Schlechter) Hu, comb. nov.
Epipactis squamellosa Schlechter, Orchideol. Sino-Jap. Prod. 56
(1919).
Amesia tangutica (Schlechter) Hu, comb. nov.
Epipactis tangutica Schlechter, Orchideol. Sino-Jap. Prod. 57 (1919).
Amesia tenii (Schlechter) Hu, comb. nov.
Epipactis tenii Schlechter in Fedde, Rept. xvii. 64 (1920).
Amesia wilsoni (Schlechter) Hu, comb. nov.
Epipactis wilsoni Schlechter in Fedde, Rept. xx. 382 (1924).
Amesia xanthophaea (Schlechter) Hu, comb. nov.
Epipactis xanthophaea Schlechter in Pax, Aufz. von Dr. Limpricht
Pflan. 341 (1923).
Amesia yunnanensis (Schlechter) Hu, comb. nov.
Epipactis yunnanensis Schlechter, Orchideol. Sino-Jap. Prod. 57
(1919).
Epipactis chinensis (Schlechter) Hu, comb. nov.
Goodyera chinensis Schlechter, Orchideol. Sino-Jap. Prod. 59. (1919)
Epipactis labiata (Pampanini) Hu, comb. nov.
Goodyera labiata Pampanini in Nuov. Giorn. Bot. It. n. s. xvii.
246 (1910).
Epipactis mairei (Schlechter) Hu, comb. nov.
Goodyera mairei Schlechter in Fedde, Rept. xvii. 65 (1920).
Epipactis melinostele (Schlechter) Hu, comb. nov.
Goodyera melinostele Schlechter, Orchideol. Sino-Jap. Prod. 59
(1919).
Epipactis pauciflora (Schlechter) Hu, comb. nov.
Goodyera pauciflora Schlechter in Fedde, Rept. xii. 106 (1913).
Epipactis secundiflora (Lindley) Hu, comb. nov.
Goodyera secundiflora Lindley in Journ. Linn. Soc. i. 182 (1857).
1925] Schweinfurth,—Cypripedium reginae 107
Orchiodes secundiflora O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. i. 675 (1891).
Epipactis yunnanensis (Schlechter) Hu, comb. nov.
Goodyera yunnanensis Schlechter, Orchideol. Sino-Jap. 60 (1919).
Pholidota yunpeensis Hu, nom. nov.
Pholidota yunnanensis Schlechter in Fedde, Rept. xx. 378 (1924),
non Rolfe.
In naming this species Dr. Schlechter overlooked Rolfe’s species
published in Journ. Linn. Soc. xxxvi. 24 (1903). Since the latter
is a valid species, this new homonym cannot be maintained, hence
the proposed change.
Neofinetia Hu, nom. nov.
Finetia Schlechter in Beih. Bot. Centrbl. xxxvi. Abt. ii. 140 (1917),
non Gagnepain.
There is a Finetia of the Combretaceae published by Gagnepain
in Notulae Systematicae of the Herbier du Muséum de Paris ill.
278 (1916). This homonym should not be maintained, and a new
name for this genus and a new combination for the following
species are proposed.
Neofinetia falcata (Thunberg) Hu, comb. nov.
Orchis falcata Thunberg, Flor. Jap. 26 (1784).
Limodorum falcatum Thunberg in Trans. Linn. Soc. ii. 326 (1794).
Oeceoclades falcata Lindley, Gen. & Spec. Orch. 237 (1833).
Angraecum falcatum Lindley, Gen. & Spec. Orch. 237 (1833).
Vanda falcata Beer, Prakt. Stud. Orch. 317 (1854).
Oeceoclades lindleyana Regel, Ind. Sem. Hort. Petrop. 43 (1865).
Oeceoclades lindleyi Regel, Gartenfl. 70 (1866).
Angorchis falcata O. Kuntze, Rev. Gen. i. 651 (1891).
Angraecopsis falcata Schlechter, Orchid. 601 (1914).
Finetia falcata Schlechter in Beih. Bot. Centrbl. xxxvi. Abt. ii.
140 (1918).
CYPRIPEDIUM REGINAE IN NEW HAMPSHIRE.
CHARLES SCHWEINFURTH
Durine September 1924, the writer saw a clump of the Showy
Lady’s Slipper, Cypripedium reginae Walt. (C. hirsutum of recent
American authors, probably not Mill.) in the foot-hills of the White
Mountains of New Hampshire. The exact location was a little
108 Rhodora [JUNE
swamp in Campton, Grafton County, in about the middle of the
state.
No New Hampshire records of this orchid appear in the Gray
Herbarium, the Herbaria of Oakes Ames or of the New England Bo-
tanical Club, the three largest collections about Boston. But a re-
ference to literature throws some light on the situation. Baldwin, in
his “Orchids of New England” cites seven New Hampshire stations
viz. Hanover, Lebanon, Franconia, Amherst, Crawford House, South
Conway and West Concord. The two former localities are
recorded by Jesup and are doubtless still extant, but a station at
Concord (perhaps the West Concord locality of Baldwin) is cited as
extinct by F. W. Batchelder. Moreover it is absent from Cods
County.
What particularly interested the writer was that this orchid, usually
a typical calciphile, should occur in a granite country. For certainly
the plant association was anything but calcicole. Nearest the orchid
grew Vaccinium canadense, Carex crinita var. gynandra, Galium
Claytonii, Coptis trifolia, Osmunda Claytoniana, Oakesia sessilifolia,
Fragaria virginiana, Salix discolor, Gaultheria procumbens and Lycopus
uniflorus. Other parts of the swamp showed Picea mariana, Epi-
lobium densum, Trifolium agrarium, Salix sericea, Rhododendron
canadense, Chiogenes hispidula, Osmunda cinnamomea, Acer rubrum,
the common Spiraeas and several common Solidagos. Several of
these plants such as the Vaccinium, Gaultheria, Picea mariana and
Rhodora typify the calcifuge group.
C. H. Hitchcock’s Geology of New Hampshire shows, however,
that a considerable strip of limestone occurs in the Connecticut River
Valley some distance to the southwest of Campton. In addition he
says that the glacial till from the northwest contains fragments of
limestone which are scattered over the gneissic area to the southeast.
Also the Franconia mountains, consisting chiefly of syenite, furnish
calcium from their lime feldspars and lime micas. So the region
appears to have some flavor of calcium. But the station here first
recorded seems distinctly worth citing, for the Showy Lady’s Slipper
is rare and local in this New England State.
Three of the orchid stalks are close together and doubtless rise from
a common corm. The fourth, distant several inches, is perhaps a
separate plant. Altogether they present a fairly stocky growth,
though apparently not so stout as late season plants from Berkshire
1925] Stanford,—Polygonums of Subgenus Persicaria 109
County, Massachusetts, or northern Vermont. Perhaps this is caused
by an attempt, several years ago, to dig up the plants. When seen
by the writer, one stalk had produced a single flower; two, a pair of
blossoms; and one, three blooms. Three good capsules were ripening.
This orchid was discovered at the Hebron locality some twenty years
ago (circa 1902) by Mrs. Andrew Morgan, through whose courtesy the
station on her estate was revealed. Other parts of the same swamp
failed to show any other Showy Lady’s Slippers.
WELLESLEY Farms, MASSACHUSETTS.
THE AMPHIBIOUS GROUP OF POLYGONUM, SUBGENUS
PERSICARIA.
E. E. STANFORD.
I. ADAPTATION IN POLYGONUM AMPHIBIUM
Tue ecological adaptations in the old-world Polygonum amphibium
L. have been known longer and studied in greater detail than those
of the species of corresponding habit in America. The following
brief review of the principal literature indicates the scope and results
of the chief observations and researches centering round the adapta-
tions of this plant.
P. amphibium is indeed a classic example of adaptability to diverse
conditions. The aquatic form is conspicuous in the European water-
flora, and is probably the Potamogeton of the ancients. Among
pre-Linnean writers the description of Ray! has been usually cited as
the oldest extant recorded observation of the terrestrial and aquatic
forms. Both were described by Linnaeus,? though not directly
referred to in the Species Plantarum (1753). More recent European
writers have described a number of forms, which may apparently
be reduced for the present purpose to three, referable to P. amphibium
var. natans Moench, Enum. Pl. Hassk. 28 (1777); var. terrestre Leers,
Fl. Herborn. 99 (1775); and var. maritimum Detharding, Consp.
Pl. Magn. Megal. Phan. 33 (1828). The first is the typical floating
form, with coriaceous floating or emersed leaves devoid of hair except
for the margin, flowering abundantly; the second an upright land-
adaptation, with short-petioled rough-hairy leaves, flowering rarely
1 Ray, Historia Plantarum, i. 184 (1686).
2 L. Fl. Suec. 115 (1745). i
110 Rhodora [JUNE
but perennating rapidly by rhizomatiform more or less creeping
stems; and the third a reduced and extremely hairy form of sand
dunes and similar arid habitat, flowering still more rarely, according
to Massart! never.
These peculiarities of P. amphibium have inspired a number of
later European investigations and notes. Irmisch? observed and
described seed-germination and the development of the seedling,
noted the quack-like spreading habit of the plant, and commented
upon the rarity of its fruiting. He described its heterostyly and
noted that in the long-styled form the anthers produced little or no
well-developed pollen and usually shriveled without opening. He
found no blooming plant on really dry ground’ He saw emersed
plants with lower floating leaves of the type of var. natans and the
upper foliage of var. terrestre. Hildebrand! submerged the terrestrial
form, whereupon the leaves died and the rhizome put out other
branches which formed floating leaves. Hildebrand also described
the distribution of stomata, in air-leaves few above and many below;
in floating leaves all on the upper surface. Hoffmann repeated the
experiment of Hildebrand, with similar results, but was unable
again to produce the aquatic form from his plants with the induced
terrestrial habit, even after they had been for two years transferred
to two feet of water. Hoffmann also produced var. maritimum from
var. natans by planting the latter in sand to which he added sodium
chloride. An attempt to produce P. aviculare var. littorale from
typical P. aviculare by similar means failed.
Schmidt® and Schenck’ recorded observations on the assumption
of the terrestrial form by formerly floating plants under the influence
of drought. Constantin’ made extensive anatomical studies of stem-
1 Massart, L’Accommotation individuelle chez Polygonum amphibium. Bull. Jard.
Bot. Brux. i. 72-88 (1902).
Irmisch, Ueber Polygonum amphibium, etc. Bot. Zeit. xix. 105-109 (1861).
3 Notes on the sterility of the land-forms constantly recur in the European liter-
ature, and similar observations are made concerning the terrestrial forms of the
North America P. natans. Reduction of reproductive capacity following change of
environment has perhaps attracted more attention among animals than plants, but
the phenomenon exemplified by P. natans and P. amphibium is by no means an
isolated one in the vegetable kingdom.
4 Hildebrand, Ueber die Schwimmblatter von Marsilia und einigen anderen amphibischen
Pflanzen. Bot. Zeit. xxviii. 17-23 (1870).
5 Hoffmann, Untersuchungen uber Variation. Ber. der Oberhessisch. Gesellsch. f.
Natur u. Heilkunde. xvi. 1-37 (1877).
ê Schmidt as quoted by Schenck, Massart and others.
Schenck, Die Biologie der Wassergewachse. Verhandl. Naturhist. Vereines d.
preuss. Rheinl. xlii. 217-280 (1885).
8 Constantin, Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 6, Bot. xix. 287-331 (1884); Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr.
xxxii. 83-88 (1885); Ann. Sci. Nat. sér. 7, Bot. iii. 94-162 (1886).
1925] Stanford, - Polxgonums of Subgenus Persicaria 111
structure, epidermal characters, and the leaf-structure of terrestrial
and aquatic forms. He successfully repeated Hildebrand’s experi-
ment, using different portions of the same plant, which he planted
in terrestrial and aquatic environments. Volkens! also investigated
and figured the anatomical differences in the stem and leaf of aerial
and water forms. His figures include an enlargement of the peculiar
short stiff bristle-like hair that forms a striking characteristic of the
European P. amphibium when contrasted with the longer and weaker
ones of its American counterpart.
Massart? interested himself particularly in the xerophile form (P.
amphibium var. maritimum). He carried on cultural experiments to
prove that the three varieties were merely adaptive states which could
be made to pass at will from one to the other. He figured cross-sections
of the leaves and stems of aquatic and xerophile types, the epidermal,
characters, and various types of hairs from the three forms.
As to the systematic rank of these well-known ecological forms,
most European treatments term them varieties rather than formae.
Moss? reduced the var. terrestre to formal rank, and inasmuch as this
disposition seems best to accord with the systematic plan adopted
in the International Code, in the taxonomic portion of the present
study both the water- and land-adaptations of P. amphibium are
treated as formae.
In addition to its adaptability to various habitats, it appears that
the European plant—in common with a considerable number of other
plants of that continent—is a rather more aggressive weed than its
American relatives. Leers, who found the terrestrial form growing
“in cultis in der Pitze & vor dem Homberg” termed it vigorously
At a much later date Compton? reported a
2
“pessimum vitium.’
rather striking instance of the pioneering ability of the aquatic form.
Twenty-four square miles of Fast Anglian fenland was flooded from
January to October, 1915 so as
“to extinguish the centuries-old terrestrial flora . . . and to
replace it by an aquatic flora derived from the waters of the drainage-
channels
1Volkens, Zur Kenntniss der Beziehungen zwischen Standort und anatomischen
Bau der Vegetationsorgane. Jahrb. König. Bot. Gart. Berl. iii. 1-46 (1884).
2 Massart, I. c. (1902).
3 Moss, Camb. Brit. Fl. ii. 115 (1914).
Leers, Fl. Herborn. 99 (1775).
5 Compton, The Botanical Results of a Fenland Flood. Journ. Ecol. iv. 15-17
(1916).
112 Rhodora [JUNE
7
“Cladophora flavescens covered a very large proportion of the
flooded area, acres at a stretch, either pure or mixed with Polygonum
amphibium. The latter occurred in considerable abundance, rooting
in the peaty soil, and producing branches often eight feet long (an
indication of the depth of the flood) which bore fruit and seeded
freely. In many cases these plants were so frequent that their leaves
must have formed a thick coating to the water.”
In this flooded area P. amphibium and Alisma Plantago-aquatica
were the most abundant seed-plants.
(To be continued.)
The date of the May issue (unpublished as this goes to press) will be announced
later,
Rhodora Plate 150
A. E. Brackett del.
MARITIME PLANTAINS OF NORTH AMERICA.
Hawk bu- 22 Saf
Rhodora
JOURNAL OF THE
NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE
WILLIAM PENN RICH, Publication Committee
Vol. 27. July, 1925 No. 319.
CONTENTS:
Oxalis corniculata and its Relatives. K. M. Wiegand......... 113
Amphibious Polygonums of Subgenus Persicaria (Continued).
. B. S lll S E a a 125
Notes on Sagina. M. L. emaꝶ.........d 130
Color-forms of Hepatica americana. C. A. Weatherby........ 131
Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. J.
300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.
RHODORA,.—A monthly journal of botany. devoted primarily to the fiora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.
BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.
CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000
cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.
CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray Hersarium, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.
MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.
Vol. . Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
epace of § in. by 3-4 in. I year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.
Rhodora
JOURNAL OF
THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
No. 319.
Vol. 27. : July, 1925.
OXALIS CORNICULATA AND ITS RELATIVES IN NORTH
AMERICA.
N. M. WIEGAND.
Tur taxonomy of the yellow flowered species of Oxalis has long
been unsatisfactory and confused. Briefly summarized, the history
of these plants is as follows. Linnaeus in 1753! described O. corniculata
and O. stricta. O. corniculata was identified by subsequent European
authors as the creeping plant of the Old World with which the name
is now associated in Europe. O. stricta was early interpreted by
‘uropean authors as the common cymose-flowered species of both
Zurope and America. In 1794 and 1796 Salisbury? proposed some
new names for members of this group. One of these, O. ambigua, was
for the plant known as O. stricta, another, O. pusilla, was plainly
O. corniculata, and the third, O. florida will be discussed under that
species. In the same year, however, Jacquin’ proposed the name 0.
ambigua for a South African species, and since at present it is not
possible to state which author proposed his name first, it is necessary
to drop the name O. ambigua altogether. Also in 1794 Jacquin‘
described O. Dillenti “patria Carolina,” based on the “O. lutea
americana humilior” of Dillenius. In 1854 Jordan® suggested that
the European O. stricta, so called, was not the O. stricta of Linnaeus,
and proposed the name O. europaca for the plant. No definite descrip-
tion was given by Jordan and no definite synonyms except “ (stricta
auct.),” but there was a long running comment. However, the name
has generally been considered to have been validly published.
1 Sp. Pl. 435.
2 Trans. Linn. Soc. ii. 242, (1794). Prodr. Stirp. Hort. All. 322 (1796).
3 Oxal. 80 (1794).
Oral. . c:
In Schultz, Arch. Fl. Franc, et Allem 309 (1854).
114 Rhodora [JULY
In America before 1896 the name OQ. stricta was generally applied
to the plant that bore that name in Europe; but O. corniculata was
employed to cover both the creeping plant, our O. corniculata, and the
erect or sub-erect one with strigose stems, our O. stricta. Only some of
the early botanists, as for instance Elliott, clearly separated these
two last mentioned plants. release! in his treatment of the genus
‘alled the creeping form O. corniculata and the erect form var. Dillenii.
In 1896 Small? first clearly showed that the name O. stricta must be
applied to the erect strigose reflexed-fruited plant, as it was based on
a Gronovian reference which in turn was based on a Clayton specimen
now in the British Museum, and which is clearly this plant. To the
plant until this time called O. stricta he gave the name O. cymosa.
In 1906 Dr. B. L. Robinson? interpreted the Linnaean names some-
what differently. He held that the name O. corniculata should be
applied to the cymose-flowered loosely hairy species called by Small
O. cymosa, that the name OQ. stricta should be applied to the species
to which Small had already ascribed it, while the name O. repens
Thunb. should be employed for the creeping species heretofore called
O. corniculata. This disposition of the names was followed in the
seventh edition of Gray’s Manual. In 1907 Schinz and Thellung'
discussed the application of these names and decided in favor of the
usage of the older authors, a position to which in the same year Britten
and Rendle? took exception. In 1915 Wilmott? pointed out that
according to his view Robinson’s method of determining the Linnaean
types was not in accord with the best practice, and that the name
O. corniculata should be based on the cited figure of Morison, which
represented the creeping plant. The question of which viewpoint
is correct, that of Robinson or that of Wilmott, is very difficult to
decide. Most of Linnaeus’s references and the locality given very
strongly suggest the creeping species. The opening statement might
apply to either, while a specimen in the Hortus Cliffortianus herbarium
is O. europaca. In view of the difficulty of making a correct decision
it has seemed best to follow the interpretation of the earlier and most
of the later authors, thus avoiding a change of name. On this basis
the name O. corniculata should be applied to the creeping species.
1 Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. iv. 86 (1888), and Gray's Synopt. Fl. i. 365 (1897).
2 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxiii. 265 (1896).
Jour. Bot. xliv 386 (1906).
4 Bull. Herb. Bois. 2 ser. vii 509-512 (1907).
Jour. Bot. lxv. 436 (1907).
6’ Jour. Bot. liii. 172 (1915).
1925] Wiegand,—Oxalis corniculata and its Relatives 115
The earliest valid name for the plant called by Robinson O. corni-
culata, by early European authors O. stricta, and by Small O. cymosa
seems to have been O. europaea Jordan as pointed out by Fernald
and Robinson, an unfortunate name as the plant is apparently a
native of America from whence it became introduced into Europe
where it is now a weed.
The above is a brief history of the two Linnaean names. The
names for the other species treated in this paper are discussed under
each species. The most recent monographer of the group is Small?
who has proposed several new species for North America. Most
of these new species the present writer has been unable to retain.
There seem to be only a few specific types, but these are highly vari-
able being made up of races which differ only in minor and apparently
inconstant details, and between which are frequent intergradations.
Variation is greatest in vegetative characters, and is occasionally
so great that at first glance, the extremes may be mistaken for distinct
species. Most of the variation in stature and foliage is without doubt
due to environment, including soil conditions. It is very possible
that the variations in pubescence are due to the same factor. In
O. europaea the villous and strigose pubescence of stems and pedicels
very likely respond to environment, but the hairs on the upper leaf
surface seem more racial, with a tendency toward a definite geo-
graphical range and without transitional stages. The extent to which
species are segregated in this paper into subordinate groups may
appear to many as not adding to general utility, but it will give a
better picture of the actual taxonomic conditions within this section
of the genus Oxalis.
Small has placed much stress on the pubescence of the longer fila-
ments. This character however does not seem to accord with other
characters. The number of hairs also may be as low as two or
even one, thus showing transition to glabrous forms. The filaments
of some 150 specimens of O. europaea were examined by the writer
with the result that in the form here considered typical O. europaea
14 of the western specimens had hairy and 8 glabrous filaments,
while in 5 of the eastern the filaments were hairy as against 19 in which
they were glabrous. The hairy filaments in this species are much
more common in the region of Missouri and Illinois irrespective of
the varieties and forms into which the species is divided. In other
1Gray Herb. Exsicc. no. 227.
Fl. S. e. U. S. 666 (1903), and N. A. Flora, xxv. 49 (1907).
116 Rhodora [JuLY
species the condition of the filaments was in most cases as stated by
Small, but in several species there were frequent exceptions. In
the heterogamic species a tendency for more hairy filaments in the
short styled flowers was observed, but the observation was not
verified. Seeds in Oxalis have not furnished many valuable taxonomic
characters. A slight variation in size occurs between the seeds of
some of the species, and also some difference in intensity and regu-
larity of the markings, but the latter at least are generally not definite
enough to be of value.
In the large flowered species a trimorphic condition of the stamens
and styles is found (heterogamy). This condition was apparently
first noted by Hildebrand,! and the biological relations worked out in
an excellent series of papers. The phenomenon was also noted by
Darwin’ in his studies of heteromorphism in flowers. Later Trelease®
and his students gave attention to the matter in a number of papers.
The heterogamic condition has not been definitely detected in any of
the small flowered species though the occurrence of long and short
styled specimens of O. filipes and O. florida suggests that these two
species may be heterogamic.
The present study is a result of difficulty in identifying specimens
of Oxalis obtained in central New York. It is based chiefly on speci-
mens in the Gray Herbarium, the New England Botanical Club and
the herbarium of Cornell University. The study, though reasonably
complete for northern and western North America is incomplete and
only provisional as far as the southern United States, Mexico and the
West Indies are concerned. The available material from these last
named regions was insufficient.
a. Flowers 5-11 mm. long, apparently homogamous, or
doubtfully so in Nos. 5 and 6; habit, stipules and pedicels
various.
b. Tap-root stout, thick, woody; plants loosely cespitose;
rootstocks wanting; seeds 1.2-1.6 mm. long.
c. Styles 2.5-3.5 mm. long; sepals 4-7 mm. long; pe-
duncles (25) 30-95 mm. long, slender and wiry as are
also the petioles; leaflets usually thin; stipules
narrow or almost obsolete; seeds 1.5-1.6 mm. long.
d. Leaflets hairy on the upper surface.............. 1. O. californica.
d. Leaflets glabrous on the upper surface.... var. subglabra.
c. Styles 1-2.5 mm. long; sepals 3-5 mm. long; peduncles
1 Monatsber. könig. preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin. 352 (1866), also Bot. Zeit. xxix.
415 (1871), and lxv. 17 (1887). Lebensverhiltnisse der Oxalis Arten, Jena (1884).
? Dif. Forms of Fls. in Plants of same sp. (1877).
Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, v. 274 (1886) and 286 (1888). Mem. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist. iv. 94 (1888).
1925) Wiegand, Oxalis corniculata and its Relatives 117
10-40 (70) mm. long; stipules usually broad, rarely
reduced; leaflets thickish.
d. Pubescence of stem and petioles appressed or sub-
appressed; leaflets glabrous above; seeds 1.4-1.6
2 e, ata 60) Sed eye a Pe 2. O. Wrightii.
d. Pubescence spreading; seeds 1.2-1.5 mm. long.
e. Leaflets glabrous on upper surface.............. var. subpilosa.
e. Leaflets hairy on upper surface............-....-- var. pilosa.
b. Tap-root slender or wanting; plant often with running
rootstocks; seeds 1.0-1.8 mm. long.
c. Stems (not rootstocks) creeping, generally brownish,
from slender roots; stipules usually broad and
brownish or purplish, subscarious.
d. Pubescence of stem and petioles more or less spread-
ing.
e. Hairs of the capsule fine and dense, not viscid. ..3. O. corniculata.
e. Hairs of the capsule or some of them looser and
more or less viscid........... 0020s cece eee N var. viscidula.
d. Pubescence strigose or substrigose; leaves numerous
and petioles longer, very slender, giving a twiggy
Vile iy a a var. Langloisit.
c. Stems not truly creeping, erect or decumbent, often
with creeping rootstocks; umbels and seeds various;
stipules oblong, narrowly oblong or obsolete.
d. Flowers umbellate or solitary, rarely subeymose in
No. 5 and No. 6; fruiting pedicels usually hori-
zontal or deflexed but the capsules erect; plants
with or without creeping rootstocks; hairs of the
capsule, if any, fine and dense, substrigose (at
least toward apex, sometimes glabrous below) or
with additional villous viscid hairs.
e. Pubescence appressed or subappressed, whitish;
capsules abruptly pointed, 8-25 mm. long; sepals
2-7 mm. long; styles usually short.
f. Capsules crisp-hairy and hoary throughout,
(10) 15-25 mm. long; sepals (3.5) 4-7 mm.
long; plants mostly rather stout, rarely with
rootstocks or stolons.
g. Pubescence of the capsule with some loose
BUD VillOuUsmVISCIG HAS.. ae sere Seer 4. O. stricta.
g. Pubescence of the capsule appressed, non-
Salore to a erie Me e a EE A tee aes var. piletocarpa.
f. Capsule crisp-hairy or strigose toward the apex,
otherwise glabrous, 8-12 mm. long; sepals
2.5-4.5 mm. long; plants very slender and
wiry, often with creeping rootstocks...........5. O. filipes.
e. Pubescence toward base of stem loosely crisped,
tawny; capsules strigose toward apex, glabrous
below, rarely strigose throughout, 9-15 mm.
long, gradually pointed; sepals 4-4.5 mm. long;
styles generally long and slender, less com-
monly short; plants with rootstocks.
F. Leaflets glabrous abovtttrn 000s 6. O. florida.
J. Leaflets hairy on upper surfacee—u— f. strigosifolia.
d. Flowers cymose on well-developed plants; fruiting
pedicels spreading or ascending; stipules nearly
obsolete; plants producing long slender horizontal
rhizomes; capsules conical or conic-oblong, with
scattered spreading viscid hairs or glabrate.
118 Rhodora [JULY
e. Upper surface of the leaves glabrous. ,
J. Hairs of the pedicels appressed, scarcely viscid.
g. Stem with ascending pubescence or glabrate...7. O. europaea.
g. Stem villous... 00.0000... 000 cece ee eee f. pilosella.
J. Hairs of the pedicels spreading, usually viscid.
g. Stems nearly or quite glabrous................ f. cymosa
g. Stem villou s nᷣi ee f. villicaulis.
e. Upper surface of the leaves with scattered hairs.
f. Hairs of the pedicels appressed, scarcely viscid.
g. Stems villou dd 000 000 cece cece ee var. Bushit.
g. Stems with ascending pubescence or glabrate. . . f. subglabrata.
f. Hairs of the pedicels spreading, usually viscid;
stem villousꝛꝛP UUPU DU f. vestita.
a. Flowers 12-20 mm. long, apparently trimorphic as to
relative length of stamens and styles (heterogamous);
plants from creeping rootstocks; stipules small or ob-
solete; pedicels often widely spreading but not reflexed.
b. Leaflets 20-50 mm. wide, usually with a very narrow
purple margin; stems 20-50 cm. high; calyx and capsule
sparsely and minutely villous and viscid...........:....8. O. grandis.
b. Leaflets 5-20 (25) mm. wide, without a purple margin;
stems 5-18 cm. high; capsule closely puberulent, not
viscid; calyx puberulent or villous, usually nonviscid.
c. Peduncles not exceeding the subtending leaves; cap-
sules ovoid, 7-10 mm. long; seeds 2.0-2.4 mm. long;
umbels 1-2-flowered; leaflets rather large and thin,
10-20 mm. broad, with scattered hairs on both sur-
facee·eůüͤ•ꝛ˖n cee ce cece nae 9. O. Suksdorfii.
c. Peduncles exceeding the subtending leaves; capsules
cylindrical, 10-20 mm. long; seeds 1.4-1.5 mm.
long; umbels 2-7-flowered; leaflets 11 mm. broad or
ess.
d. Peduncles conspicuously exceeding the leaves;
stems rather strictly erect from the rootstocks.
e. Pubescence of pedicels appressed; corolla glabrous;
leaflets usually glabrous on upper surface.
J. Hairs on the stem spreading. 10. O. recurva.
f. Hairs on the stem ascending or appressed.......... var. texana.
e. Pubescence of pedicels and stem spreading, that
of the latter shaggy; corolla more or less hairy
outside.
f. Leaflets glabrous above nn var. macrantha.
f. Leaflets hairy on both surfaces.................. f. sericea.
d. Peduncles slightly exceeding the leaves; rootstocks
less evident and stems more diffuse at base var. floridana.
1. O. CALIFORNICA (Abrams) Knuth, Notizbl. kön. bot. Gart. u.
Mus. vii. 300 (1919). Xanthoxalis californica Abrams, Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, xxxiv. 264 (1907), and Small, N. A. Flora, xxv. 54 (1907).—
Stems decumbent, sparingly pubescent with subappressed hairs or
glabrate; petioles slender 3-8 cm. long, substrigose; leaflets 10-17
mm. broad, hairy on both faces; peduncles often exceeding the leaves,
strigose; umbels usually 2-flowered; pedicels 10-40 mm. long, strigose,
spreading, scarcely reflexed; flowers apparently homogamous; petals
about 11 mm. long, pale yellow or purplish, glabrous; filaments sub-
glabrous; capsule cylindrical, 10-15 mm. long, closely puberulent,
1925] Wiegand,—Oxalis corniculata and its Relatives 119
acuminate.—Dry hillsides: Santa Barbara, California to Lower
California and eastward to Coahuila, Mexico. Specimens exam-
ined: CALIFORNIA: Santa Barbara, W. N. Suksdorf, no. 221; Los
Angeles, Hasse; Monrovia, A. Eastwood, no. 4175; San Diego County,
L. Abrams, no. 3274, and Clara E. Cummings; Oceanside, S. B.
Parish, no. 4442. Lower CALIFORNIA: All Saints Bay, Miss F. E.
Fish; Ensenada, A. W. Anthony, no. 184. Mexico: Saltillo, Coahuila,
E. Palmer, no. 135; Soledad, Coahuila, Palmer, no. 134 and 135.
Var. subglabra var. nov. Foliolis pagina superiori glabris. Leaflets
glabrous on the upper surface. Northern Mexico. Specimens ex-
amined: El Taste, Lower California, 7. S. Brandegee: Chihuahua,
C. G. Pringle, no. 1204 (Tyre in Gray Herb.); Nuevo Leon, C. G.
Pringle, no. 8738.
The long lower petioles and peduncles in this species give a
twiggy effect not evident in O. Wrighti.
2. O. Wricutit Gray, Pl. Wright. i. 27 (1852). ? O. albicans HBK.
Nov. Gen. et Sp. v. 244 (1822).—Stems decumbent, pubescent with
fine ascending or subappressed hairs or glabrate; petioles mostly 1—4
cm. long, loosely strigose; leaflets small or medium, 4-15 mm. wide,
pale, glabrous above, hairy or glabrate beneath; peduncles short,
about equaling the leaves, loosely strigose; umbels 1-3-flowered;
pedicels 5-20 mm. long, widely spreading or slightly deflexed ; flowers
apparently homogamous; petals about 10 mm. long, yellow or purple,
glabrous; filaments subglabrous; capsules cylindrical, 12-20 mm.
long, closely puberulent, rather abruptly acute. Jackson County,
Missouri (?), Texas, New Mexico and Arizona, southward to southern
Mexico. Some specimens examined: Missouri: Jackson County,
1888, F. Bush (identification uncertain). Texas: Fort Davis, Dr.
Girard; Limpia, Sutton Hayes, no. 95. New Mexico: C. Wright,
no. 907. Arizona: Reed’s Ranch, Cave Creek, J. C. Blumer, no.
1547. Mexico: Sonora, G. Thurber, no. 1079; Zacatecas, Dr. Coulter,
no. 773 and near Concepcion del Oro, E. Palmer, no. 292; Durango,
E. Palmer, no. 5; San Luis Potosi, J. G. Schaffner, no. 761, and Palmer,
no. 651; Jalisco, near Guadalajara, Pringle, no. 11323; Federal District,
near Tlalpan, Pringle, no. 8523, Eslava, Pringle, no. 11942, Tacubaya
in Vallée de Mexico, Bourgeau, no. 1026; Oaxaca, Telixlahuaca, alt.
6000 ft., L. C. Smith, no. 514.
Var. subpilosa, var. nov. Ab var. pilosa recedit foliolis pagina
superiori glabris. Differs from var. pilosa in the glabrous upper
surface of the leaves.—Central and north central California. Speci-
mens examined: Fort Bragg, Mendocino County, A. Eastwood, no.
1610; east of Napa, W. N. Suksdorf, no. 768 (Type in Gray Herb.);
Ashland, Sacramento County, H. Mann; San Francisco, J. W.
Blankinship; Nobel near Berkeley, Suksdorf, no. 406; near San Bruno,
San Mateo County, Suksdorf, no. 356; Santa Lucia Mts., Monterey
County, 1885, T. S. Brandegee.
120 Rhodora [JULY
Var. pilosa (Nutt.) comb. nov. O. pilosa Nutt. in Torr. & Gray Fl.
N. A. i. 212 (1838); Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxiii. 457 (1896).
? O. corniculata var. ? micrantha Trelease, Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist.
iv. 88 (1888) as to California plants. O. pumila, in part, Trelease in
Gray’s Synopt. Fl. i. 366 (1897). Xanthoxalis pilosa Small, N. A.
Flora xxv. 54 (1907)—Pubescence of the stem spreading; leaflets
hairy on both surfaces; seeds 1.2-1.5 mm. long. California, from
Sonoma County southward; also in Arizona and northwestern Mexico.
Specimens examined: CALIFORNIA: south of Healdsburg, Sonoma
County, Heller & Brown, no. 5237; near Crystal Springs, San Mateo
County, W. N. Suksdorf, no. 395; Santa Cruz, C. F. Baker, no. 1968;
Santa Lucia Mountains, Monterey County, R. A. Plaskett, no. 35;
Pacific Grove, 1903, Heller; near Santa Barbara, A. Eastwood, no. 180,
and L. Abrams, no. 4110; near Pala, San Diego County, S. B. Parish,
no. 4397. Arizona: Lowell, W. F. Parish, no. 32; Prescott, E.
Palmer, no. 54. Mexico: Oputo, Sonora, C. Lumholtz, no. 200.
The writer has been unable to find good specific characters to
separate O. Wrightti and O. pilosa. The seeds average somewhat
smaller in O. pilosa, which fact when combined with the difference in
pubescence suggests a real racial difference of greater importance than
mere fluctuation in pubescence alone, yet the characters all overlap.
The var. subpilosa bridges over the differences in pubescence. The
name for this species is in some doubt. Humboldt, Bonpland and
Kunth described O. albicans and O. verticillata, both from Mexico.
The very full description of O. albicans agrees well with the present
species except as to the statement “Filamenta . . . longiora
puberula” and “styli . . . stamina superantes,“ to which
De Candolle added, “stylis longissimis.” Since in the present species
the filaments are almost always glabrous and the styles short, and
since these are rather fundamental characters in separating 0.
Wrightii, O. californica and other species, the writer has found himself
too much in doubt regarding the identity of O. albicans to displace
the well-known name O. Wrightit Gray. The identity of O. verti-
cillata cannot be determined without recourse to Humboldt’s speci-
men.
3. O. CORNICULATA L. sp. Pl. 435 (1753), most European authors
and Trelease in Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. iv. 88 (1888) and Gray’s
Synopt. Fl. i. 365 (1897). O. repens Thunb. Oxal. 16 (1781), and
Robinson & Fernald in Gray’s Man. ed. 7, 534 (1908). O. pusilla
Salisb. Trans. Linn. Soc. ii. 243 (1794), not Jacq. Oxal. (1794). Xanth-
oxalis corniculata Small, Fl. S. e. U. S. 667 (1903), and other synonyms.
—Stems from a slender tap-root, pubescent with rather loose more
or less crisped tawny hairs or glabrate; petioles slender, with spread-
1925] Wiegand,—Oxalis corniculata and its Relatives 121
ing pubescence; leaflets glabrous above or very rarely with a few
hairs, sparingly hairy beneath, more or less glaucous and often
purplish; umbels 2-several-flowered, rarely 1-flowered; peduncles
from shorter than to somewhat longer than the leaves, loosely pubes-
cent; pedicels generally short, 4-15 (20) mm. long, at length deflexed;
flowers usually small, homogamous, 4-8 mm. long; calyx 2.54 (5.5)
mm. long; filaments usually glabrous; mature capsule cylindrical or
prismatic, 8-15 (26) mm. long, abruptly acute, evenly and closely
puberulent with nonviscid hairs; beak and styles short, 1-3 mm.
long; seeds mostly 1.2-1.4, rarely 1.8 mm. long.—Occasional as an
introduced weed in and around greenhouses in the eastern and
Pacific United States, but apparently common in the warmer regions
of the world. Specimens have been examined from the following
states and countries: Massachusetts, Connecticut, Pennsylvania,
District of Columbia, Oregon, Mexico, Bermuda, Nassau, Cuba,
Jamaica, Venezuela, Bolivia, Galapagos Islands, Ascension Island,
Teneriffe, Azores, Spain, Italy, France, Germany, Jersey, Afghanistan,
northern India, Japan, Isle de Pascale, and Australia.
Var. viscidula var. nov. ? O. herpestica Schlecht. Linnaea xxvii.
525 (1854). Capsulis subvillosis subviscidis. Capsules with some
long villous more or less viscid hairs among the short ones. Habitat
and range much as in the typical form, but more common in Asia, the
Pacific Islands and Australia than elsewhere; apparently rare in Europe
and infrequent in warmer America. Specimens have been seen from
the following regions: Maine, Vermont, Massachusetts, Connecticut,
New York, Missouri, South Dakota, Oregon, Nassau, St. Vincent,
Trinidad, Columbia, St. Helena, northern India, China, Hawaii,
Philippines, Australia, and New Zealand. (Type in Gray Herb.;
Northampton, Massachusetts, 1902, Mrs. E. H. Terry.)
Var. Langloisii (Small) comb. nov. Xanthoxalis Langloisit Small,
Fl. S. e. U. S. 667, 1332 (1903). Oxalis Langloisti Fedde in Just’s
Bot. Jahresb. xxxii. pt. I. 410 (1905).—Slender with longer very slender
and more numerous petioles and usually longer and more filiform
pedicels; capsules generally nonviscid. Through the southern United
States from the District of Columbia to Texas, and in Cuba. Speci-
mens examined District or CoLumBIA: banks of the Potomac,
F. Peck (old Gray Herb. specimen). VIRGINIA: Clifton Forge, E. S.
& Mrs. Steele, no. 1. FLORIDA: Hillsborough County, A. Fredholm,
no. 6258. Ox LAHoMA: Harmon County, G. W. Stevens, no. 1077.
Texas: near Texarkana, A. A. & E. G. Heller, no. 4241. CUBA:
C. Wright, no. 56; Pinar del Rio, P. Wilson, no. 9377.
This is the most widely distributed of the species here considered,
and in different parts of its range is highly variable. These variations
have been described by various authors, sometimes as varieties but
more often as species, until the synonymy is very complex. Much
of the variation in stature, and in size of the umbel, is due here, as in
122 Rhodora [JULY
the other species, to fluctuations in water supply, soil and exposure.
In some regions there are large-flowered long-capsuled and large-
seeded forms, and these have been introduced into America to the
extent of at least one specimen from Connecticut and one from Oregon.
In the Pacific Islands and in Australia very delicate plants occur which
are evidently affiliated with O. corniculata but are not exactly identical
with this species as it occurs in Europe and America. Most of the
European specimens of O. corniculata studied had nonviscid cap-
sules, and therefore this form has been taken as typical. The varia-
tion in pubescence of the capsule has not been correlated with en-
vironmental changes, and to some extent seems to be geographical.
For these reasons the form with villous viscid capsules is here treated
as a named variety. The typical form of the species and the var.
viscidula sometimes resemble the more prostrate forms of O. stricta,
but the smaller capsules, broader and browner stipules and spreading
tawny pubescence of the stem usually render their identification
certain.
The var. Langloisii does not seem specifically distinct, as transi-
tional specimens occur. This variety closely resembles the more
prostrate forms of O. filipes but the nonviscid capsules are evenly
puberulent throughout. The var. Langloisii is less plainly creeping
than is the typical form and var. viscidula. In the Cuban specimens
of var. Langloisit the leaves are strigose above and the plants are
very slender. More material may show this Cuban form to be a
definite variety. In all the specimens of var. Langloisii seen by the
writer the filaments were glabrous, not hairy as stated by Small.
The specimens from Oklahoma and Texas though prostrate appear
not to root. More material may show this variety to be a complex.
4. O. STRICTA L. Sp. Pl. 485 (1753), Britton & Brown, Ill. Fl. N.
U. S., Robinson & Fernald in Gray’s Man. ed. 7, Small, Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club, xxiii. 265 (1896). O. Dillenii Jacq. Oxal. 28 (1794), DC.
Prod. i. 691 (1824). O. Lyoni Pursh, Fl. Amer. Sept. i. 322 (1814),
Elliott, Sk. Bot. S. C. and Ga. i. 527 (1821). ? O. furcata Ell. l. c.
O. Naviert Jord. in Schultz, Arch. Fl. Fr. et Allem. 310 (1854). 0.
corniculata var. Dillenit Trelease in Gray’s Synopt. Fl. i. 365 (1897).
Xanthoxalis stricta Small, Fl. S. e. U. S. 667 (1903), and N. A. Flora.—
Plant pale; stems from a slender tap-root, often branched at base,
erect or ascending, occasionally decumbent and rooting below; stipules
oblong, rather firm and pale, larger on prostrate stems; petioles
strigose; leaflets 10-18 mm. wide, glabrous above, glabrous or sub-
strigose beneath; peduncles usually exceeding the leaves, strigose;
1925] Wiegand,— Oxalis corniculata and its Relatives 123
umbels 2-3-, rarely I- or 4-flowered; pedicels 8-25 mm. long, more or
less deflexed in fruit, strigose; flowers 7-11 mm. long, homogamous,
corolla glabrous; filaments generally glabrous; capsules evenly
cylindrical, large, abruptly short pointed, finely puberulent and
canescent with some long viscid hairs intermixed; styles short;
seeds 1.0-1.3 mm. long, sharply marked. Prince Edward Island to
British Columbia, southward to Florida, Texas and Mexico, also in
Bermuda; apparently absent from the Pacific Coast States.
Var. piletocarpa var. nov. Capsulis dense adpresso-puberulis
canescentibus eviscidis. Capsules finely and densely appressed
puberulent, canescent, nonviscid.—Prince Edward Island southward
to New Jersey, also in Wyoming, and introduced into Europe. Not
as common as the typical form on the Coastal Plain or in the Mis-
sissippi Valley. (Type in Gray Herb., “Old gravel pit,” Alstead,
New Hampshire, 1901, E. F. Williams.)
This is the only species, exclusive of those with thick roots or
creeping stems, in which rootstocks and stolons are not developed.
The form with villous hairs on the capsule was taken as typical of
the species because the Clayton type came from a region from whence
all the specimens seen had villous capsules. Also, O. Dillenii, which
is generally regarded as a synonym of O. stricta, was described as
having villous capsules. The identity of O. Dillenii, however, is not
very clear. A specimen was not seen by Jacquin, the species being
based on a description and figure of Dillenius.! Both Dillenius’
description and figure indicate a villous stem, and as stated above
the capsule is represented as villous. Dillenius' description of the
capsule was “molli & subincana hirsuta.” The figure has a strong
resemblance to O. stricta as to general appearance, habit, root, umbel
and capsules, which latter are shown as long and abruptly pointed as
in O. stricta. Many early authors recognized these two species as
identical. More recent authors, especially in Europe have interpreted
O. Dillenit as an erect variety of O. corniculata.
In the Gray Herbarium there are three specimens of O. stricta
(all var. piletocarpa) from Europe as follows: near Limoges, France,
1868, F. Schultz, Herb. norm., no. 841 bis; Venice, Italy, 1909 and
1912, A. Fiori & A. Beguinot, no. 1324 and 1324 bis. When and how
widely this species was introduced into Europe is not known to the
writer. It was evidently growing in the Eltham garden in the time of
Dillenius, but seems not to have spread as did O. europaea. Our
limited knowledge of it may be due to the fact that most European
1 Hort. Elth. ii. 298, t. 221 (1732).
124 Rhodora [JULY
authors have included it in O. corniculata. No specimens have been
seen by the writer from any other portion of the Old World.
5. O. FILIPES Small in Britton & Brown’s Ill. Fl. N. Sta. and Can.
ed. 1. ii. 346 (1897), not of Gray’s Man. ed. 7. Xanthoxalis filipes
Small, F. S. e. U. S. 667 (1903).—Stems erect or decumbent, slender,
wiry, sparsely pubescent or glabrate; stipules nearly obsolete; petioles
very slender, substrigose; leaflets rather thin, 12 mm. wide or less,
glabrou or more or less hairy beneath; peduncles filiform, exceeding
the leaves; flower clusters 2-5-flowered, umbellate or subcymose;
pedicels 6-15 (22) mm. long, filiform, sparsely strigose; flowers 7-10
mm. long heterogamous (?); corolla glabrous; filaments pubescent or
rarely glabrate; capsule evenly cylindrical, abruptly pointed; styles
about 2 mm. long, rarely longer; seeds 1.0-1.2 mm. long, usually not
all in each capsule developed.—Chiefly in dry sandy soil: Connecticut
to Florida, mainly near the coast. Specimens examined: CONNECTI-
cuT: Orange, E. H. Eames, no. 60. New Jersey: Ocean County, A.
Gershoy, no. 400; Fort Lee, 1901, E. E. Magee. PENNSYLVANIA:
Lancaster County, 1901, A. A. Heller. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA:
?, 1899, E. S. Steele; Oakwood Heights, T. A. Walliams. MARYLAND:
Glen Sligo, 1899, T. A. Williams, W. R. Maxon. VIRGINIA: near
Luray, E. S. & Mrs. Steele, no. 120; Fairfax County, L. F. & F. R.
Randolph, no. 167 (Cornell Herb.). TENNESSEE: Wolf Creek, 1894,
T. H. Kearney. GEORGIA: Charlton County, A. H. Wright, no. 531
(Cornell Herb.). FLORTDA: Indian River, E. Palmer, no. 67; Lee
County, A. S. Hitchcock, no. 35, and Jeanette P. Standley, no. 188;
Lake County, G. V. Nash, no. 118.
O. filipes and O. florida have much the appearance of hybrids
between O. europaea and either O. stricta or O. corniculata, as no new
characters are found in either species. The frequency of their occur-
rence in the east and absence in the west where the possible parents
both occur is against this hypothesis. The styles in both species are
either long or short, though in very unequal numbers, suggesting a
heteromorphism of the flower.
(To be continued.)
1925] Stanford,—Amphibious Polygonums of Subgenus Persicaria 125
THE AMPHIBIOUS GROUP OF POLYGONUM, SUBGENUS
PERSICARIA.
E. E. STANFORD.
(Continued from p. 112.)
II. THE AMERICAN AMPHIBIOUS PERSICARIAS.
The systematic position of the semi-aquatic or amphibious members
of the genus Polygonum in America has long been a vexed question.
The existence of at least two species, each varying widely in its
characters in accordance with its ability to maintain itself in most
diverse situations, has been generally recognized. One of these is
generally cited as identical with the P. amphibium L. of Europe;
the other as P. Muhlenbergii (Meisn.) Wats. or P. emersum (Michx.)
Britton. Besides these, the existence of some 45 species less generally
recognized has been asserted by Greene, Nieuwland and others.
In advance of the somewhat lengthy discussion necessary to present
the point of view in its entirety, and to indicate the trend of the dis-
cussion itself, it may be said that the proposition advanced by the
portions of this paper dealing with the systemy and floral characters
of the amphibious Polygonums is to indicate the existence on this
continent of two principal species: one, to be referred to as P. natans
(Michx.) A. Eaton, much resembling but not identical with the Euro-
pean P. amphibium L.; the other as P. coccineum Muhl., which in the
opinion of the writer is an earlier valid binomial disignation of the
plant generally called P. Muhlenbergii (Meisn.) Wats. and P. emersum
(Michx.) Eaton. It has previously! been advanced as a conjecture
supported by a certain amount of presumptive evidence that the
great variability manifested by these plants, which has caused so
much uncertainty as to their positions and identities, is due not only
to their unusual adaptability to varied conditions of habitat—factors
which certainly play no small part in the situation—but also, in some
sections of the country at least, to more or less frequent cross-breeding
between two species closely related and, as compared with the majority
of their congeners, unusually adapted to cross-fertilization; the results
of these crossings being seen in individuals in which the parental
characters are more or less blended, and which have a faculty less
strongly developed in other groups of the genus of perennating to
Stanford, RRHODORA, xxvii. 81-89 (1925).
126 Rhodora [JULY
a practically unlimited extent by means of rhizomes and rhizomatic
stems, while their flowers show a percentage of sterility which is
almost unique among the well recognized species of Polygonum.
Inasmuch as the final proof of this conjecture may be considered to
require further studies which are beyond the scope of the present
paper, it is not proposed, on the basis of that speculation, to change
the rank or nomenclature of any member of the group which has
recognizably distinct characters and demonstrated range. As to the
existence of P. amphibium on American shores, it may be said that a
single Nova Scotian specimen in the Gray Herbarium shows the
existence of a colony (doubtless introduced) in that province, and it
is not improbable that if collectors take cognizance of the characters
by which P. amphibium may be differentiated, other stations may be
discovered. For that reason, as well as the necessity of establishing
the position of P. natans in American Polygonum history, some
attention will be devoted to the European species in the discussion
which follows.
In view of the great variability, whatever its cause, existing in
these plants, it is no wonder that the accounts of the early American
floristic writers are, in their brevity, often unsatisfactory, or that
these writers themselves occasionally used a term applicable to one
species to designate the other. The following resumé is not intended
to be encyclopedic, but merely to indicate the points of view of the
principal writers who have described these plants and to trace as far
as possible the identity of the material to which reference was made.
Walter! notes as “ P. Bistorta?” a plant which Pursh? and Meisner,’
the former doubtfully, refer to that here treated as P. coccineum.
The “floribus albis” of Walter appears rather a serious discrepancy;
Elliott in 1817 referred Walter’s problematical plant to P. virginianum
L.; this, in view of the white flowers and the territory covered by
Walter’s work, seems a more probable conjecture. Michaux‘ under
P. amphibium L. described
“Var. a. natans: foliis natantibus, oblongo-ovalibus:
spica ovoidea, glabra.
. emersum: foliis ovali-lanceolatis, erectis, minutim
pubentibus: spica oblonga.
1 Walter, Fl. Carol. 131 (1788).
2 Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 271 (1814).
3 Meisn. Mon. Gen. Polyg. Prodr. 67 (1826) and in DC, Prodr. xiv. 116 (1856).
4 Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 240 (1803).
1925] Stanford,—Amphibious Polygonums of Subgenus Persicaria 127
Hab. a. in lacu S. Joannis.
6. ad ripas fluminis Ohio.”
Here we have succintly the typical form of each of the two principal
American species: P. natans (Michx.) Eaton, with its floating glabrous
leaves and short panicles, and P. coccineum Muhl., with pubescent
lanceolate leaves and longer panicles.
Willdenow! as a footnote under P. amphibium L. inserted the fol-
lowing:
“Similis species in America boreali etiam amphibia occurrit.
POLYGONUM coccineum.
P. floribus pentandris semidigynis, spica cylindracea, ochreis truncatis
glabris, foliis ovatis.
Polygonum coccineum Mühlenberg in litt.
a. aquaticum foliis ovato-ellipticis obtusis.
B. terrestre foliis ovato-oblongis acuminatis.
Habitat in Pennsylvania. A.
Folia varietatis terrestris tripollicaria et sesqui pollices fere lata.
Spica coccinea bipollicaris cylindrica.”
Polygonum coccineum Muhl., then, is to be considered the first
published binomial, and therefore valid for the plant with ovate-
lanceolate leaves and cylindric panicle, later reduced by Meisner?
to P. amphibium var. Muhlenbergit, raised again to specific rank by
Watson.’ For this plant also Michaux’s varietal name was combined
as P. emersum by Britton.“
The “var. g natans”? of Michaux resembles very closely the aquatic
form of the P. amphibium of Europe, and by most authors has been
considered identical. with it. Amos Eaton® published
“ Polygonum natans (floating knotweed. Whiting’s Pond. r. Au.
A.) stamens 5: styles 2, or half 2-cleft: leaves lanceolate, glabrous,
near the tops of the stem; petiole filiform, half as long as the leaf:
stipules not ciliate: peduncle of the spike smooth: stem very long,
lax, filiform, submersed-floating, leafless under water and rooting.
Stems generally brown, often 10 to 15 feet in length and from the
eighth to the sixteenth part of an inch in diameter; though generally
larger and not so long. It is the P. amphibium. Var natans of Mx.
and a variety of the coccineum of Willdenow. But it appears suffici
ently distinct for a species. It grows plentifully in Whiting’s Pond,
5 miles south of New-Lebanon springs [N. Y.].”
1 Willd. Enum. Pl. 428 (1809).
2? Meisn. in D.C. Prodr. xiv. 166 (1856).
3 Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xiv. 295 (1879).
Britton, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. viii. 73 (1889).
5 Eaton, Man. ed. 3: 400 (1822).
128 Rhodora [JULY
This description appears unchanged in Eaton’s 4th edition (1824).
In the 5th (1829) Eaton for the first time admitted:
“amphibium L. . . . upper leaves sub-sessile and tapering to
the base; middle ones short-petioled and abrupt at the base, lance-
oblong and ovate-oblong, gradually tapering to a long-acuminate
apex, rough at the edge: spike cylindrical: stem thick, erect, sub-
decumbent at the base. Flowers large, red, in a thick spike 2 to 3
inches long. In mud and moist ground.”
P. coccineum, which had been accorded a very brief mention in the
three previous editions, is next described more fully:
H leaves long-petioled, oblong, abrupt and subcordate at
the base, acute at the apex, glabrous and lucid; spike cylindrical;
stem thick and strong, decumbent and rooting. F lowers red, in spikes
not so long or so thick as the last. Stem creeps along the muddy
banks of an island in the Hudson, above Troy, from 6 to 12 feet.”
The former P. natans next appears as P. fluitans, with the descrip-
tion recast:
60
leaves long-petioled, oblong-oval, tapering to the base,
obtuse and acute at the apex, glabrous and lucid: stem filiform,
wiry, floating, sometimes rooting: spike cylindric. Flowers red, in
spikes less than half as long as the last, and not a fourth as large as
the preceding. Stem 10 to 15 feet long, often dark brown and sending
off rootlets in clear water. Grows in Whiting’s Pond, Columbia
County, and in Botany Pond, three miles east of Albany. I have
watched this and the two preceding species several years, and am
satisfied, they are distinct. Finding this to be a new one, not var.
natans of Mx. I give it a new name.”
The three are further differentiated by the terms: mud knotweed,”’
“creeping knotweed,” and “swimming knotweed.”” From footnotes
we further learn that Eaton considered“ P. amphibium” to be “var.
terrestre T. (orr)’’; his “P. coccineum” as “amphibium, Var. natans
Mx.” and the rechristened “ P. fluitans” as “amphibium, Var. natans,
3d. ed. Manual and Var. aquaticum T.” The remainder of Eaton’s
works, including the 8th edition (the “North American Botany,”
of Eaton and Wright) present the same views. Eaton’s “P. am-
phibium” is evidently a vigorous example of the variable P. coc-
cineum. To one who has devoted any considerable time to this
group of plants, it will not appear remarkable that Eaton became
somewhat confused about them; the wonder, if any, is that he made
no more species. The fact remains that, in the third edition of his
Manual, in 1822, he published a binomial to which the North American
1925] Stanford,—Amphibious Polygonums of Subgenus Persicaria 129
analogue of P. amphibium L. can be referred. “P. fluitans,” later
taken up by Greene as one of his numerous “species” cannot be
held a valid designation.
Among other early American writers Torrey! listed P. amphibium
a terrestre (P. amphibium g. emersum Michx. as syn.) and g. aquaticum
(P. amphibium a natans Michx. and P. natans Eaton as syns.). As
to the & terrestre, he states:
“The P. amphibium of this country is considered as a distinct
species from the European plant by Willdenow and some other authors,
but I am unable to discover any essential difference between them,
except in the latter the leaves (of the var a) are scabrous.”’
As to the g. aquaticum:
“This can hardly be considered a distinct species, as it is some-
times found passing into the variety a. The European plant appears
identical with ours.”
Bigelow? described what is evidently P. coccineum Muhl. as P.
amphibium:
i . . leaves oblong-lanceolate, acute, rough at the edge;
spike cylindrical .
Distinct from the following species [Polygonum coccineum Willd.]
by its leaves, which are generally lanceolate, though sometimes
rounded at the base, the edges ciliate-serrulate, so as to feel rough,
the veins having also sometimes the same character
It agrees perfectly with European specimens.”
Under P. coccineum Willd. (P. amphibium q natans Michx. as syn.)
he writes:
“ a more perfectly aquatic species than the last, better
distinguished from it by the entire smoothness of its leaves than by
the characters usually given
The treatment in Bigelow’s third edition (1840) is a 3
Gray, in the first edition of his Manual (1848) reduced“ P. coccin-
eum Bigel.“ and “P. fluitans Eaton” to P. amphibium L. var. 1
AQUATICUM L.” and described as “ Var. 2. TERRESTRE Torr.” a form
“More or less hairy or bristly, with an upright or ascending stem
the leaves acute or pointed, upper very short-petioled
The range given is“ New England to Wis., the var. 1
chiefly northward.” “Very variable in foliage, &c.: spike 1/-3’
long, rose red.“ The description was considerably recast in the
1 Torr. Fl. No. and Mid. U. S. i. 403 (1824).
2 Bigelow, Fl. Bost. ed. 2: 157 (1824).
130 Rhodora [JULY
fifth edition (1867) with the note that “Var. TERRESTRE Willd.,
grows in shallow water, or in wet soil, or even ‘in sandy prairies’ in
Illinois (Dr. Mead) either almost glabrous or strigose-hirsute, . . ”
Among the early European treatments which mention the American
plants Sprengel! introduced P. coccineum Muhl. into his edition of
the Species Plantarum. Meisner? listed the aquatic form as P.
amphibium q natans and the other as g; terrestre, citing in addition to
Muhlenberg (in Willdenow) and Pursh the Species Plantarum of
Willdenow (1799) (which referred only to the European plant), show-
ing that Meisner then regarded the forms of the two continents as
identical. In his later and more extensive work? Meisner does not
refer to “y terrestre” in America, but proposes as “e Muhlenbergit”
the P. coccineum Muhl. which he now regards as distinctly American.
It is not necessary in the present connection to discuss later European
literature.
(To be continued.)
NOTES ON SAGINA
M. L. FERNALD
In ordering the material of Sagina in the Gray Herbarium it has
been found desirable to distinguish two forms which are not ordinarily
recognized in America. These may be very briefly noted as follows.
Sacina micrantha (Bunge), n. comb. Spergula micrantha Bunge
in Ledeb. Fl. Alt. ii. 183 (1830). Sagina Linnaei, « micrantha (Bunge)
Fenzl in Ledeb. Fl. Ross. i. 339 (1841). Sp. semidecandra Turcz, ex
Ledeb. I. c. (1841).
This Asiatic species occurs also on the Aleutian and adjacent islands
and the islands of Bering Sea. The following are referred here.
ALASKA: St. Paul Island, J. M. Macoun, nos. 39, 89,644; Attu Island,
J. M. Macoun, no. 38; Unga Island, M. W. Harrington.
S. SAGINOIDES (L.) Dalla Torre. The typical plant of the Arctic and
of Eurasia has the sepals 2-3 mm. long, the capsules 3.4 mm. long.
This extreme occurs southward rather locally to Gaspé Co., Quebec,
and in western America to New Mexico and California, but most
material of western North America stands apart in having the
sepals only 1.3-2 mm. long. This American extreme may be called
1 Spreng. Syst. ii. 239 (1825).
2 Meisn. Mon. Gen. Polyg. Prodr. 67 (1826).
3 Meisn. in DC. Prodr. xiv. 115 (1856).
1925] Weatherby,—Color-forms of Hepatica americana 131
S. SAGINOIDES, var. hesperia, n. var., sepalis 1.3-2 mm. longis.—
The following belong here. ALBERTA: Malique Lake, S. Brown, no.
1176; Mt. Temple, Laggan, Butters & Holway. MONTANA: near
melting snow, head of Cottonwood Creek, Tobacco Root Range, alt.
9000 ft., Blankinship. CoLtorapno: Chambers Lake, alt. 9500 ft.,
Crandall, no. 89 (ryper in Gray Herb.). Ipamo: near Lolo Divide,
Watson, no. 58; near Sohons Pass, alt. 1500 m., Letberg, no. 1425.
Uran: Dyer Mine, Uintah Mts., Goodding, no. 1346. NEVADA:
head of Fall Creek, Ormsby Co., alt. 2460 m., Baker, no. 1332.
CALIFORNIA: Bear Valley, Parish, no. 1491; border of cold spring
above Bluff Lake, alt. 8000 ft., San Bernardino Mts., Parish, no.
3605; Webber Lake, Lemmon; Cloud’s Rest, Mariposa Co., Congdon.
OREGON: Eagle Creek Mts., Cusick; along rills at 7000 ft., Powder
River Mts., Piper, no. 2520. WASHINGTON: Mt. Rainier, Allen,
no. 51; Cascade Mts., lat. 49°, Lyall. British COLUMBIA: summit of
Rocky Mts., alt. 8000 ft., J. Macoun, no. 10; Asulkan Valley, alt.
4100-6000 ft., S. Brown, no. 581; Fish Creek Valley, alt. 5000 ft.,
Butters & Holway.
Gray HERBARIUM.
INCONSTANCY IN CoOLOR-FORMS OF HEPATICA AMERICANA.—In the
spring of 1918 I took from the woods and set out in my door-yard
four clumps of Hepatica americana (H. triloba of the Manual; see
Ruopora xix. 45, March, 1917). Two bore the blue flowers typical of
the species, one had them pink (f. rhodantha Fernald), and one white
(f. candida Fernald). All have flourished; one clump yielded 84
blossoms at a single flowering and has never produced less than about
50. All are still thriving. But of the four only one, the white, has
kept the color of its flowers wholly unchanged.
The pink form held its color for one season. Then for four years
it came white. Last year (1924) it turned pink again and this year
it is still pink, though rather pale. One of the blue-flowered clumps
has preserved its color, with some little change of shade, until this
spring, when it has suddenly and without transitional stages in previ-
ous seasons turned a clear lilac-pink. The flowers of the remaining
clump are still blue, though this year very pale.
Dr. A. J. Eames has recorded instances of similar inconstancy in
Viola pedata, f. rosea and in a color-form of Rudbeckia hirta. In these
uses, however, the variation was in a different direction; his pink-
flowered violets reverted to the typical blue and the corresponding
reversion occurred in the Rudbeckia.
[32 Rhodora [JULY
The causes of such inconstancy offer an interesting field for con-
jecture, or experiment by those equipped to make it. Evidently there
is a difference in individuals. My pink-flowered plant was most
subject to variation; the white-flowered one not at all. That the
pure albino would be constant might, perhaps, be expected. At
least, its sepals, tested with hydrochloric acid and ammonia, give
absolutely negative reactions; and this, as far as it goes, would seem
to indicate the absence in them of any pigment to change. And hav-
ing, presumably, lost the power to produce pigment, this plant, at
least, shows, to date, no tendency to recover it. In the other plants,
the altered conditions after transplanting might stimulate physiologi-
‘al change. Moreover, once or twice a year the plants have been
given a mulch of leaf-mold. Variations in the quantity of this, or in
the degree of its decomposition might conceivably alter the chemical
character of the soil sufficiently to induce, in individual plants of
inherent physiological instability, changes in the cell-sap great enough
to affect the sensitive anthocyan pigments concerned. Dr. Eames
considered that weak or pathological conditions were responsible for
the color-forms under his observation. If this be the case, variations
in the leaf-mold might bring about variations in nutrition which would
account for the changes in flower-color here recorded. But my vigor-
ous plants are certainly not obviously weak or pathological; a much
feebler appearing plant in another part of the premises has not
changed color for five or six years. And horticulturists have been
successful in fixing similar color-forms in flowers having anthocyan
pigmentation.
In any case, the fact of inconstancy seems worth recording. It
is in strong contrast to the behavior of a yellow-flowered Trillium
erectum, also in my door-vyard. Here, where a different kind of pig-
ment is concerned, the flowers have come absolutely true to color
for seven and three years respectively. So have some half-dozen
plants of the typical form and one intermediate in coloration.—C. A.
WEATHERBY, Gray Herbarium.
Vol. 27, no. 317, including pages 73 to G2, was issucd 7 July, 1925.
Vol. 27, no. 318, including pages 93 to 112, and plate 150, was issued 16
July, 1925.
ra *
Farlour
Rhodora
JOURNAL OF THE
NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE
WILLIAM PENN RICH, Publication Committee
Vol. 27. August, 1925 No. 320.
CONTENTS:
Oxalis corniculata and Relatives (Continued). K. M. Wiegand 133
White Form of Delphinium Ajacis. R. H. Cheney........... 139
Bidens Eatoni and Varieties. N.C. Fassett................ 142
Amphibious Polygonums (Continued). E. E. Stanford........ 146
Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. J.
300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.
RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.
BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.
CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.
CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.
MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto 8 issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.
Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
epace of 4 in. by 3-4 in. I year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.
Rbodora
JOURNAL OF
THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Vol. 27. August, 1925. No. 320.
OXALIS CORNICULATA AND ITS RELATIVES IN NORTH
AMERICA.
K. M. WIEGAND.
(Continued from page 124.)
6. O. FLORIDA Salisb. Prod. Strip. All. 322 (1796). O. Dillenii
B florida DC. Prodr. i. 692 (1824). O. glauca Raf. in DC. l. c. 0.
filipes Robins. & Fernald in Gray’s Man. ed. 7, not Small. O. Brit-
toniae Small in Britton’s Man. 577 (1901). Xanthoxalis Brittoniae
Small, Fl. S. e. U. S. 668 (1903), and N. A. Flora. X. colorea Small.,
Fl. S. e. U. S. 668 (1903), O. colorea Fedde in Just’s Bot. Jahresb.,
xxxii. Pt. 1, 410 (1905).—Stems erect, rarely decumbent at base,
brownish when dry; leaves scattered on slender loosely hairy petioles;
stipules nearly obsolete; leaflets 5-18 mm. broad, glabrous above,
slightly hairy beneath, green or sometimes purple, glaucous; peduncles
exceeding the leaves; pedicels 5-25 mm. long, slender, substrigose;
flowers 7-11 mm. long, heterogamous (?); corolla glabrous; filaments
smooth or hairy; capsule short-cylindrical, gradually tapering toward
apex; styles long and slender (3—4 mm. long), sometimes short (2
mm. long); seeds 1.0-1.2 mm. long, poorly developed.—Chiefly in
dry fields of light or stony soil; Maine to central New York and
Florida, mainly toward the coast but apparently not on the Coastal
Plain. Some specimens examined: Marne: Falmouth, E. B. Chamber-
lain & J. F. Collins, no. 597; North Belgrade, M. L. Fernald. NEw
HAMPSHIRE: Merrimack county, 1916, H. L. Clark. VERMONT:
Brookline, 1917, L. A. Wheeler. Massacuuserts: Attleboro, 1916,
F. F. Forbes; Northampton and Sheffield, M. L. Fernald; six other
specimens all from western Massachusetts. RHODE ISLAND: Cumber-
land, 1904, B. L. Robinson, E. F. Williams. Connecticut: West
Hartford, 1904, C. H. Bissell; Salisbury, and Lakeville, 1902, Fernald,
also others; Southbury, C. A. Weatherby, no. 1739; Fairfield, E. H.
Eames, no. 8340; Oxford, 1903 and 1904, E. B. Harger; West Cheshire,
A. E. Blewitt, no. 853. New York: northern N. Y., A. Gray (?);
central N. Y., A. J. Eames & L. H. MacDaniels, no. 2736, 4478,
134 Rhodora [AuausT
Wiegand & Eames, no. 10201, 12370, A. J. Eames, no. 10202, 10203,
13694, K. M. Wiegand, no. 12368, 12369, 14003, 14810, 14811;
VanCortlandt, N. Y. City, and Riverdale, E. P. Bicknell; Bronx Park,
G. V. Nash. PENNsyLVANIA: Lancaster County, 1900, A. A. Heller.
VIndINIA: Williamsburg, E. J. Grimes, no. 3849. NORTH CAROLINA:
Madison County, J. R. Churchill; Biltmore, Biltmore Herb. no. 5383a.
FLORIDA: Duval County, 1897, J. R. Churchill.
Var. strigosifolia var. nov. Foliis pagina superiori strigosis. Upper
surface of the leaves strigose. New Hampshire, New York and Mis-
souri. Specimens examined: NEW Hampsurre: Walpole, 1903, W.
W. Eggleston; North Walpole, 1903, W. H. Blanchard. New YORK:
Spencer, K. M. Wiegand, no. 14811 (Type in Cornell Herb.). Mıs-
SOURI: Doniphan, B. F. Bush, no. 277. ? ARKANSAS: Camden, 1850,
A. Fendler.
With some hesitation the name O. florida Salisb. has been adopted
for this species. Salisbury cited “Oxy lutea americana humilior et
annua. Dill. Hort. Elth. 298 t. 221 f. 288” on which O. Dillenii
Jacq. was founded, and which is interpreted as O. stricta. In his
description, however, he said, “stylis filamentis longioribus.
Herba nostrae stirpis saturate purpurea.” which suggests O. europaea
or the present species. De Candolle (Prodr.), who seems to have
had some definite knowledge of the Salisbury plant, considered the
name a synonym of O. glauca Raf. (then ined.), and both a variety
of O. stricta (O. Dillenii). In the Gray Herbarium are two specimens
of the present species that were compared by Professor Fernald with
plants in the De Candollean herbarium. One bears a note by Fernald
as follows: “This specimen except that it is more mature is quite
the same as a specimen of ‘Oxalis florida Sal. - Dillenii Jacq. M.
Salisbury 1816’ [The latter in handwriting of DC.] under O. Dillenii,
@ florida in Prodr. Herb.” The other bears this inscription by Fernald:
This is exactly matched (1 & 2) by the specimen of ‘Oxalis glauca
Raf. n. sp. ? Philada. Rafinesque, 1819’ in Prodr. Herb. under O.
Dillenii florida {underscored portion of label Rafinesque’s; the other
DC’s.]”. It seems most likely therefore that Salisbury’s plant be-
longed to the present species, as did also Rafinesque’s.
7. O. EUROPAEA Jord. in Schultz, Arch. Fl. Franc. et Allem. 309
(1854). O. ambigua Salisb. Trans. Linn. Soc. ii. 242 (1794), not
Jacq. Oxal. 80 (1794). O. stricta of most early authors, also Trelease
in Gray’s Synopt. Fl. i. 366 (1897). O. corniculata var. stricta Trelease,
Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. iv. 88 (1888). O. corniculata Robinson
& Fernald in Gray’s Man. ed. 7. 534 (1908).—Stem 5—40 em. high,
simple or branched, usually erect, clothed with scattered ascending
1925] Wiegand,—Oxalis corniculata and its Relatives 135
hairs or glabrate; leaflets 33 mm. broad or smaller, generally thin,
glabrous above, glabrate beneath; petioles 2-8 cm. long, slender,
nearly or quite glabrous; peduncles generally exceeding the subtending
leaves, slender, with a few strigose hairs; pedicels slender, strigose;
calyx 3-5 mm. long, nearly or quite glabrous; flowers homogamous;
corolla 5-10 mm. long, glabrous; filaments glabrous or hairy; capsule
8-12 mm. long, gradually acute; style short (2 mm. long), less com-
monly elongated (4 mm. long); seeds 1.2 (1.4) mm. long. Quebec
to North Dakota, southward to Georgia, Tennessee, Oklahoma,
Colorado and Arizona; also introduced in Europe and probably in
other countries. Apparently not common on the Atlantic Coastal
Plain of North America.
Forma pilosella f. nov. Ab O. europaea typica recedit caulibus
villosis. Similar to the typical form of O europaea in pubescence
of leaves and pedicels but stem and generally the petioles and pedun-
cles villous. Rhode Island, Missouri and probably elsewhere. Speci-
mens examined: Rope ISLAND: Middletown, Margaret B. Simmons.
Missourt: Greenwood, B. F. Bush, no. 6701 (Type in Gray Herb.).
Forma cymosa (Small) comb. nov. O. cymosa Small, Bull. Torr.
Bot. Club xxiii. 267 (1896). O. rufa Small, in Britton's Man. 577
(1901). Xanthoxalis cymosa Small, Fl. S. e. U. S. 668 (1903), and
N. A. Flora.—Stem nearly or quite glabrous; upper surface of leaflets
glabrous; pedicels villous and more or less viscid. Quebec to Michigan,
southward to North Carolina, Tennessee and Missouri. A common
form in the northeastern United States, but apparently not common
on the Atlantic Coastal Plain. The identification of O. cymosa Small
with this form rests on Small’s statement of stem subglabrate and
pedicels villous.
Forma villicaulis f. nov. Formae cymosae similis sed caulibus
villosis. Similar to forma cymosa but the stems villous. Chiefly in
the interior: Nova Scotia and Massachusetts to Michigan, southward
to Virginia, Tennessee, and Illinois. Many specimens were seen:
type specimen (in Gray Herb.), Port Huron, Michigan, 1914, C.
K. Dodge, no. 41.
Var. Bushii (Small) comb. nov. O. Bushii Small, Bull. Torr. Bot.
Club xxv. 611 (1898). NXanthoxalis Bushii Small, Fl. S. e. U. S. 667
(1903). X. interior Small, Fl. S. e. U. S. 668 (1903). O. interior
Fedde in Just’s Bot. Jahresb. xxxii. pt. 1, 410 (1905).—Stem con-
spicuously villous; petioles and peduncles generally more or less
villous; upper surface of the leaflets with scattered hairs; pedicels
strigose, not viscid. Waverley, Massachusetts, and from western
Ontario to Michigan, Illinois and Missouri. Specimens examined:
Massacuusetts: Waverley, 1895, Robinson, Greenman ck Schrenk.
Ontario: Lambton County, C. K. Dodge, no. 42. Micuican: Port
Huron, Dodge, no. 40. IIIINoISs: Urbana, 1901, H. A. Gleason;
Morgan Park, A. Chase, no. 925. Missouri: many specimens,
Bush, no. 30 (type collection), 315, 3283, 3297, 4032, 6754.
136 Rhodora [August
Forma subglabrata f. nov. Ab var. Bushii recedit caulibus sub-
strigosis vel glabratis. Differing from var. Bushii in the glabrate or
substrigose stems.— Illinois, Missouri and Iowa. Specimens examined:
ILIINoIS: Peoria, 1903, F. E. McDonald. Missouri: Courtney, B.
F. Bush, no. 7678. Iowa: Ames, Pammel & Ball, no. 4 (Tyre in
Gray Herb.).
Forma vestita f. nov. Var. Bushii similis sed caulibus villosis et
pedicellis villosis viscidis. Similar to var. Bushii but stems and
pedicels villous, the latter usually viscid. Massachusetts and Illinois.
Specimens examined: MassacHUsETTSͤ: Cambridge, 1904, Miss I.
W. Anderson (Type in Gray Herb.) . IIIIxNOIS: Riverdale, O. E.
Lansing Jr., no. 2625; La Salle County, Greenman, Lansing & Dixon,
no. 144; Makanda, 1902, H. A. Gleason, no. 2449.
O. europaea is with little doubt a native of America, but was intro-
duced into Europe about 1658. It seems to have been cultivated by
Morison in 1660 and was figured by him in his Historia. An outline
of the early history of this species in Europe is given by Ascherson
and Graebner.! The European material all has appressed-pubescent
pedicels (except one specimen from Germany), subglabrous stems,
and glabrous upper leaf surfaces, and this form is therefore taken as
the type of the species.
8. O. GRANDIS Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxi. 475 (1894). 0.
recurva Trelease, Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. iv. 89 (1888), not Ell.
Xanthoxalis grandis Small, Fl. S. e. U. S. 668 (1903), and N. A. Flora.—
Plants tall and coarse, erect; stems very sparingly pubescent with
scattered subappressed or spreading hairs; stipules nearly obsolete;
petioles villous; leaflets glabrous above and with a few hairs beneath;
peduncles scarcely exceeding the leaves, strigose or more commonly
villous; inflorescence umbellate or sometimes cymose, 1—several-
flowered; pedicels slender, strigose; corolla 12-18 mm. long, glabrous;
filaments generally hairy; capsules short-oblong-ovoid, 7-10 mm.
long; seeds (fide Small) 2 mm. long.—Pennsylvania to Illinois, south-
ward to Georgia and Alabama (Small), but not along the coast.
Specimens examined: PENNSYLVANIA: Wysox, Carey (type collec-
tion ?). District or COLUMBIA: 1897, E. S. Steele. VIRGINIA: Smyth
County, 1892, J. K. Small. Nortu Carona: Waynesville, E. E.
Magee; Polk County, 1899, J. R. Churchill; Biltmore, Biltmore Herb.,
no. 1225a; Swain County, 1891, Beardslee & Kofoid. Kentucky:
Harlan County, 1893, T. H. Kearney Jr., no. 11 and 280; Knoxville,
A. Ruth, no. 282. Onto: Werner; Cincinnati, C. G. Lloyd. IUINOIS:
near Mt. Carnel, J. Schneck.
This species is related to O. europaea of which in appearance it seems
to be a gigantic form, but the capsules are short even for that species
1Synop. Mitteleu. Fl. vii. 149 (1913).
1925] Wiegand,—Oxalis corniculata and its Relatives 137
and the seeds according to Small’s description are larger and may
have more interrupted ridges. Mature seeds have not been seen by
the writer. In one specimen (Cincinnati, C. G. Lloyd) the leaves are
strigose above and the plant is otherwise much more hairy than usual.
9. O. SuxsporFi1 Trelease, Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. iv. 89 (1888),
Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxiii. 456 (1896). O. pumila Nutt. in
Torr. & Gray’s Fl. N. A. i. 212 (1838), not d’Urv. (1826). Xanthoxalis
Suksdorfit Small, N. A. Flora xxv. 53 (1907).—Stems 5-18 cm. high,
generally erect from creeping woody stolons, rather slender, sparingly
villous; stipules oblong or generally nearly obsolete; petioles filiform,
villous; peduncles slender, appressed-villous; pedicels filiform, 6-20
mm. long, strigose; corolla 12-16 mm. long, glabrous; filaments
generally hairy; capsule very short-oblong or ovoid-conic, little
exceeding the calyx, tapering toward apex, crisp-puberulent. Banks
and woods, yards and parks: Oregon (California, Small’).
The writer has not seen specimens of this species from California,
but the plant may possibly occur in that part of the state bordering
Oregon. O. pumila d’Urv.,? though regarded in the Index Kewensis,
as a synonym of O. enneaphylla Cav. is not certainly so, and therefore,
according to the International Rules, Nuttall’s name should not be
used.
10. O. rEcuRVA Ell. Sketch Bot. S. Car. and Ga. i. 526 (1821);
Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxi. 474 (1894); Britton & Brown’s
III. Fl. N. Sta. and Can. ed. 1. (1898); Britton, Manual N. Sta. & Can.
577 (1901); also in part, Trelease in Gray’s Synopt FI. i. 366 (1897),
not Trelease in Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. iv. 89 (1888). ? O. Lyoni
Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 322 (1814). Xanthoxalis recurva Small, Fl.
S. e. U. S. 668 (1903), and N. A. Flora.—Stems upright, 5-15 cm.
high, from creeping rootstocks, villous with more or less spreading
tawny hairs; petioles slender, villous; stipules small or obsolete;
leaflets rather thin, glabrous above, sparingly hairy beneath; peduncles
with subappressed pubescence; pedicels slender, 7-18 mm. long,
strigose; corolla 13-18 mm. long, glabrous; filaments generally hairy ;
mature capsule not seen (slender according to Small).—Dry sandy
more or less open soil: North Carolina to Georgia. Specimens
examined: NORTH CAROLIINA: Columbus, 1900, E. C. Townsend,
(Cornell Herb.). Sours Carona: Coastal Plain near Ashley River,
B. L. Robinson, no. 188. GEORGIA: Sylvania, R. M. Harper, no. 2082.
Trelease extended the range of this species to Pennsylvania and
Texas, and Small attributed it to Missouri and Mississippi. The
writer has not seen specimens from these states. According to Small
1 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxiii. 456 (1896), and N. A. Flora.
2 Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris iv. 616 (1826).
138 Rhodora [AUGUST
the above form agrees well with Elliott’s type in the Charleston
Museum.
Var. texana (Small) comb. nov. NXanthoxalis texana Small, Fl.
S. e. U. S. 667 (1903), and N. A. Flora. O. texana Fedde in Just’s
Bot. Jahresb. xxxii. pt. i. 410 (1905). Similar to typical O. recurva
in habit but the stems, petioles and pedicels appressed-pubescent;
leaflets either glabrous or hairy on the upper surface. TEXAS:
Wright (type collection?). Mexico: Monterey, W. M. Canby, no. 54.
Var. macrantha (Trelease) comb. nov. O. corniculata, var. ?
macrantha Trelease, Mem. Bost. Soc. Nat. Hist. iv. 88 (1888). 0.
macrantha Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxiii. 268 (1896), not of FI.
S. e. U. S., nor of N. A. Flora. O. recurva in part, Trelease in Gray’s
Synopt. Fl. I. e. O. hirsuticaulis Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxv.
611 (1898). Xanthoxalis hirsuticaulis Small, Fl. S. e. U. S. 669 (1903),
and N. A. Flora. O. Priceae Small, Bull. Torr. Club, xxv. 612 (1898).
Xanthoxalis Priceae Small, Fl. S. e. U. S. 669 (1903).—Stems and
petioles shaggy with spreading pubescence; peduncles pilose; corolla
sparsely hairy outside or glabrate; filaments generally hairy; capsule
cylindrical, about 15 mm. long; seeds 1.4 mm. Jong.—Kentucky,
Tennessee, and Alabama. Specimens examined: Kentucky: Bowling
Green, 1889 and 1900, Sadie F. Price. ALABAMA: Hatch.
Forma sericea f. nov. Ab var. macrantha recedit foliis utrinque
strigosis. Leaflets rather strongly appressed hairy on both faces.
ALABAMA: old specimen in Gray Herb. (Tyre.)
Var. floridana var. nov. NXanthoxalis macrantha Small Fl. S. e.
U. S. 667 (1903), probably, and N. A. Flora, not O. macrantha Small,
Bull. Torr. Bot. Club. xxiii. 268 (1896). O. recurva, in part, Trelease,
in Gray’s Synopt. Fl. i. 366 (1897).—Caulibus subadpresso-pubes-
centibus, foliis pagina superiori strigosis. Stems more diffuse than in
the typical form, from less evident rootstocks and with more ascending
pubescence; peduncles shorter; leaflets strigose on the upper surface;
pedicels with appressed pubescence.—Florida. Specimens examined:
Apalachicola, Drummond. East Florida, Herb. D. C. Eaton (TYPE
in Gray Herb.).
The writer can find no good specific characters to separate 0.
recurva and its var. floridana, O. texana, O. macrantha and O. Priceae
as is done by Small. The differences seem to be in degree and type of
pubescence only, and even these differences vary greatly. With the
exception of the var. floridana the plants all have a rather charac-
teristic appearance, consisting of an erect stem arising from long
horizontal rootstocks and surmounted by flowers rising considerably
above the leaves.
The nomenclature in this group of large flowered eastern forms is
difficult to decipher. The identity of O. recurva Ell. is now quite
1925 Cheney, - White Form of Delphinium Ajacis 139
certain, as Small has seen the type. Trelease’s transfer of the name
to what is now O. grandis was an error. The O. corniculata, var.?
macrantha Trelease was incompletely understood, as the author him-
self indicated by the question mark. It probably included some
specimens of the western O. Wrightiz, var. pilosa as well as the eastern
type. The variety was described as having the branches i. e. the
upright stems?) pilose. Specimens in the Gray Herbarium marked
var. macrantha by Trelease have hirsute or pilose stems. Small based
his species O. macrantha on the var. macrantha of Trelease and de-
scribed the stems as “hirsute” and petioles “ pubescent like the stem.“
Later however he described O. hirsuticaulis as having “densely hir-
sute” stems, and the petioles “ villous-hirsute,“ at the same time
transferring the name O. macrantha! to a plant with “strigillose”
stems and “strigillose” pedicels. O. macrantha rather than O. hir-
suticaulis is therefore the proper name for the hirsute form of O.
recurva. The original description of O. Priceae Small also agrees with
our var. macrantha, as do two specimens of O. Priceae in the Gray
Herbarium collected by Miss Price. Small states? that a pubescent
corolla has been found by him only in O. Priceae among the yellow
flowered species of Oxalis. The specimens of var. macrantha cited
above all have some hairs on the corolla.
CORNELL UNIversity, Ithaca, N. Y.
A WHITE FORM OF DELPHINIUM AJACIS.
R. H. CBENEY.
During the summer of 1924, while collecting representative types
of New England flowering plants for the Washington Square College
Herbarium at New York University, I found two localities where a
pure white growth of Delphinium Ajacis L. was abundant. Both
areas were wet, waste ground. The first growth was noted in Forest
Hills, Massachusetts, on July 24, 1924. The other station was in
Raymond, New Hampshire, on August 13, 1924.
The genus Delphinium includes only two unipistillate species in
the United States; namely,—D. Ajacis L. (Rocket Larkspur), with
pubescent follicles and D. Consolida L. (Field Larkspur), with glabrous
1 Fl. S. e. U. S. 667 (1903).
2 Bull. Torr. Bot. Club xxv. 613 (1898).
140 Rhodora [AUGUST
follicles. Several authorities, including Dr. Small,! mention a white-
flowered D. Consolida L. but only one authoritative flora? of the
United States records D. Ajacis L., to which these specimens undoubt-
edly belong, as having white flowers. Britton and Brown’s record
is “rarely white.”
Mr. Bayard Long’ clarified the confusion existing in American
floras between D. Ajacis L. and D. Consolida L. The common
Rocket Larkspur, which has been an escape from cultivation in this
country at least since 1814, has been described in all early floras as
having smooth follicles. Pursh’s Flora (1814); Nuttall’s Genera
(1818); Eaton’s Manual Bot. ed. 5 (1829); Torrey & Gray in 1838;
and Gray’s Man. Bot. ed. 1 (1848), all described the common Larkspur
escape as D. Consolida L. Darby‘ recorded the plant, Delphinium
Consolida L., as having smooth or pubescent follicles. Gray (Watson
& Coulter ed.) Man. Bot. (1890) was the first record in American
floras to distinguish the pubescent-follicled plant as D. Ajacis L. in
agreement with the European species description. D. Consolida L.,
however, remained in the floras as a common species although only
five American herbarium sheets substantiate its existence. Dr.
Britton states clearly in Britton & Brown Illust. Fl. (1914) that all
specimens examined at that time proved to be D. Ajacis L. My
examination of the same and additional material at the N. Y. Botanical
Garden, verified the statement and also showed that no pure white
specimens were present.
This unipistillate, pubescent species is normally a blue-flowered
plant although the flowers are commonly faded to a very considerable
degree, especially the older flowers of the raceme, and frequently
only a trace of color persists. Such a trace, however, was found to
be present in all cases with the exception of one Virginian specimen
which appeared to have been distinctly white. A brief statement
concerning the essentially white-flowered specimens in the N. Y.
Botanical Garden Herbarium follows
One European specimen—nearly white; collected in 1868.
ee rer European specimen—bluish tinge; collected in 1839 by Rev. J. G.
eefe.
Roanoke, Virginia specimen—bluish and pink tinge on the same plant. Col-
lected in 1890.
Small Fl. So. East. U. S. (1903) 433.
2 Britton & Brown Illust. Fl. No. U. S., Canada, etc. ed. 2, 2 (1913) 94.
Long Delphinium Consolida L. in Amer., etc., in Ruopora No. 212, 18 (1916)
169-177.
Darby Bot. of the So. States (1859) 207.
1925] Cheney,—White Form of Delphinium Ajacis 141
Beleu, El Paso Co., Texas—One small specimen with only two flowers. These
were whitish. Collected in June 1893 by Dr. E. A. Mearns.
Beg ie ek Missouri specimen—pinkish-white; collected in June 1895 by
r . usn.
Sand Hills, Augusta, Georgia—Spur bluish; collected by A. Cuthbert. No
date given.
Blacksburg, Virginia specimen-—In full flower and distinctly white; collected
in June 1895 by Dr. W. A. Murrill. This specimen is undoubtedly D.
Ajacis L., and I believe it represents another locality for the form which
is given here as new.
Pee Kansas specimen—bluish tinge; collected in April 1898 by Mark
hite.
Pictou, Nova Scotia specimen—Slight pink tinge on spur; collected in August,
1906 by C. B. Robinson.
Cumberland River region, Western Kentucky specimen—pinkish-white;
collected in June 1909 by W. W. Eggleston.
Several other American records in respect to essentially white
Delphiniums occur in the literature but they prove to be either copied
statements from earlier works or to be horticultural hybrids. Bailey!
describes the D. Ajacis L. perianth as ‘varying to white.’ Davis?
also records the flower color by the same wording. The Amer. Comm.
Hort. Nomen. on Standard Plant Names (1923) 123, mentions a
so-called ‘White Siberian Delphinium.’ This is, however, a hybrid or
at least a horticultural form of D. grandiflorum, not D. Ajacis L.
The Gray Herbarium and the Herbarium of the New England Botani-
cal Club have no pure white specimens of D. Ajacis L.
A study of European floras for their descriptions of D. Ajacis L.
reveals the same generalization regarding the perianth color as ‘whit-
ish, rarely white’ etc., as is found in our American floras. In many
instances, I suspect, the statement is merely a copy from earlier
works. Coste, Flore de la France 1 (1901) 49, records the flowers
of D. Ajacis L., as blue, pink or white. Gillet & Magne, Nouv. Flore
Frangaise (1883) 17, mention the perianth as colored; Grenier &
Godron, Flore de France 1(1848) 47, as blue, white or pink; Rouy &
Foucaud, Flore de France 1 (1893) 131, as blue, pink or white; Thomé’s
Flora von Deutschland 2 (1886) 122 as blue, white or red; Bentham,
Brit. Flora ed. 4 (1878) 15, as blue, white or reddish; Sowerby, Engl.
Bot. 1 (1899) 62, as bright French blue, more rarely white or pink, paler
on the outer side; Hegi, Illustrierte Flora von Mittel-Europa 3 (1909-
13) 488, as blue-violet, rarely pink or white. Examination of the
European specimens, however, in the herbaria of the N. Y. Botanical
Garden, of the Brooklyn Botanic Garden, and of the Gray Herbarium
showed no pure white specimens.
1 Bailey Cycl. Hort. 2 (1914) 976.
2 Davis, K. C. Taxon. Study of No. Amer. Ranunc. (1900) 435.
142 Rhodora [Audusr
As a pure white growth of D. Ajacis L. was found in two states in
New England during the summer of 1924, and since all available
herbarium records, with the possible exception noted above, show
traces, at least, of color, these specimens seem to represent a true
form which is as well established locally in New England as the species
itself. Both are escapes. I have named the form,—DELPHINIUM
Asacis L. forma alba, forma nova.
WASHINGTON SQUARE COLLEGE, NEw YORK UNIVERSITY,
New York City.
BIDENS EATONI AND ITS VARIETIES.
Norman C. FASSETT.
Ir frequently happens that, on the mouths of rivers, the influence
of the tide extends farther up the river than does the salt water.
The plants growing on these river shores will, therefore, alternately
be submerged by fresh water and exposed to the sun. The part of the
river where this phenomenon occurs is called the estuary. Bidens
Eatoni was described in 1903 from the estuary of the Merrimac River,
and has been shown by subsequent investigation to be a strictly
estuarine species, on the mouths of several rivers from the Hudson
to the Kennebec. It is remarkable that on each estuary where this
species appears it occurs in a slightly different phase, that is, it shows
a great development of endemic varieties.
Bidens Eatoni is most closely related to B. bidentoides, B. connata,
and B. heterodoxa, all of which are characterized by having striate
achenes which are, at least at the base, upwardly barbed along the
margins, and simple leaves which are often deeply 3-cleft. From the
two latter species B. Eatoni and B. bidentoides differ in having less
than 30, usually 8-25, flowers to each cylindric to campanulate head,
as opposed to 30-60 flowers in the heads of B. connata and B. hetero-
doxa. B. bidentoides, which has copiously pubescent achenes, plano-
convex in cross-section, without conspicuous midribs, and with very
slender awns (at least 14 as long as the body of the achene), is at
once distinguished from B. Eatoni, with its sparingly pubescent,
flat to bi-convex achenes, with conspicuous midribs and stout awns.
Bidens Eatoni breaks up into varieties as follows:
1925] Fassett,—Bidens Eatoni and Varieties 143
a. Inner achenes 6.8-9 mm. long: awns 2, rarely 4 b
b. Heads narrowly cylindric, at least when young c
c. Awns retrorsely barbedůu..F ee var. typica.
c. Awns antrorsely barbed................00 00. c ee ee eee var. fallax.
b. Heads broadly cylindric to campanulate d
d. Inner bracts of the involucre striated with dull yellow to
dark brown: lower leaves often 3-parted e
e. Awns 1.5-4 mm. long, Aaeeea barbed.......... var. interstes.
e. Awns 0.5-2 mm. long, barbed both retrorsely and
f ( var. mutabilis.
d. Inner bracts of the involucre striated with lustrous
amber to purple brown, lustrous black in age: leaves
, e reed oe eeea ess var. simulans.
a. Inner achenes 9-11 mm. long: awns 4, rarely 2 f
f. Heads usually cylindric: leaves with petioles 1-3 cm, long,
the lower usually divided. var. kennebecensis.
f. Heads subcylindric to campanulate: leaves subsessile or
with short broad-winged petioles, not divided.......... var. major.
B. Eatont, var. typica. B. Eatoni Fernald, RHODORA v. 92.
fig. 11-13 (1903). MassAcHUsErrs: estuary of the Merrimac River,
at Newburyport, West Newbury, Salisbury, and Amesbury.
B. EATONI, var. FALLAX Fernald, l. c. fig. 14. Occasional with the
typical form.
B. EATONI, var. interstes (Fassett), n. comb. B. heterodoxa (Fernald)
Fernald & St. John, var. interstes Fassett, RHODORA xxvi. 178 (1924).
Plants 1-8 dm. tall: leaves lanceolate to narrowly ovate, serrate,
0.5-1.5 dm. long, narrowed to a winged petiole, the lower often
deeply cleft or 3-parted: heads campanulate, the terminal 8-10 mm.
high, 8-12 mm. broad; outer bracts of the involucre 2-5, usually 3,
lanceolate, acute, sometimes minutely toothed toward the apex;
inner bracts striated with dull yellow to dark brown: achenes flat or
with slightly keeled midribs, the outer 5.5-6.5 mm. long, the inner
6.5-8 mm. long, on the margins downwardly barbed except at the
base where one or more barbs stick upward; awns 2, rarely 4, retrorsely
barbed, 1.5-4 mm. long, the inner pair if present shorter—MAatneE:
tidal shores at the mouth of Eastern River, Dresden, September 13,
1924, N. C. Fassett, no. 2122; tidal shores of the Kennebec River,
Hatch’s Corners, Dresden, September 9, 1924, N. C. Fassett, no. 2101;
South Gardiner, September 16, 1924, N. C. Fassett, no. 2127; tidal
shores of the Kennebec River, near the Maine Central R. R. ferry,
Woolwich, September 18, 1924, N. C. Fassett, no. 2125; rocky places,
tidal shores of the Kennebec River, Gardiner, September 18, 1923,
N. C. Fassett, no. 852 (tyPE in Gray Herb.); tidal shores, Sheepscot
River, Alna, September 12, 1924, N. C. Fassett, no. 2120.
The small number of flowers in the heads of this plant shows it
to belong not with B. heterodoxa, but with B. Eatont. The achenes
are similar to those of var. typica, but a little broader in proportion
to their length, while the heads are campanulate instead of cylindric.
B. EaTont, var. mutabilis, n. var., var. interstitem habitu foliisque
144 Rhodora [Aucust
simulans; achaeniis exterioribus 5.5-6 mm. longis, interioribus 7-7.5
mm. longis; aristis 2, 0.5-2 mm. longis, retrorse antrorseque setosis.
Resembling var. interstes in habit and foliage: outer achenes 5.5-6
mm. long, inner 7-7.5 mm. long; awns 2, 0.5-2 mm. long, with barbs
both retrorse and antrorse on the same awn, as well as along the
margins of the achenes.—Estuary of the Kennebec River—MalIne:
tidal shores of the Kennebec River, Cedar Grove, Dresden, September
9, 1924, N. C. Fassett, no. 2116 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); tidal shores of
the Kennebec River, Dresden, September 16, 1924, N. C. Fassett,
no. 2123.
B. EATONI, var. simulans, n. var., var. interstitem habitu achae-
niisque simulans; foliis lanceolatis simplicibus; striis bractearum
interiorum nitentibus sucino vel purpureo-fusco, aevo nigrescentibus
nitentibus.
Resembling var. interstes in habit and fruit: leaves lanceolate, not
divided: inner involucral bracts striate with lustrous amber to
purple-brown, which turns lustrous black in age.—Estuary of the
Connecticut River.—Connecticut: hidden among tall grasses and
sedges in brackish marsh, Old Lyme, September 9, 1917, R. W.
Woodward; brackish marsh, Old Lyme, October 1, 1915, R. W.
Woodward (TyPE in Gray Herb.); brackish marsh, Old Lyme, Septem-
ber 29, 1915, R. W. Woodward; sandy shore just above high water,
Old Lyme, September 29, 1917, R. W. Woodward; tidal shores of the
Connecticut River, Essex, October 13, 1924, N. C. Fassett, no. 2298;
tidal shores of the Connecticut River, East Haddam, October 12, 1924,
N. C. Fassett, no. 2299.
B. EATONI, var. KENNEBECENSIS Fernald, RHODORA xix. 76 (1917).
Estuarine system at the mouth of the Kennebec River, Maine. In
it long achenes and narrowly cylindrical heads this variety is quite
distinct from var. interstes and var. mutabilis of the same region.
B. Earont, var. major, n. var., planta 4-15 dm. alta, caulibus
saepe prostratis nudisque infra; foliis lanceolatis 0.5-1.5 dm. longis
simplicibus grosse serratis, petiolis brevibus alatis vel foliis angustatis
ad basem subsessilem; capitulis subcylindratis vel campanulatis,
terminalibus 1.3 cm. altis 18-30(-33)-floribus; bracteis exterioribus
fere 3 linearibus acutis 1-2 cm. longis 2-3 mm. latis; achaeniis exteriori-
bus 6-7.5 mm. longis aristis 3—4; achaeniis interioribus (8-)9-11 mm.
longis costis saepe crassis ad apicem, aristis fere 4 retrorse setosis.
Plants 4-15 dm. tall, stems often reclining and naked below:
leaves lanceolate, 0.5-1.5 dm. long, coarsely serrate but not divided,
with short winged petioles, or narrowed to a sessile base: heads
subcylindric to campanulate, the terminal 1.3 dm. high, 18-30(-33)-
flowered: outer involucral bracts usually 3, 1-2 cm. long, 2-3 mm.
broad, linear, acute: outer achenes 6-7.5 mm. long, awns 3—4 in
number; inner achenes (8-)9-11 mm. long with midribs often some-
what thickened at the summit, awns usually 4, retrorsely barbed.—
ConNeEcTICUT: tidal shores of the Quinnipiac River, North Haven,
1925] Fassett,—Bidens Eatoni and Varieties 145
October 14, 1924, N. C. Fassett, no. 2301 (TYPE in Gray Herb.); tidal
shores of the Quinnipiac River, North Haven, N. C. Fassett, no. 2302
(has 33 flowers in the largest heads, and somewhat resembles B.
laevis). New York: shores of the Hudson River, near the upper
limit of tide, Hudson, September 30, 1923, H. K. Svenson.
This plant as it grows on the estuary of the Quinnipiac River has
prostrate bases which strongly suggest those of B. laevis. The
Hudson River specimen lacks this characteristic, but is otherwise
essentially like the Connecticut material. A single plant collected
in Massachusetts, on tidal shores of the Merrimac River, Amesbury,
October 16, 1924, N. C. Fassett, no. 2300, may belong with this variety,
but may be var. kennebecensis. It was collected late in the season
and is in such poor condition that it is difficult to determine its
affinities.
The estuary of the Taunton River, in southeastern Massachusetts,
extends from Wier Village to the northern part of the town of Berkeley,
and up the Three Mile River to North Dighton. On these shores
grow Bidens connata, B. comosa, B. cernua, and a fourth Bidens
which seems most closely allied to B. Eatoni. It is much branched,
with many small leaves and short cylindric heads. The achenes are
somewhat flattened as in B. Eatoni, or angled and with keeled midribs
as in B. connata, or trigonous. With the collections now available it
is impossible to determine its exact status, but it seems at present
best treated as a hybrid of B. Eatoni and B. connata. Botanists
should keep this region in mind; collections made in late summer
would probably throw more light on the affinities of this plant.
Biwens multiceps, n. hyb. = B. connata X Eatoni (?), planta 2-6
dm. alta ramosissima super basem simplicem; foliis lanceolatis
simplicibus 2—4 cm. longis integris vel cum dentibus utrinque 1-2
instructis; petiolis brevibus; capitulis multis late cylindratis, terminali-
bus 4-7 mm. altis 15-18-floris; bracteis exterioribus 1-1.5 cm. longis
integris latioribus ad apicem obtusum; achaeniis exterioribus 4-7
mm. longis, planis, 2—4 aristis retrorso-barbatis; achaeniis interioribus
7-8 mm. longis, planis vel trigonis vel saepe in costis alatis, aristis
2—4 retrorso-barbatis. .
Plants 2-6 dm. tall, much branched above the simple base: leaves
lanceolate, short-petioled, 2-4 cm. long, entire or with 1-2 pairs of
teeth: heads numerous, broadly cylindric, the terminal 4—7 mm. tall,
15-18-flowered; outer involucral bracts 1-1.5 cm. long, entire, broader
toward the obtuse apex: outer achenes 4-7 mm. long, flat, with 2-4
retrorsely barbed awns; inner achenes 7-8 mm. long, flat, trigonous,
or often with keeled midribs, awns 2-4, retrorsely barbed.—Estuary
146 Rhodora [Audusr
of the Taunton River.—Massacuusetts: tidal shores of the Taunton
River, Dighton, October 21, 1923, Johnston & Fassett, no. 905; tidal
shores of the Taunton River, Berkeley, October 21, 1923, Johnston
& Fassett, no. 903; tidal shores of the Three Mile River, Dighton,
October 21, 1923, Johnston & Fassett, no. 906 (TYPE in Gray Herb.).
GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND SCIENCES, Harvard University.
THE AMPHIBIOUS GROUP OF POLYGONUM, SUBGENUS
PERSICARIA.
E. E. STANFORD.
(Continued from p. 129.)
As the next advance in the study of these plants Gray' proposed
Polygonum Hartwrightii, differentiating it chiefly by the spreading
foliaceous rim of the ocrea, with the comments:
“Fruit unknown. I collected this almost 40 years ago at the head
of Cayuga Lake [N. Y.] along with the remarkable P. amphibium
var. Muhlenbergii of Meisner, which is widely distributed in North
America. I saw it several years ago . . . in a high bog near
the southern borders of Herkimer County, but not in flower. I have
also a well developed specimen from the State collection in Michigan.
Not regarding the stipules, it had been taken for one of the various
puzzling varieties of P. amphibium, or, where the stipules were noticed,
for an undeveloped condition of P. Careyi. But my attention having
been called to it by Dr. S. Hart Wright, of Penn Yan, who finds it
in open bottom land, among Carices, at Dundee, Yates County,
New York, I am desirous that it should bear his name, as the real
discoverer of its specific characters.“
Watson? took up the varietal name of Meisner for P. coccineum,
and published P. Muhlenbergii:
“New England to Texas and westward to Washington Territory
and northern California.. including most of the var.
terrestre of American botanists. Our subterrestrial form of P. amphi-
bium seems rarely if ever to correspond to the var. terrestre of Europe.“
The same writer, in including P. Hartwrightii in his Botany of
California, remarked that it “Varies greatly . . . approaching
P. amphibium too closely.”
Britton? revived for the same plant the varietal designation of
1 Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 294 (1870).
2 Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xiv. 295 (1879).
Britton, Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. viii. 73 (1889).
1925] Stanford,—Amphibious Polygonums 147
Michaux, as P. emersum (Michx.) Britton, and this name has been
used by several later writers. In the sixth edition of Gray’s Manual
the aquatic plant corresponding to P. natans (Michx.) Eaton is
listed as P. amphibium L., P. coccineum as P. Muhlenbergic Wats.,
and P. Hartwrightii is also included as a species. These three general
groupings have been followed in most later American floristic works.
A few years later Sheldon! described from Minnesota P. rigidulum,
a plant treated in this paper as a variety of P. coccineum.
Further subdivision in the amphibious group is chiefly the work of
Greene.? This writer was one of the first, and the principal modern
American botanist, to advocate the elevation to generic rank of the
various subordinate groupings proposed by Meisner and others, and
he published the proposed species of these plants under the generic
designation Persicaria, which seems to have been very generally used
in pre-Linnean time. Greene was also most emphatic in his opinion
that the European Polygonum amphibium L. was distinct from any
American species (though characteristically not considering it neces-
sary to record any detailed statement of the differences). His general
opinions as to the amphibious group are expressed in the following
excerpt:
“The view reached by myself after years of observation upon living
plants both at the West and at the East is that we have a number of
distinct species that are normally aquatic, and as many more that are
normally terrestrial; and that our aquatic plants, at least in several
instances, appear as riparian plants with wonderfully changed foliage,
and that several of our normally terrestrial species do, under certain
conditions, develop aquatic branches with floating foliage, this also
strangely altered from the terrestrial type, yet at the same time
most unlike that of the truly aquatic species in general.
I also suspect that some of the aquatic, or at all events some riparian
species exist in even a third state, more strictly terrestrial, with a
third set of strongly marked peculiarities of habit and foliage, and
that in such third form the plants flower either very rarely or never
at all.”
Greene’s observations thus correspond to a certain extent with those
of European authors elsewhere cited, who recognize three principal
adaptations of P. amphibium, usually referred to as the varieties
natans Moench, terrestre Leers, and maritimum Dethard., according
to occurrence in water, as emersed or terrestrial, or in an arid habitat
1 Sheldon, Bull. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn. ix. 14 (1894).
2 Greene, Certain Polygonaceous Genera. Leaflets, i. 17-50 (1904).
148 Rhodora [AUGUST
such as a sand-dune. Greene also emphasized the idea that these
adaptive modifications were “states or phases, not varieties, so that
to give them any kind of separate rank, or to assign them names as
such would be to misrepresent the facts in the case, and therefore to
be unscientific.” He remarked also that
“The delimitation of species will be most difficult, so long as a
number of the species are known in only one of the three of their
possible phases. Nevertheless, I am about to propose a very consider-
able number of new species: and shall found some upon the aquatic
phase only, others upon a riparian state only, as well as many more
upon properly terrestrial plants, In the case of these last I am the
less afraid of erring, knowing as I think I do, that these are more
commonly of one phase only. But in the case of the normally aquatic,
I shall doubtless found aggregates .
Here, then is work for many a future generation of botanists
it must be begun in the field, and carried on there, patiently
and persistently.”
It might be remarked that this is not the only case in which Greene’s
labors have provided “work for many a future generation of botan-
ists.” He also declined
“To make any use or application of old varietal names, such as
terrestris, emersa, Muhlenbergii, natans, and others. No one knows,
and perhaps no one will ever know, what the forms or states or
phases were to which the authors applied the names; and to use
them ignorantly of their first application is but to make confusion
worse confounded.”
The “very considerable number of species” amount to 44, to which
another, P. Andrewsit, was later added. Four—Persicaria fluitans
(Eaton) Greene, P. coccinea (Mubl.) Greene, P. rigidula (Sheldon)
Greene, and P. Hartwrightti (Gray) Greene, had been described by
‘ ”
previous writers. The rest are “new.” The diagnoses, discussions,
and citations of specimens cover some 24 pages; no keys are given.
The following excerpt indicates the general method followed:
“A diligent study of much material from almost all parts of the
United States, occurring in the herbaria under the name of Polygonum
Muhlenbergii, more recently denominated P. emersum, has shown
that this also is an aggregate of species, some of them strongly marked,
others less so. They differ from one another markedly as to leaf
outline and also as to the attitude of the foliage, the leaves in some
spreading away from the stem almost divaricately, but in the greater
number being ascending or suberect. As to the pubescence, they
exhibit not only different degrees but different kinds of hairiness;
and that of the midvein beneath invariably differs from that of the
1925 Stanford, -Amphibious Polygonums 149
superficies of the leaf. In both the form and the indument of the
bracts of the spikes one finds also another set of specific characters.“
Of the total number of species 4 were described as from Greene’s
own collection. The number of specimens cited does not in most cases
exceed three.
All Greene’s species were transferred to Polygonum by Fedde in
1905. This transfer is obviously to be taken as merely a matter of
form, based on a different conception of the genus, rather than as an
expression of judgment of the validity of the species proposed.
It may be in order to interpolate at this time the views of the
present writer as to the validity of these “species.” Type or duplicate
type material of a considerable number is available at the Gray
Herbarium, and a considerable study of this material, together with
comparison of the characteristics of the different types with each other
and with those believed to be valid as distinctions throughout the
North American Persicarias, indicates that for the most part the
specimens present habital and ecological variations which are ex-
tremely inconstant when traced through a considerable amount of
material. As much variation may be observed between some of the
duplicate types as between many of the separate “species.” Some
of them may be entitled to rank as varieties, and the interblending
and inconstancy of differential characteristics renders the establish-
ment of satisfactory lines of demarcation extremely difficult. If the
hypothesis of interbreeding mentioned elsewhere should prove to
have any validity, this interblending, accompanied as it is by a high
degree of sterility, will be further explained. In the present state of
our knowledge, the writer believes that the subject of the American
amphibious Persicarias may best be handled without attempting a
high degree of technical subdivision upon the rather elusive characters
which exist. The present treatment recognizes under Polygonum
natans a variety based upon Persicaria insignis Greene, an aquatic
form characterized by unusually large flowers; and under Polygonum
coccineum a variety based primarily on Persicaria pratincola Greene,
emended. The latter variety as here understood includes the usually
strigose-hairy types of the general region of the Mississippi Valley.
In this area Polygonum natans appears to be absent, and the material
referable to P. coccineum shows a somewhat greater constancy and
tendency to increased fertility as compared with the types occurring
where the ranges of the species coincide. Another variety of P.
150 Rhodora [AVGUST
coccineum, based on P. rigidulum Sheldon, is also recognized. Itis
quite possible that further field study, undertaken with the findings of
the present paper in mind, may establish other varieties.
To complete at this time the account of the Greene influence in the
study of this group of plants, mention must be made of the work of
Nieuwland! which covers some 70 pages and is the most voluminous
American treatment of the amphibious group. It includes a consider-
able review of the pre-Linnean literature, introduced, aside from its
historical value, to indicate that Linnaeus and his predecessors knew
that Polygonum amphibium was amphibious, and that the variations
between plants of water and land habitat were on that account not
deemed worthy by them of varietal rank. In general the paper is an
amplification of the viewpoint of Greene:
“There is no logical alternative between accepting the Linnean
view of one sole species of amphibious Smartweed on the one hand,
and Dr. Greene’s view of a number of valid and distinct species on
the other.”
Greene’s opinion as to the absence of P. amphibium in America is
again asserted, and the lack of herbaceous ocrea-borders in the
European species is brought out. A new subdivision of the group,
said to be based on a vast amount of field study, is proposed, together
with two new species and one new variety. The paper includes lengthy
discussions of various phases of the species described. The following
synopsis of Nieuwland’s treatment, which includes the sub-headings
and lists of the species, has been prepared by the present writer,
The plants are treated as belonging to the genus Persicaria, which
Nieuwland traces back to Tragus in 1531.
PERSICARIA § POTAMOCALIIS.? Perennial plants typically amphibi-
ous, with rose-colored to crimson flowers (never white).
Subsection I. EMERSAE. Plants never having spreading herbaceous
borders to the ocreae in any of the phases.
P. amphibia (L.) S. F. Gray. P. coccinea (Muhl.) Greene and var.
asprella Greene. P. pratincola Greene. P. vestita Greene. P. grandi-
folia Greene. P. rigidula (Sheldon) Greene. P. lonchophylla Greene.
P. tanaeophylla Nieuwland.
Subsection II. HarrwriGHTIANAE. Plants having more or less
spreading herbaceous borders to the ocreae, usually in the terrestrial
3 sometimes only in the terrestrial spring sterile and disappearing
ater.
1 Nieuwland, Our amphibious Persicarias. Am. Midl. Nat. ii. 1-24, 200-247
(1911-12).
2 Termed a subgenus in Nieuwland's summary.
This sentence is taken verbatim from Nieuwland’s paper.
1925] Stanford,—Amphibious Polygonums 151
P. carictorum Nieuwland. P. mesochora Greene and var. arenicola
Nieuwland. P. ammophila Greene. P. nebrascensis Greene. P.
Hartwrightii (A. Gray) Greene.
Subsection III. HYDROPHIIAE. Provisional! Plants as far as
known without any terrestrial phase, deep water aquatics with
glabrous slimy foliage. Spreading borders to the ocreae always
absent.
P. fluitans (Eaton) Greene. P. canadensis Greene.
In investigating the influence of change of habitat, Nieuwland
found it difficult to force terrestrial phases to aquatic life; the terrest-
rial plants died, he reports, on being put in water. He also failed to
germinate the seed, and never found a single indubitable seedling.
In view of the fact that the more typical members of the subgenus
Persicaria produce large quantities of viable seeds, the latter obser-
vation is of some interest. The few achenes found in the panicles of
these plants often appear imperfect, but from herbarium material
it cannot be asserted that they would not have properly matured in
nature, though there may be a strong suspicion to that effect. Ir-
misch? witnessed the germination of the European Polygonum amphi-
bium.
Other writers besides Greene, and before as well as afterward,
have given some attention to the nomenclatorial rank of the varia-
tions or forms of these plants.“ The specific identity of Polygonum
Hartwrightii and the American floating species was reported by Bis-
sell,“ who noticed the occurrence of the foliage of P. Hartwrightii
1 (Footnote from the original.) This subsection will probably disappear as the
members become better known or their terrestrial phases found. It may be that the
plants have no terrestrial phase, however, and in that case it will remain, unless
another more obvious method of division seem feasible.
2 Irmisch, Bot. Zeit. xix. 105-109 (1861).
3 In connection with the rather derisive views of the last two writers cited regarding
the mentality of those who had presumed to denote them as“ varieties“ it might be
pointed out that the varietal concept as a whole has been rather ill-defined, and that
the early writers, particularly the Europeans, in denoting these subdivisions as
“varieties” or by Greek letters which have been more or less generally translated
with that significance, were not thereby expressing their ignorance of the nature and
relationship of the various plants in question, which they usually understood fully
as well as have their latter-day critics. It has usually been the aim of systematic
botany to devise a system of categories to denote entities and relations in a readily
comprehensible and succinct manner. The “var.” or the Greek letter has simply
been used in the past as a more or less non-committal way of denoting something
recognizable, yet of less rank than a species. With the adoption of the International
Code with its provisions for ranks below the specific, the situation is becoming some-
what clarified, and the term forma“ is coming into usage to denote ecological re-
sponses of the type here dealt with. Certainly there is nothing unscientific in the
application of appropriate terminology to denote a recognizable entity.
4 Bissell, Biological Relationship of Polygonum Hartwrightii to P. amphibium,
Ruopora, iv. 104, 105 (1902).
152 Rhodora [AuGuST
and intergrading forms on the rhizomes or stems of the previously
floating plant after a drouth in Shuttle Meadow Lake, Southington,
Connecticut. He drew attention to analogous conditions in Ranun-
culus multifidus and its variety terrestris and Myriophyllum ambiguum
and its variety imosum, and proposed the designation P. amphibium,
var. Hartwrightti. He also noted that the land-form was notoriously
sterile, it being a rare thing to find it in fruit in that region. The
name as modified by Bissell was taken up by Robinson & Fernald in
the seventh edition of Gray’s Manual, with the note—
“Am ambiguous plant, sometimes clearly a mere terrestrial and
mostly sterile state occurring on the same rootstock as the typical
form, but elsewhere seemingly a normal and well-marked fertile
variety.”
Blake,! on the basis of Bissell’s observations and his own, reduced
the varieties Hartwrightii and terrestre to formae. The latter designa-
tion cannot hold, since forma terrestre (Leers) Blake is based nomen-
clatorially on the terrestrial form of the European, not the American
species; but it appears to the present writer correct to preserve the
viewpoint of Blake and to denote as formae the obviously ecological
variations of the American as well as European amphibious Persi-
carias.
As to P. coccineum, Wiegand? has assigned its var. aquaticum Willd.
to lower rank as P. Muhlenbergit forma natans. While the choice of
this as a formal name may be deemed very unfortunate, in view of
the priority of “natans” as a specific for the plant named by Eaton,
and as a formal name under P. amphibiwm (or varietal in the long-
established European usage), it is evidently, when transferred to P.
coccineum, to be held valid under the International Code.
1 Blake, Ruopora xv. 164 (1913).
2 Wiegand, RHODORA, xxvi. 3 (1924),
(To be continued )
Vol. 27, no. 319, including pages 113 to 182, was issued 10 August, 1925.
N fj i Se
/ VActy- oF
—.— `
ı ity’
Hovora
JOURNAL OF THE
NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE
WILLIAM PENN RICH, Publication Committee
Vol. 27. September, 1925 No. 321.
CONTENTS:
Cortinarius cyanites in the United States. L. C. C. Krieger... 153
Amphibious Polygonums (Continued). E. E. Stanford........ 156
Bidens hyperborea and Varieties. N. C. Fassett............ 166
Erysimum Pallasii, n. comb. M. L. Fernald................ 171
Mark Alfred Carleton. Theo. Holm....................... 172
Boston, Mass. | Providence, X. J.
300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.
RHODORA.— A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue Boston, Mass
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.
BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS Co.,
Providence, R. I.
CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000
cards,
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.
CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector's
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.
MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto poner issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.
Vol. I. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
epace of in. by 3-4 in. I year $4.00, 6 months $2.50
Rhodora
JOURNAL OF
THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Vol. 27. September, 1925. No. 321.
CORTINARIUS CYANITES IN THE UNITED STATES.
Louris C. C. KRIEGER.
(Plates 151, 152.)
On July 16, 1906, the writer was walking with some friends in a
forest near Chocorua, New Hampshire. While discussing the colors
of fungi, one of the party remarked, “I have never seen a blue mush-
room.” These words were scarcely uttered, when, much to our
delight, a specimen of that hue was espied. It proved to be one of the
rarest as well as one of the most beautiful of Cortinarii.
A colored sketch was prepared without delay (Pl. 151), and the
following notes made.
“Cortinarius species. Single, young specimen. Chocorua, N. H.
Among dead leaves. July 16, 1906. Grew on the left of the path
that leads from the Chocorua River rustic bridge to Hayford’s farm.
“ Pileus (before expansion) 6 cm., convex, pale grayish-blue, smooth,
appressedly and radiately fibrillose, the center inclining to a light,
livid brown; the margin incurved and exceeding the gills, finely
fibrillose, the fibrils interlaced and of a light cinnamon-brown (spores
deposited? ).
“Gills concolorous, but of a deeper shade of blue, quite close;
edges very pale, crenulate.
“Stem 14 cm. long, 2.2 cm. thick at the apex, gradually enlarged
downwards; basal bulb 5.5 em. thick, tapering to a dull point. Ex-
terior of stem concolorous, except at base which is reddish violaceous;
ull but the base covered with fibrils that are gathered together to
form little, transverse, wave-like fascicles; apex not so rough; base
smooth.
Contribution from The Howard A. Kelly Mycological Library, Baltimore, Md.
154 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER
“Coloring of interior. Flesh whitish at first, changing speedily
to blood-red, finally to a dirty tint. The red color is especially
noticeable in the base, from which a red juice can be pressed. Under
the cortex of the median portion of the stem the blue is retained.”
The spores were not measured, but their shape is shown in the
plate. From the drawing it is also evident that they were uni- to
tri-guttulate. Their color, as seen by transmitted light under the
microscope, was a light yellow-brown. The epispore was smooth,
not verrucose. The specimen was not kept, but the colored plate,
from which the present reproduction was made, is preserved in the
Howard A. Kelly Mycological Library.
With the aid of these notes, and the plate, the plant was identified
as Cortinarius cyanites Fr. There are, however, several explainable
discrepancies. Fries (5 and 6) says that the stem is smooth (laeviga-
tus). His figure (7) represents a fully developed plant. The stem
is without adornment, except in the lower, basal portion where a
dense covering of light-blue fibrils appears in the contour of the figure
that gives a general view. Gillet's plate (8), on the other hand,
might have been drawn from our specimen, so close is the resemblance.
The stem shows the peculiar, transverse fiber-fascicles. Further,
the spores, according to Ricken (12), should be verrucose, yet, bearing
in mind what Kauffman (9) says of Cortinarius spores in general
(“when young the epispore is smooth”), it is clear that the plant
was too immature to have developed this common Cortinarius
character.
Secretan’s description (13), under Agaricus cyanus Pers., apparently
the first ever published, covers our plant, with unimportant differences.
Berkeley and Broome (2) speak of it as a “magnificent species,”
and as “one of the finest of the genus.” Rea (11) says the stem is
fibrillose. Bataille's plant (1) is ours. Quélet (10) regards it as a
luxuriant variety of C. alboviolaceus.
Having determined the plant to our satisfaction, it was discovered
that C. cyanites is mentioned but once in American mycological
literature, so far as we could learn. In 1903, my esteemed colleague,
Miss Jennie F. Conant, secretary of the Boston Mycological Clue,
published the name in a list of fungi exhibited at Horticultural Hall,
Boston, during the summer and autumn of 1902 (3). Miss Conant
has since informed the writer that the Club’s herbarium contains
four specimens of the species, only one of which is mature. They
19251 Krieger,—Cortinarius cyanites in the United States 155
were collected at Alstead, N. H., July 25, 1902, by my friend, Mr.
Hollis Webster, who states (in litt.): “I cannot remember whether
Dr. Farlow had a specimen. The determination was mine originally,
but probably he confirmed it.” The late Mr. George B. Fessenden,
whose name appears on the herbarium label, and who, for many
years, was president of the Boston Mycological Club, merely com-
municated the plants to one of that year’s exhibitions.
The Club’s herbarium also preserves a lantern-slide from a negative
made by Mr. Webster, showing three of the specimens in the fresh
state. The figures (Pl. 152), made from this slide, demonstrate that
the Alstead and Chocorua plants are unquestionably identical as to
external structure. The figure of the fully developed plant, on the
extreme left of our plate, shows that the roughness on the stems of
young specimens disappears with age.
Through the kindness of Miss Conant, the writer was permitted
to examine a fragment of a gill from this mature specimen. Under
a one-twelfth, oil-immersion objective, the spores were seen to vary
as to roughness, younger ones showing a smooth epispore, while
fully matured ones were tuberculate. Some, of intermediate size,
were part rough and part smooth. Frequently the roughness would
appear as a granulation within, while the contour, in optical section,
was perfectly smooth. They measured 5.5-6.6 X 10 h. Cooke’s
measurements (4) are 5-6 X 10 y.
On the basis of the above facts, it is safe to claim this extremely
rare and exceptionally beautiful Cortinarius as a United States
species.
1406 Euraw Pracer, BALTIMORE, Mp.
EXPLANATION OF PLATES
Pl. 151. Cortinarius cyanites Fr. from Chocorua, N. H. Reproduced
from a photograph of the writer’s painting of the actual specimen.
Fig. 1. Young plant, Fig. 2. Section of the same. Fig. 3. The spores.
Pl. 152. Cortinarius cyanites Fr. from Alstead, N. H. Reproduced from
a photograph made from a lantern-slide.
Fig. 1. Mature specimen. Fig. 2 and 3. Younger specimens.
LITERATURE CITED
1. Bataille, F. Flore monographique des Cortinaires d’Europe.
Besançon, 1912. p. 57.
2. Berkeley, M. J. and Broome, C. E. Notices of British fungi.
Ann. and Mag. of Nat. Hist., ser. 4, vol. 17, p. 133. 1876.
156 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER
3. Conant, J. F. In Bull. 19, Boston Mycological Club. 1903.
4. Cooke, M. C. Handbook of British fungi. 2 ed. London, 1883.
p. 252.
5. Fries, E. M. Epicrisis. Upsala, 1836-1838. p. 279.
6. Hymenomycetes Europaei. Upsala, 1874. p. 360-
361.
7. Iceones. Upsala and Stockholm, 1867-1884. pl.
152, fig. 1.
8. Gillet, C. C. Champignons de France. Hyménomycétes.
Paris, 1878- . pl. 320.
9. Kauffman, C. H. Agaricaceae of Michigan. 1918. p. 317.
10. Quelet, L. Flore mycologique de la France. Paris, 1888. p. 147.
11. Rea, C. British Basidiomycetae. Cambridge, 1922, p. 155.
12. Ricken, A. Die Blätterpilze. Leipzig, 1915. p. 150, pl. 44,
fig. 2.
13. Secretan, L. Mycographie Suisse. Geneva, 1833. vol. J, p.
154-155.
THE AMPHIBIOUS GROUP OF POLYGONUM, SUBGENUS
PERSICARIA.
E. E. STANFORD.
(Continued from page 152.)
KEY TO THE AMPHIBIOUS PERSICARIAS OF EUROPE AND AMERICA.
Plants perennial, more or less amphibious: flowers dimorphous as
to stamens; these members accordingly strongly exserted or much
reduced and included; the two types usually segregated on different
plants; long-stamened flowers almost invariably sterile and the short-
stamened frequently so.
a. Aquatic forms; stems floating or somewhat emersed:
b.
b.
leaves glabrous (becoming more or less hirsute in tran-
sition-forms), elliptic or oval b.
Margins of leaves armed with short harsh bristles
la. P. amphibium f. natans.
Margins naked or with weak hairs or bristles c.
c. Peduncle glabrous: panicle ovoid, 1-5 cm. long
Panicle 1-3 cm. long: fruiting calyx not over 6 mm.
e 2a. P. natans f. genuinum.
Panicle 4-5 em. long: fruiting calyx 6-7 mm. long
2c. P. natans var. insigne.
c. Peduncle hairy: panicle cylindric, 3-10 em. long
Leaves mostly cordate: internodes not inflated nor
tapering upward................000. 3b. P. coccineum f. natans.
Leaves mostly rounded or acutish at the base: inter-
nodes inflated or tapering upward. .3c. P. coccineum var. rigidulum.
1925] Stanford,—Amphibious Polygonums 157
a. Terrestrial forms; stems upright and leafy: leaves rarely
glabrous, mostly more or less hairy d.
d. Ocreae without herbaceous margin e.
e. Leaves harshly scabrous with short (1 mm. or less)
SEIT MAINS © re eee eee a a ee het Ib. P. amphibium f. terrestre.
e. Leaves glabrous or pubescent or hirsute with weak
hairs (mostly 1-2 mm. long)
Panicles mostly 4-18 cm. long: petioles mostly at-
tached midway of the ocreae; plant usually rather
densely (often minutely) pubescent or canescent
3d. P. coccineum var. pratincola.
Panicles mostly 4-8 cm. long: petioles attached near
the base of the ocreae: plant very variable as to
pubescence, sometimes nearly glabrous (except
ne a ss 3a. P. coccineum f. terrestre.
d. Ocreae with herbaceous margins........ 2c. P. natans f. Hartwrightit.
1. POLYGONUM AMPHIBIUM L. Sp. Pl. 361 (1753). Perennial;
aquatic, emersed, or terrestrial.
la. Forma natans (Moench), comb. nov. Stems rhizomatiform,
floating, submerged, or on the bottom of ponds, lakes, ete., becoming
erect as the plant passes to the forma terrestre, rooting at the some-
what constricted nodes; internodes 5-10 cm. long.
Leaves floating, elliptic-lanceolate, 2-4 cm. wide, 8-12 cm. long,
coriaceous, glabrous on both surfaces, shining above; base acute and
slightly inequilateral, rounded, truncate, or slightly cordate; apex
acute or obtuse when young, becoming obtuse; margin entire or slightly
undulate, usually armed with short stout appressed bristles and harsh
to the touch, rarely naked; lateral veins of mature leaves nearly
straight and meeting the mid-vein nearly at right angles; petioles
3-8 em. long, slender, flexuous, flattened, attached at the central or
upper portion of the ocrea.
Ocreae 1-2 em. long, thin-membranous, glabrous, rounded-truncate,
eciliate.
Inflorescence erect, usually single, occasionally with subordinate
branches: peduncle glabrous: panicle dense-flowered, cylindric, 1-5
cm. long: ocreolae 3-4 mm. long, thin-membranous, inconspicuous,
rounded-rhombic or deltoid: fascicles 2-3-flowered, the bracts per-
sistent, thin-membranous: flowers heterostyled, the types usually
on separate plants; pedicels mostly 1 mm. long or less.
Long-styled flowers. Calyx pink or rose, 3-4 mm. long, 5-parted to
about 34 its length; the segments rounded, narrow-ovate: calyx
opening briefly, becoming slightly accrescent and flattened-ovoid in
fruit: stamens 5, much reduced, about 1.5 mm. long; anthers shrunken,
nearly or quite devoid of pollen: style 3.5-4 mm. long, two-parted
to below the middle; the lobes exserted about 1 mm. and diverging:
stigmas capitate: nectaries 5, below and alternating with the filaments.
Short-styled flowers. Opening more widely: stamens 3.5-4.5 mm.
long, strongly exserted; anthers usually fully polliniferous: ovary
reduced: style 3 mm. long, its tips with the flattened-capitate stigmas
slightly exserted: pollen usually normal.
158 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER
Achene 2-2.2 mm. wide, 2.5-3 mm. long, nearly orbicular, much
exceeded by the calyx, minutely protuberant at base, thick-lenticular,
minutely roughened and rather dull.
P. amphibium var. natans Moench, Enum. Pl. Hassk. 28 (1777),
not P. amphibium Michx. and Am. authors.
Widespread in slow waters throughout Europe.
Ib. Forma TERRESTRE (Leers) Moss. Camb. Brit. Fl. ii. 115 (1914).
Emersed or growing on margins of ponds, rivers, or wet places,
more rarely in dry localities. Branches upright from a repent or
rhizomatiform stem, often appearing on extensions of an aquatic
stem in shallow water or on banks; internodes 4-5 cm. long.
Leaves lanceolate, 1-3 cm. wide, 10-18 cm. long, subcoriaceous;
upper surface and margin scabrous with close appressed short (1
mm. or less) stiff sharp bristles; lower surface less scabrous with
weaker bristles; bases cuneate, rounded, or narrowly cordate; apex
long-attenuate; leaves borne at an acute angle on a short (0.5-1 cm.)
stiff petiole from near the top of the ocrea.
Ocreae 1.5-2.5 cm. long, closely cylindric, wrinkled, minutely
strigose; the margin above the attachment of the petiole scarious
and tending to disappear in part, leaving the vascular bundles pro-
jecting like cilia: ocreae sometimes adherent to or coalescent with
the epidermis.
Inflorescence (rarely produced and then mostly sterile) usually a
single terminal panicle, sometimes with subordinate branches: pedun-
cles minutely hairy: the hairs often with inconspicuous glandular tips.
Polygonum amphibium var. terrestre Leers, Fl. Herborn. 98 (1775)
and of European authors; not of S. F. Blake, Ruopora, xv. 164
(1913), which is P. natans, forma Hartwrightii. Persicaria amphibia
var. terrestre S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. Brit. Pl. ii. 268 (1821).
Emersed or terrestrial, common throughout Europe. A single
introduction known in North America, which is represented by the
following: Nova Scotia: roadside bank in rubbish near railroad,
Yarmouth, September 1, 1920, Bissell, Long & Linder, no. 21,064.
2. P. NATANS A. Eaton, Man. Bot. ed. 3: 400 (1822). Perennial:
aquatic, emersed, or terrestrial.
2a. Forma genuinum. Stems floating or more or less submersed
and rooting at. the bottom, becoming erect and passing into the
forma Hartwrightii in shallow water, rhizomatiform, 0.5-0.7 em. in
diameter; nodes slightly swollen; internodes 5-10 em. long.
Leaves elliptic or elliptic-oval, becoming lanceolate as the plant
approaches the forma Hartwrightii, 2-4 cm. wide, 7-12 cm. long,
thinly coriaceous, glabrous on both surfaces, shining above, often
reddened; base rounded, or somewhat inequilaterally acute at the
junction with the petiole; apex rounded, more rarely acute; margin
entire, usually unarmed, becoming weakly scabrous with short
appressed hairs in transition forms; side veins of mature leaves
meeting the midvein at an angle of about 60° and curving toward
1925] Stanford,—Amphibious Polygonums 159
the margin: petioles slender, flexuous, flattened, 1-6 cm. long, attached
to the upper portion of the ocrea.
Ocreae thin-scarious, close-cylindric, obliquely truncate; the margin
scarious or in transition forms becoming herbaceous.
Inflorescence erect, usually a single panicle, or occasionally with
the peduncle giving off inferior branches below; peduncle glabrous,
5-6 cm. long, much ridged in drying: panicle 1-3 cm. long, ovoid or
short-cylindric, dense-flowered: ocreolae 3-4 mm. long, elongate-
triangular and acute, thin-membranous, inconspicuous: flowers
heterostyled, the types usually segregated on separate plants.
Long-styled flowers. Calyx pink or reddish, 3-4 mm. long and nar-
row-ovoid, becoming slightly longer and broader-ovoid in fruit, 5-
parted to below the middle; the lobes rounded: stamens 5, usually
much reduced, 1-2 mm. long; anthers shrunken and mostly devoid
of pollen, included: style 34 mm. long, 2-parted nearly to the middle;
the branches exserted and diverging; stigmas capitate: nectaries 5,
alternating with and below the attachment of the filaments.
Short-styled flowers. Opening more widely and more or less perma-
nently: stamens 4-6.5 mm. long, strongly exserted: anthers fully
polliniferous and soon deciduous: ovary reduced, rarely or never
developing further: style 3-3.2 mm. long: the branches and stigmas
exserted but usually less so than the stamens: pollen usually with a
considerable proportion of defective grains.
Achene 2.5-2.7 mm. wide, 2.5-2.7 mm. long, nearly orbicular,
thick-lenticular, minutely pitted and rather dull; the faces strongly
convexed; the base slightly constricted or disciform.
Polygonum natans A. Eaton, Man. Bot. ed. 3: 400 (1822), ed. 4:
404 (1824), ed. 5: 338 (1829). P. fluitans Eaton, Man. ed. 6: 274
(1833), ed. 7: 450 (1836); Eaton & Wright, N. A. Bot. 368 (1840).
P. coccineum Bigelow, Fl. Bost. ed. 2: 157 (1824); not Muhl. in Willd.
Enum. Hort. Berol. 1809). P. amphibium var. natans Michaux, Fl.
Bor. Am. i. 240 (1803); Meisner, Monog. Gen. Polyg. Prodr. 67
(1826); Hooker, Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 131 (1838); Wood, Cl. Bk. Bot.
324 (1845); not Moench, Enum. PI. Hass. 28 (1775). P. amphibium
var. aquaticum Torrey, Fl. No. & Mid. U. S. i. 404 (1824) and Comp.
Fl. No. & Mid. States 172 (1826); Beck, Bot. N. & Mid. States, 30
(1833); Gray, Man. 388 (1848), ed. 5: 416 (1867); Wood, Cl. Bk.
Bot. 609 (1880); not Leysser, Fl. Hals. ed. alt. 95 (1783). P. amphi-
bium Small, Monog. N. A. Polyg. 40, t. 7 (1895); Robinson & Fernald
in Gray, Man. ed. 7: 360 (1908); and many other Am. authors, not L.
Sp. Pl. 361 (1753). Persicaria fluitans (Eaton) Greene, Leaflets,
i. 26 (1904). P. plattensis Greene, loc. cit. 29 (1904). P. oregana
Greene and P. laetevirens Greene, loc. cit. 31 (1904). Probably
including others of Greene’s species of which types have not been
available.
In pools and slow waters, Newfoundland, Prince Edward Island,
Magdalen Islands, Nova Scotia, Quebec, southward to Pennsylvania
160 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER
and across the continent; in the Pacific States southward to and
throughout California.
The following are characteristic. NEWFOUNDLAND: sandy and
gravelly shores of ponds, headwaters of Rocky River, Avalon Penin-
sula, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 5369; shallow pool near river, Bishop
Falls, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 5348; shallow water near margin of
Rushy Pond, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 5350. QUEBEC: dried-up
swampy hole, mouth of Grand River, Gaspé County, Collins, Fernald
& Pease, no. 5271. MAGDALEN ISLANDS; edge of pond in sand dunes,
Brion Island, St. John, no. 1861. Prince Epwarp ISLAND: shallow
border of Cousin’s Pond, Malpeque, Fernald & St. John, no. 200.
Nova Scotia: beach of Shubenacadie Grand Lake, Halifax Co.,
Fernald, Bartram & Long, no. 23,791; in water of marsh, near Pictou,
Howe & Lang, no. 474; in Plaster-hole Lake, vicinity of Dingwall,
Nichols, no. 1036. Mar: Pettiquaggamas (Glazier) Lake, Aroostook
Co., Fernald, no. 95; Lake Christopher, Woodstock, July, 1887,
Parlin. Vermont: Walden, July 4, 1894, Eggleston; Castleton,
October 3, 1897, Eggleston. Massacuuserts: Hinsdale, S. F. Poole,
no. 288. Connecticut: Southington, Bissell, no. 503; Crescent
Lake, Luman Andrews, no. 7; Flanders Pond, Andrews, no. 2; Beaver
Pond, Meriden, Andrews, no. 17. New York: Pool northeast of
Spencer Lake, Spencer, Tioga Co., Fames, no. 3993; partly dried-out
soil, Slaterville Swamp, Caroline, Tompkins Co., Wiegand, no. 11,972;
in water, Chicago Bog, Cortland, Cortland Co., Eames & Macdaniels,
no. 407; Racquette River, C. S. Phelps, no. 398. MINNESOTA: Oshawa,
Nicollet Co., July, 1892, C. A. Ballard. Iowa: Kossuth County,
Cratty & Pammel, no. 609. NORTH DAKOTA: Dickinson, September
10, 1908, W. H. Holgate. ALBERTA: near Banff, Macoun, no. 1481;
prairie ponds, Elbow River District, vicinity of Calgary, M. E. Moodie,
no. 1061. SASKATCHEWAN: E. Bourgeau, 1857-8. MONTANA:
Hound Creek, Scribner, no. 237; Flathead, MacDougal, no. 461;
Cliff Lake, alt. 7000 ft., Rydberg & Bessey, no. 5358. WYOMING:
Two Ocean Lake, Merrill & Wilcox, no. 1095; bogs, Dunn’s Ranch,
Albany County, A. Nelson, no. 7465. COLORADO: Gunnison, alt.
7680 feet, Baker, no. 906. Ipano: trailing, in marshes, Falk’s Store,
Canyon Co., Macbride, no. 291; shallow water, St. Anthony, Mer-
rill & Wilcox, no. 848. NEVADA: Lake Washoe, J. Torrey, no. 427.
CALIFORNIA: borders of ponds, Bear Valley, San Bernardino Mts.,
Parish, no. 1405a; Donner Lake, Nevada Co., Heller, no. 7162;
Cuyamaca Lake, Abrams, no. 3846. OREGON: Klamath Marsh, alt.
1530 m., Leiberg, no. 628; tule of Grande Ronde, Cusick, no. 1763;
near Ashland, Applegate, no. 604; lower Albina, Portland, Sheldon,
no. 11,327. WaSsHNGTON: Calispel Valley, Kreager, no. 338.
The above were mostly distributed as P. amphibium.
2b. Forma Hartwrightii (Gray), comb. nov. More or less erect
from a rhizomatiform stem; the upright stems much branched and
leafy, with a variable degree of pubescence or hirsuteness.
1925] Stanford,—Amphibious Polygonums 161
Leaves lanceolate, 1-4 cm. wide, 10-15 em. long, herbaceous,
opaque, often glabrous except near the margin, or more or less densely
clothed (in the less hairy forms near the margin chiefly) with weak
slender flexuous hairs 1-2 mm. long, and rising from somewhat ex-
panded bases; bases rounded or slightly cordate; apex acute or at-
tenuate: margin entire, clothed with slender or slightly harsh hairs;
petioles very short (usually 0.5 cm. or less), stout, attached to the
middle or lower half of the ocrea.
Ocreae close-cylindric, firmly membranous, 1-2.5 em. long, wrinkled,
hirsute; margins salver-form, herbaceous, and more or less reflexed,
about 1 cm. in diameter; the salver-form appendage occasionally
wanting.
Inflorescence (rare and usually sterile) mostly terminal.
Polygonum Hartwrightti Gray, Proc. Am. Acad. viii. 294 (1870);
Watson, Bot. Calif. ii. 14 (1880); Watson & Coulter in Gray, Man.
ed. 6: 441 (1890); Small, Monog. N. A. Polyg. 42, t. 8 (1895); Britton
& Brown, III. Fl. i. 555 (1896). Polygonum amphibium var. Hart-
wrightii Bissell, Rioponà iv. 104 (1902); Robinson & Fernald in Gray,
Man. ed. 7: 361 (1908). Polygonum amphibium forma Hartwrighti
(Gray) Blake, Ruopora xv. 164 (1913). Polygonum amphibium
forma terrestre Blake, loc. cit. (1913); Farwell, Ann. Rept. Mich.
Acad. Sci. xxi. 365 (1920); not Moss, Camb. Brit. Fl. ii. 115 (1914).
Polygonum amphibium var. marginatum Farwell, Ann. Rept. Mich.
Acad. Sci. xxi. 365 (1920). P. amphibium var. marginatum forma
Hartwrightii Farwell, loc. cit. (1920). P. amphibium var. marginatum
forma hirtuoswm Farwell in Papers Mich. Acad. Sci. i. 93 (1923).
Persicaria Hartwrightii (Gray) Greene, Leaflets i. 24 (1904); probably
also P. abscissa, P. asclepiadea, P. nebrascensis, P. ammophila, P.
muriculata, P. homalostachya, P. villosula and P. chelanica Greene,
loc. cit., p. 17-50, and P. carictorum Nwd. Am. Midl. Nat. ii. 230
(1912).
In swamps, wet places, and sometimes in dry prairies throughout
the range of the forma genuinum; apparently replacing it, or at least
more conspicuous, throughout the middle west and in the Mississippi
valley. The following are characteristic. NEWFOUNDLAND: stranded
on wet sandy shore of Rushy Pond, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 5351.
QUEBEC: vicinity of Longueuil, emersed, Victorin, no. 4263; mouth
of Grand River, Gaspé County, August 11-15, 1904, Collins, Fernald
& Pease. MAGDALEN ISLANDS: edge of pond in sand dunes, Brion I.,
St. John, no. 1860. Prince EDWARD ISLAND: swale near margin of
North Lake, Kings Co., Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 7382; swampy
margin of Cozen’s Pond, Fernald & St. John, no. 11,048. Lower
Sea Cow Pond, Fernald & St. John, no. 7380. Marne: wet thicket,
Dover, September 11, 1894, Fernald; river bank, Van Buren, Septe-
ember 18, 1900, Fernald. Vermont: Perch Pond, Pownal, Eggleston,
no. 329. Massacuusetts: Fresh Pond, Cambridge, September,
1878, Farlow. Connecticut: Beaver Pond, Meriden, Luman Andrews,
162 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER
no. 17; Shuttle Meadow Lake, Southington, Andrews, no. S. ONTARIO:
marshes, Point Edward, J. Macoun, no. 54,744. New YORK: a
series of sheets by S. H. Wright, Dundee, Yates Co., and no doubt
the Gray types; Lowery’s Pond, Junius, Metcalf, no. 6459. INDIANA:
swamp land, Wolf Lake, Smith, no. 5729. Micutcan: banks of Indian
River, Cheboygan Co., August 12, 1890, C. F. Wheeler. WISCONSIN:
Green Bay, August 16, 1899, J. H. Schuette. ILLINOIS: drained swamp
near Wady Petra, Chase, no. 191; Fountaindale, Bebb. MINNESOTA:
Center City, August, 1892, B. E. Taylor. Iowa: Ames, August 8,
1874, C. E. Bessey. NEBRASKA: 3 mi. northwest of Whitman, Ryd-
berg, no. 1293. CoLoRaDo: swampy river bottom, Bedrock, Montrose
Co., Walker, no. 371. Montana: banks of Missouri River, alt. 3100
feet, Scribner, no. 238 (as P. Muhlenbergii). Ipamo: Priest Lake,
Piper, no. 3717. Uran: Rabbit Valley, alt. 6700 feet, Ward, no.
617. Lower CALIFORNIA: Cantillas Mts., Orcutt, no. 898.
The above were mostly distributed as P. Hartwrightii and P.
amphibium.
2c. Var. insigne (Greene), comb. nov. An extremely robust
variety, seen only in the aquatic form. Leaves 3-5 cm. wide, 6-12
em. long; the lower cordate at the base: panicles 2 em. thick, 4-5 em.
long: fruiting calyx 3 mm. wide, 7 mm. long: achene scarcely larger
than in the type; style-base notably stiff, breaking to leave the
achene with a spine-like point: pollen somewhat defective.
Persicaria insignis Greene, Leaflets, i. 32 (1904).
California. The following are typical. CALIFORNIA: aquatic,
subalpine, 9180 ft. alt., September 20, 1889, locality not stated,
Wright; near Lake Tahoe in water (“this variety is common on the
eastern slope of the Sierras but very rare west of the crest’’), August
29, 1863, Brewer no. 2156.
3. POLYGONUM COCCINEUM Muhl. in Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. i.
428 (1809). Perennial; aquatic, emersed, or terrestrial, the latter
states the more common.
3a. Forma terrestre (Willd.), comb. nov. Emersed or terrestrial:
stem becoming erect from a more or less repent or rhizomatiform base,
coarse, 1-1.5 m. high, striate, much branched, and leafy, mostly
glabrous below, becoming pubescent or clothed with simple or
glandular hairs above; nodes much swollen; internodes 4-10 cm. long.
Leaves lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, 3-6 cm. wide, 10-18 cm.
long, herbaceous, subcoriaceous or coriaceous; base rounded, slightly
cordate or sometimes cuneate; apex acute or acuminate; margin
entire, scabrous with minute appressed bristles; surfaces glabrous
with minute bristle-teeth on veins on emersed plants, becoming hairy
in varying degrees in those of terrestrial habitat; lateral veins forming
an angle of about 60° with the midvein and curving toward the margin;
petioles stout, 3-6 cm. long, attached near the base of the ocrea.
Ocreae 2-3.5 cm. long, thin-membranous, appearing inflated at
the node, close-cylindric above, sometimes becoming coalescent with
1925 Stanford, Amphibious Polygonums 163
the epidermis, fine ꝓubescent or hirsute; margin truncate, entire or
short-ciliate.
Inflorescence usually terminal, erect: panicle single or more than
one, with the lower smaller: peduncles 3-7 cm. long, stout, pubescent
with appressed or glandular hairs, or the two mixed: panicles close-
cylindric, spicate, 3-10 cm. long.
Ocreolae 3-4 mm. long, rather crowded, brown or reddish, acute,
hirsute and fringed with rather stiff appressed hairs: bracts persistent,
thin-membranous: fascicles 3-4 flowered: pedicels 1-2 mm. long,
scarcely exserted.
Flowers scarlet or pink, heterostyled; the types usually segregated
on different plants; the long-styled panicles usually with a low per-
centage of achene-production; short-styled almost invariably sterile.
Long-styled flowers. Calyx 5-parted, 3-3.5 mm. long, becoming
4-5 mm. in fruit, mostly narrow-ovoid and closed, or opening briefly:
stamens 5, 1.5-2 mm. long; anthers reduced and mostly empty:
style 3.5-4 mm. long, 2-parted to below the middle, the tips with the
capitate stigmas strongly exserted ( about 2 mm.): nectaries promin-
ent, alternating with and below the filaments.
Short-styled flowers. Stamens 4-5 mm. long, exserted nearly half
their length; anthers usually fully polliniferous (sometimes scantily
so); pollen usually with a considerable percentage of defective grains:
style 2.5-3 mm. long, exserted.
Achene 2.5-3.3 mm. long, 2.5-3 mm. wide, thick-lenticular, orbi-
cular or broader toward the top, tapering or slightly disciform at
base, minutely roughened, opaque, much exceeded by the accrescent
calyx.
P. coccineum Muhl. 1. c. (1809) and Cat. 40 (1813); Pursh, FI.
Amer. Sept. i. 271 (1814); Nuttall, Gen. N. A. Pl. 255 (1817); A.
Eaton, Man. Bot. ed. 2: 259 (1818); Eaton & Wright, N. A. Bot. 368
(1840); Barton, Comp. Fl. Phila. i. 188 (1818); Sprengel, Syst. ii.
259 (1825). P. coccineum var. terrestre Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol. i.
428 (1809); Pursh, loc. cit. P. amphibium Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i.
240 (1803), in part; Bigelow, Fl. Bost. ed. 2: 157 (1824); Wood, Cl.
Bk. Bot. 324 (1845); Darlington, Fl. Cestr. ed. 3: 246 (1853); not L.
Sp. Pl. i. 361 (1753). P. amphibium var. emersum Michx. loc. cit.
(1803). P. amphibium var. terrestre Torr. Fl. N. & Mid. St. i. 403
(1824); Comp. Fl. No. & Mid. St. 172 (1826); Fl. N. Y. ii. 148 (1843);
Meisner, Monog. Gen. Polyg. Prodr. 67 (1828); Darlington, Fl.
Cestr. 250 (1837); Hooker, Fl. Bor.-Am. ii. 131 (1839); Gray, Man.
388 (1848); ed. 5: 416 (1867); not Leers, Fl. Herb. 99 (1775). P.
amphibium var. Muhlenbergit Meisner in DC. Prodr. xiv. 116
(1856). P. amphibium var. longispicatum Peck Ann. Rept. State
Bot. N. Y. 1892: 48 (1893). P. amphibium var. coccineum (Muhl.)
Farwell, Ann. Rept. Mich. Acad. Sci. 6: 206 (1904). P. Muhlenbergii
(Meisn.) Watson, Proc. Am. Acad. xiv. 295 (1879); Watson & Coulter
in Gray, Man. ed. 6: 441 (1890); Robinson & Fernald in Gray Man.
164 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER
ed. 7: 361 (1908). P. emersum (Michx.) Britton. Trans. N. Y. Acad.
Sci. viii. 73 (1889); Small, Monog. N. A. Polyg. 44 (1895). P. terrestre
BSP. Prelim. Cat. N. Y. 46 (1888). Persicaria emersa (Michx.)
Small, Fl. Se. U. S. 376 (1903). P. coccinea (Muhl.) Greene, Leaf. i.
24 (1904); Rydberg, Fl. Rocky Mts. 236 (1917). P. Muhlenbergii
(Meisn.) Small in Rydberg, Fl. Colo. 11 (1906). P. novae-angliae
Greene, loc. cit. 34 (1904) and probably others of Greene’s species of
which types are not available.
The following are referred here. QUEBEC: terrains submergés au
printemps, Ile Plate, près de Longueuil, Victorin, no. 15,777. Nova
Scotia: rocky swale bordering Dominick Lake east of Springhaven,
Fernald & Long, no. 23,793; wet savannah bordering Butler’s (Gavel-
ton) Lake, Gavelton, Fernald & Long, no. 21,065. Maine: muddy
shore, Orono, September 4, 1893, Fernald. MAssacHusETTS: Small
pond at Cataumet, September 15, 1901, E. F. Walliams; edge of Charles
River, in mud and water, Dedham, September 5, 1898, F. C. Floyd.
Connecticut: Misery Swamp, Southington, Andrews no. 1 (in part);
East Hartford, September 29, 1902, A. W. Driggs. New York: outlet
of Crooked Lake, in dry places as well as muddy, S. H. Wright; western
central New York, A. Gray; Cayuga Marshes, north of R. R. bridge,
Seneca Falls, Thomas, no. 3994; pool near Fleming Schoolhouse,
Ithaca, Wiegand & Thomas, no. 2234. NEW JERSEY: swamp near
Rosenkranz Ferry, Sussex Co., September 13, 1921, E. B. Bartram.
PENNSYLVANIA: South river shore, Haines, Lancaster Co., September
1, 1909, Van Pelt; in Catskill formation, about Long Pond, Luzerne
Co., Heller & Hallbach, no. 666. VIRGINIA: Hunting Creek Marsh,
Alexandria, Shull, no. 236. ONTARIO: swamp, Peele Island, August
21, 1914, MacDaniels & Eames. Muicnican: wet sandy border of
Douglas Lake, Cheboygan Co., Ehlers, no. 234. Onto: Oxford, Erie
Co., September 2, 1895, E. L. Moseley. ILLINOIS: wet soil, Skokie
Marsh, Glencoe, August 26, 1911, E. E. Sherf. Iowa: Ames, E.
Johnson, no. 622. ARKANSAS: Hornersville, Metcalf, no. 642. AL-
BERTA: prairie slough, Castle Hill District, Moodie, no. 1144. Mox-
TANA: Bitter-root valley, near Frenchtown, S. Watson, no. 342,
CALIFORNIA: small pond north of Napa, Suksdorf, no. 723; Los Angeles.
July, 1879, Nevin. OREGON: swamps, Swan Lake, Klamath Co.,
Applegate, no. 603; tules of Grande Ronde, Cusick, no. 1764. WaAsH-
INGTON: White Salmon, Suksdorf, no. 481.
3b. Forma natans (Wiegand), comb. nov. Stems floating or more
or less submerged and rooting at the bottom: leaves 4-7 cm. wide,
10-15 em. long, coriaceous or subcoriaceous, glabrous or glabrescent,
ovate-lanceolate or lanceolate, cordate or rounded at base, acute
(rarely obtuse); margins and ocreae eciliate; peduncles usually
glandular-hairy. The specimens seen mostly sterile.
Polygonum coccineum var. aquaticum Willd. Enum. Hort. Berol.
428 (1809). P. Muhlenbergii forma natans Wiegand, RHODORA,
xxvi. 3 (1924). Descriptions in literature cited under the forma
1925] Stanford,—Amphibious Polygonums 165
terrestre are usually broad enough to include this form. Persicaria
plattensis Greene, Leaflets i. 29 (1904) in part; P. alismaefolia Greene,
loc. cit. and probably other species there described, the types of which
have not been seen and the descriptions of which do not justify
definite disposal.
Occasional throughout the range of the typical form, but much less
common, particularly in the region of the upper Mississippi basin.
The following specimens are typical. QUEBEC: in dried pool, vicinity
of Longueuil, Victorin, no. 4264. Maine: Lake Christopher, Wood-
stock, 1887, Parlin. MassAchus TTS: Water Shop Pond, Springfield,
Andrews, no. 6; Readville, C. E.. Faxon. Connecticut: Middlefield,
August 22, 1907, Andrews; Misery Swamp, Southington, Andrews, no.
1 in part; Sleeper Pond, Andrews, no. 16; Boody Pond, Andrews, no. 18.
Lake Saltonstall, New Haven, D. C. Eaton; East Hartford, September
13, 1897, A. W. Driggs. New York: western N. Y., A. Gray. WIS“
consin: Namekagon River, August 30, 1831, Houghton. SouTu
Dakora: vicinity of Brookings, July 9, 1896, T. A. Walliams. Wyo-
MING: ponds along river, Dunn’s Ranch, Albany County, A. Nelson,
no. 7598; Fairbanks, A. Nelson, no. 551. CoLoraDo: ponds, alt.
8000 feet, Tabegauche Basin, Payson, no. 173. CALIFORNIA: muddy
bottomland, Owens River, Inyo Co. (eaten greedily by hogs),
August, 1906, S. P. Rexford; banks of Russian River north of Clover-
dale, Mendocino Co., Heller, no. 5283; about Mendocino, Brewer, no.
931. OREGON: standing water on Sauvies Island, Multnomah Co.,
J. C. Nelson, no. 4443; wet meadows, Union Co., Cusick, 1878.
WASHINGTON: Seattle, from Herb. Young Naturalists Soc., Pen
d’Oreille River, Dr. Lyall.
The above were distributed as P. Muhlenbergit, P. emersum and
P. amphibium.
3c. Var. rigidulum (Sheldon), comb. nov. An aquatic and emersed
form; internodes of floating stems much swollen, 0.5-1.5 cm. in
diameter and 10-15 em. long; the nodes constricted; emersed portions
with the nodes more or less swollen and the internodes tapering up-
ward: leaves sharply lanceolate, very glabrous, or the upper becoming
minutely but densely pubescent; bases rounded, rather inequilateral ;
petioles 5-10 cm. long, attached near the base of the ocrea; ocreae
1-5 em. long, nearly glabrous, often coalescent with the epidermis;
peduncle and ocreae minutely and densely glandular-hairy.
Polygonum rigidulum Sheldon, Bul. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. Minn.
ix. 14 (1894). Persicaria rigidula (Sheldon) Greene, Leaflets i. 39
(1904); Nieuwland, Am. Mid. Nat. ii. 225 (1912). Ontario, Minne-
sota and South Dakota.
The following are referred here. ONTARIO: Massacre, Macmillan
& Sheldon, no. 2407 (as P. Muhlenbergii). Minnesota: “From
type coll.” Nicollet, Nicollet Co., July, 1892, C. A. Ballard.
3d. Var. pratincola (Greene), comb. nov. Terrestrial, more or
less minutely canescent or pubescent with weak simple or simple and
166 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER
glandular hairs: petioles mostly attached midway of the ocreae:
ocreae mostly sharply acute and densely hairy: panicles narrowly
cylindric and averaging somewhat longer than the type, the long-
styled with a somewhat greater percentage of fertility than is usually
found in the type; pollen of short-styled flowers mostly normal.
Persicaria pratincola Greene, Leaflets. i. 36 (1904). P. spectabilis
Greene and P. aboriginum Greene, loc. cit. 37-44, and probably
others of Greene’s species of which types are not available. Indiana
to the Dakotas, south to Texas and Mexico, in swamps or sand.
The following are referred here. Inp1ana: Gibson, Lansing, no.
2831. Wisconsin: Lapham. IIAIxoIS: sand-dunes, Havana, August
12, 1893, Gleason. Minnesota: Lindstrom, Chicago Co., August,
1892, Taylor; near Moorhead, Red River Valley, Ballard, no. 2951.
Missovrt: low sandy bottoms, common, Jackson Co., Bush, no. 328;
low prairie, Dodson, Bush, no. 4150; rich bottom, Sibley, Bush, no.
4176. Nort DAKOTA: swamps, Leeds, August 7, 1899, J. Lunell;
Fort Pembina, 1876, Havard. Sourn Daxora: vicinity of Brookings,
July 12, 1891, Williams. NEBRASKA: 3 miles northeast of Whitman,
in dry lake, Rydberg, no. 1613; Kennedy, August 20, 1910, Bates.
OKLAHOMA: Perkins, Payne Co., August 28, 1895, J. W. Blankinshi p;
edge of pond, Copan, Washington Co., Stevens, no. 2104; Arkansas
River, Creek Nation, August 22, 1895, J. H. Kimmons. TEXas:
Wright. Mexico: Oaxaca, Deam, no. 16; Toluca, Holway, no. 3173.
WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.
BIDENS HYPERBOREA AND ITS VARIETIES.
Norman C. FASSETT.
SIMILAR to Bidens Katoni Fernald in its habitat, but more northern
in its range, is B. hyperborea Greene. This species is confined to
estuaries from James Bay to northeastern Massachusetts. B. Eatoni
has been found only on the mouths of the larger rivers: the Hudson,
the Quinnipiac, the Taunton, the Merrimac, and the Kennebec
with its near neighbor the Sheepscot. B. hyperborea, on the other
hand, is to be expected on the tidal shores of almost every fair-sized
stream from the Merrimac to the St. Lawrence River, except in the
Bay of Fundy and on the Atlantic coast of Nova Scotia.
Bidens hyperborea belongs to a group of three species which are
characterized by having simple leaves and achenes with a convex
cartilaginous summit. The characters pointed out by Professor
Fernald in Ruopora xxiv. 206 (1922), differentiating this species
1925] Fassett,—Bidens hyperborea and Varieties 167
from B. laevis and B. cernua, prove, when applied to subsequent
collections, to be constant, with one exception. B. hyperborea is
described as having the disk-corollas 4-toothed; 4- and 5-toothed corol-
las may be found in one head.
Comparatively few botanists have collected this species, and a
complete knowledge of all of its phases cannot be gained until fuller
collections have been made. With the exception of a few specimens
taken on the estuary of the Miramichi River, by Professors M. L.
Fernald and A. S. Pease, the only material from New Brunswick
available to the writer was collected by Mr. H. K. Svenson and him-
self in August, 1923, which was too early for mature plants. The
New Brunswick plant is here tentatively referred to the same variety
which is found on the St. Lawrence River estuary; future collections
may demonstrate the incorrectness of this disposition. Some of the
plants collected on the St. Lawrence estuary by Svenson & Fassett
appear different from those collected by Brother Victorin the previous
year, but for the present these plants are all treated as one variety.
Bidens hyperborea breaks up into the following varieties:
a. Outer achenes 4-5 mm. long; the inner 5-7 mm. long, with
marginal awns 1.8-3 mm. long b
b. Plant simple and monocephalous: leaves oblanceolate and
blunt, entire or obscurely toothed.................... var. typica.
b. Stem somewhat branching: leaves distinctly serrate. . .. var. colpophila.
a. Outer achenes 6-8.5 mm. long; the inner 7.5-10 mm. long,
with marginal awns 3-5 mm. long c
c. Branches ascending, making an angle with the stem of
less than 45° d
d, Outer involucral bracts mostly linear, acute, rarely
exceeding 2 mm. in width: leaves narrowly lanceolate,
long attenuate, with 2-8 pairs of fine teeth seldom
more than 0.5 mm. broad at base............ var. cathancensis.
d. Outer involucral bracts lanceolate, rarely linear, often
obtuse, exceeding 2 mm. in width: leaves lanceolate, not
very attenuate, with 1-5 pairs of coarse teeth 1 mm.
or more broad at baseeꝶꝶ 0.0.20. 0 0 ee ee var. laurentiana.
c. Branches spreading, making an angle with the stem of
more than 45° e
e. Primary leaves with 0-3 pairs of teeth f
f. Leaves thin, with (1-)2-3 pairs of teeth: outer
involucral bracts with 1, rarely 2, pairs of teeth;
inner bracts broadly oblong, 3-4 mm. wide...... var. Svensoni.
f- Leaves fleshy, with 0-2 pairs of teeth: outer involucral
bracts entire or rarely with 1 pair of teeth; inner
bracts narrowly oblong, 2-3 mm. wide.......... var. gaspensis.
e. Primary leaves with 4-6 pairs of teeth.............. var. arcuans.
B. HYPERBOREA, var. typica. B. hyberborea Greene, Pittonia iv.
257 (1901). Known only from the original collection at Rupert
House, James Bay, September 5, 1885, J. M. Macoun, no. 12056.
168 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER
This, the only estuarine plant known from a river entering Hudson
Bay, may indicate that many species having affinities with the more
southern estuaries should be sought in this region.
B. HYPERBOREA, var. COLPOPHILA (Fernald & St. John) Fernald,
Ruopora xx. 149 (1918). Estuaries from Northumberland Strait
to northern Massachusetts. This is the most wide-spread of the
known varieties of B. hyperborea, and shows many local variations
in shape of involucral bracts, number of awns, toothing of leaves,
and habit NEW Brunswick: tidal mud of the Buctouche River,
Coate Mills, August 20, 1923, Svenson & Fassett, no. 879; tidal
shores, Shediac River, Shediac, August 23, 1924, N. C. Fassett, no.
2115. Nova Scoria: tidal mudflats of River Philip, Oxford, August
24, 1924, N. C. Fassett, no. 2103. Marne: tidal shores of Pleasant
River, Columbia Falls, August 17, 1924, N. C. Fassett, nos. 2107 and
2109; Columbia Falls, August 20, 1924, N. C. Fassett, nos. 2102 and
2108; Columbia Falls, August 23, 1923, Svenson & Fassett, nos. 797
and 847; tidal shores of the Narraguagus River, Cherryfield, August
28, 1923, Svenson & Fassett, no. 878; Cherryfield, August 17, 1924,
N.C. Fassett, no. 2131; tidal shores of the Harrington River, Harring-
ton, August 17, 1924, N. C. Fassett; tidal shores of the Union River,
Ellsworth, August 29, 1923, Svenson & Fassett, no. 848; Ellsworth,
August 17, 1924, N. C. Fassett, nos. 2111 and 2112; tidal mudflats
of the Penobscot River, Bangor, September 7, 1916, Fernald & Long,
nas. 14829 and 14830; very abundant on muddy and gravelly tidal
flats of the Penobscot River, Hampden, September 8, 1916, Fernald
& Long in Pl. Exsicc. Gray. no. 296; tidal mudflats at mouth of Sou-
adabscook Stream, Hampden, September 11, 1916, Fernald & Long,
nos. 14833 and 14834; tidal mudflats at the mouth of Reed Brook,
Hampden, September 8, 1916, Fernald & Long, nos. 14831 and 14832;
tidal flats of the Sheepscot River, Alna, August 14, 1922, N. C. Fas-
sett, no. 292; borders of salt marsh, Back River Creek, Woolwich
September 15, 1915, Fernald & Long, no. 14826; above tide-limit at
edge of marsh and among sedges and rushes of salt marsh, Winnegance
Creek, Phippsburg, August 23, 1909, M. L. Fernald, nos. 2248 and
2249 (TYPE in Herb. New England Bot. Club); stony beach, tidal
shores of the Kennebec River, Gardiner, September 18, 1923, N. C.
Fassett, no. 884; tidal shores of the Kennebec River, West Woolwich,
September 8, 1924, N. C. Fassett, no. 2106; tidal shores of the Kennebec
River, Richmond Campground, September 16, 1924, N. C. Fassett,
no. 2129; Cow Island, Topsham, August, 1910, Kate Furbish; bank
of Androscoggin River, Brunswick, August 13, 1911, C. H. Bissell;
Brunswick, August 22, 1911, R. A. Ware, no. 4230; tidal shores of the
Mousam River, Kennebunk, September 22, 1923, N. C. Fassett, no.
895; Kennebunk, August 15, 1924, N. C. Fassett, no. 2114. New
Hampsuire: tidal shores of the Salmon Falls River, Salmon Falls,
September 22, 1923, N. C. Fassett, no. 794. Massacuuserts: brack-
ish muddy shore [of Merrimac River], Newburyport, October 2,
1925] Fassett,—Bidens hyperborea and Varieties 169
1902, Eaton & Fernald; tidal shores, Mill Creek, Rowley, September
22, 1923, N. C. Fassett, no. 789; Rowley, August 15, 1924, N. C.
Fassett, no. 2113.
B. HYPERBOREA, Var. CATHANCENSIS Fernald, |. c. Estuary of the
Kennebec River, and other rivers of this estuarine system.—MAINE:
tidal mudflats of Cathance River, Bowdoinham, September 14 and
19, 1916, Fernald & Long, nos. 14825, 14827 (rype in Gray Herb.),
14828, also in Pl. Exsicc. Gray. no. 295; tidal shores, mouth of West
Branch, Bowdoinham, August, 1921, N. C. Fassett, no. 911; tidal
shores of Merrymeeting Bay, Bowdoinham, August 23, 1921, N. C.
Fassett, no. 910; tidal shores of the Kennebec River, East Bowdoin-
ham, August 24, 1921, N. C. Fassett, no. 160; tidal shores at the mouth
of Eastern River, Dresden, September 13, 1924, N. C. Fasseti, no.
2121; tidal shores, Kennebec River, Hatch’s Corner, Dresden, Sep-
tember 9, 1924, N. C. Fassett, no. 2117.
B. HYPERBOREA, var. laurentiana, n. var., planta 1-3 dm. alta
subsimplex ramis ascendentibus supra vel ramis tenuibus infra;
foliis lanceolatis non attenuatis primariis 3-11 cm. longis, dentibus
utrinque 1-5 obtusis plerumque grossis; bracteis involucri exterioribus
3-6 lanceolatis obtusis 1-3.5(-4.5) em. longis 1.5-5(-8) mm. latis,
plerumque integris rare dentibus utrinque 1-2; achaeniis exterioribus
7-8 mm. longis, interioribus 8-10 mm. longis aristis marginalibus
3.5-4 mm. longis.
Plant 1-3 dm. tall, subsimple, with ascending branches above,
sometimes with weak ascending branches below: leaves of the primary
stem 3-11 cm. long, ascending, lanceolate, not attenuate, with 1-3
pairs of blunt, usually coarse, teeth: outer involucral bracts 3-6,
lanceolate, obtuse at tip, 1-3.5(-4.5) em. long, 1.5-5(-8) mm. broad,
usually entire, the largest rarely with 1-2 pairs of teeth: outer achenes
7-8 mm. long; inner achenes 8-10 mm. long; awns 4, the outer pair
3.54 mm. long.—Estuary of the St. Lawrence River, and perhaps on
estuaries from Chaleur Bay to Northumberland Strait, New Bruns-
wick.—Quesec: Cap-Rouge, un peu plus haut que le Pont de Québec.
Rivages sur la zone intercotidale, avec Gentiana Victorinii, 29 août
1922, Fr. M.-Victorin, no. 15461 (rypE in Gray Herb.); grèves de
Beauport, prés de Québec. Sur la zone intercotidale, 6 aofit 1922,
Fr. Rolland, no. 15460; Saint-François de l'Isle d’Orléans, rivages,
sur la zone intercotidale, 24 août 1922, Fr. M.-Victorin, no. 15459;
tidal flats of the St. Lawrence River, St. Jean-Port-Joli, August 10,
1923, Svenson & Fassett, no. 912; muddy tidal shore of the Boyer
River, St. Vallier, August 9, 1923, Svenson & Fassett, no. 855.—
The following collections are mostly immature, but seem best treated
with this variety. QUEBEC: brackish shore, submerged at high tide,
alluvial islands at the mouth of the Bonaventure River, August 4,
1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease; dead waters, between Baldé and
the Baie des Chaleurs, August 5, 6 and 8, 1904, Collins, Fernald &
Pease, no. 5871. New Brunswick: tidal flats of the Restigouche
170 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER
River, Head of Tide, August 16, 1923, Svenson & Fassett, nos. 893, 897
and 898; tidal shores of Eel River, Dalhousie, August 16, 1923,
Svenson & Fassett, no. 882; estuary of the Jacquet River, Durham,
August 17, 1923, Svenson & Fassett, no. 819; tidal flats of the Teta-
gouche River, Bathurst, August 17, 1923, Svenson & Fassett, no.
887; tidal shores of the Tabusintac River, Almwick, August 18, 1923,
Svenson c Fassett, no. 883; tidal shores of the Miramichi River,
Newcastle, August 19, 1923, Svenson & Fassett, no. 896; tidal flats
of the Miramichi River 5 miles above Newcastle, August 19, 1923,
Svenson & Fassett, no. 846; tidal flats of the Kouchibouguac River,
Charleton, August 20, 1923, Svenson ch Fassett, no. 888; tidal shores
of the Kouchibouguacis River, Bretagne, August 20, 1923, Svenson
& Fassett, no. 886.
B. HYPERBOREA, var. Svensoni, n. var., planta 1-2.5 dm. alta
ramis imis arcuato-ascendentibus var. gaspensem simulans vel sub-
simplex; foliis extendentibus ascendentibusve obtusis, dentibus utrin-
que 1-3 grossis obtusis; bracteis involucri exterioribus (2—)3—4, lanceo-
latis obtusis utrinque cum dentibus obtusis 1, rare 2 instructis;
bracteis interioribus 7-9 mm. longis ad apicem subrotundis; achaeniis
exterioribus 6 mm. longis, interioribus 8 mm. longis, aristis marginali-
bus 2.5-3 mm. longis.
Plant 1-2.5 dm. tall, with arcuate lower branches as in var. gaspensis
or sometimes subsimple: leaves of the primary stem 46 cm. long,
spreading or ascending, blunt at tip, with 1-3 pairs of coarse teeth:
outer involucral bracts (2-)3—4, lanceolate, obtuse at tip, with 1,
rarely 2, pairs of teeth; inner bracts 7-9 mm. long, somewhat rounded
at the tip: outer achenes 6 mm. long; inner achenes 8 mm. long;
awns 4, the outer pair 2.5-3 mm. long.—QuesBec: tidal shores,
Rimouski River, Rimouski, August 14, 1923, Svenson & Fassett,
nos. 936 (TYPE in Gray Herb.) and 899.
Intermediate between varieties gaspensis and laurentiana. The
former it approaches in its usually much branched habit, but differs
in the texture and toothing of the leaves and outer involucral bracts.
In these it approaches, but does not simulate, var. lawrentiana.
Named for Mr. H. K. Svenson, whose good companionship and
persistence in the face of trying circumstances did much to make
the collecting trip of 1923 a successful one.
B. HYPERBOREA, var. GASPENSIS Fernald, Ruopora xx. 150 (1918).
QueEBEC: brackish shores, submerged at high tide, mouth of the
St. John River, Douglastown, August 23, 1904, Collins, Fernald &
Pease; submerged at high tide, brackish shores about the mouth of
Dartmouth River, August 26 and 27, 1904, Collins, Fernald & Pease.
B. HYPERBOREA, var. ARCUANS Fernald, Ruopora xxv. 44 (1923).
Known from only one collection, in NEw Brunswick, tidal mud of
the Miramichi River, Newcastle, July 30, 1922, Fernald & Pease,
no. 25321. Svenson and Fassett, collecting on the estuary of the
Miramichi River the year after this variety had been discovered,
1925] Fernald, —-Erysimum Pallasii, n. comb. 171
found no specimens matching those collected by Fernald and Pease.
The latter two collected farther down the river than did the former,
hence in more brackish water, so it may be that this variety is more
tolerant of salinity than is var. laurentiana. Var. arcuans must be
earlier in its flowering than is var. laurentiana, for satisfactory
fruiting material of the latter can hardly be found in the middle of
August, while the former, collected on July 30, had some mature
achenes in the heads.
Bıpens cernua X hyperborea, var. colpophila, hyb. nov., planta
1.5-3 dm. alta subsimplex vel cum ramis tenuibus infra munitis;
foliis primariis 5-8 cm. longis extendentibus subascendentibusve
attenuatis, dentibus acutis utrinque 1-6; capitulis campanulatis vel
hemisphaericis ad anthesem erectis; bracteis involucri exterioribus
4-5, extendentibus vel ascendentibus 1-2 em. longis; achaeniis
curvatis in costis prominentibus marginibus suberosis substriatulis.
Plant 1.5-3 dm. tall, subsimple or with weak branches below:
leaves of the primary stem 5-8 cm. long, spreading or subascending,
attenuate, with 1-6 pairs of sharp teeth: heads campanulate to
hemispherical, erect in anthesis; outer involucral bracts 4-5, spreading
to ascending, 1-2 cm. long: achenes curved, with prominent midribs
and corky margins, obscurely striate. With the habit of B. hyper-
borea, and the achenes of B. cernua—Matne: Nonesuch River,
Scarborough, September 25, 1924, Norton, Welden & Haren (ryrg in
Gray Herb.); Nonesuch River, Scarborough, August 20, 1919, A.
H. Norton.
GRADUATE SCHOOL or ARTS AND Sciences, Harvard University.
Erysimum Pallasii (Pursh), n. comb.—Cheiranthus Pallasii Pursh,
FI. Am. Sept. ii. 436 (1814). C. pygmaeus Adams, Mém. Soc. Nat.
Mose. v. 114 (1817). Hesperis pygmaca (Pursh) Hook. Fl. Bor.-Am.
i. 60, t. 90 (1830). HW. minima T. & G. Pl. N. A. i. 90 (1838). .
Hookeri Ledeb. Fl. Ross. i. 174 (1841). Erysimum pygmaeum (Adams)
Gay, Erys. Nov. 4 (1842). Hesp. Pallasii (Pursh) Seem. Bot. Herald,
24 (1852). Sisymbrium pygmaeum (Pursh) Trautv. Act. Hort.
Petrop. i. 60 (1871).
This beautiful purple-flowered arctic species has recently been
known as Erysimum pygmaeum or by those who merge it with Hesperis
as II. Pallasii. The latter combination is generally ascribed to Torrey
& Gray, who certainly did not make it. They called it Hesyeris
minima, but added the note: “Sir William Hooker is inclined to refer
to this species Cheiranthus Pallassii, Pursh, . . . If his suspicion
is confirmed, Pursh’s specific name must be adopted.” MI. L. FER-
NALD, Gray Herbarium.
172 Rhodora [SEPTEMBER
MARK ALFRED CARLETON died April 26, 1925, in Paita, Peru,
from an attack of malaria. He was born near Jerusalem, Ohio,
March 7, 1866. For several years, subsequent to March 1894,
Carleton was in the service of the United States Department of
Agriculture. In this capacity he gave special attention to cereal
diseases and established the physiological relationships of nearly all
the cereal rusts of this country. He visited in 1898 and 1899 Russia
and Siberia in search of rust-resisting and drought-resisting cereals,
and he introduced to this country many Eurasian cereals which have
proved highly advantageous to American agriculture. Among
European scientists Carleton was the most widely recognized American
phytopathologist. His death is a great loss to science.—THEo.
Horm, Clinton, Maryland.
Vol. 27, no. 320, including pages 133 to 152, was issued 26 Seplember, 1925.
Rhodora Plate 151
CORTINARIUS CYANITES (FROM A PAINTING).
‘(Hd VHDOLOHd V NOUA) SALINVAD SOTUVNILYHO,) f
GCI 977 / 40pO NN
—
Rhodora
JOURNAL OF THE
NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE
WILLIAM PENN RICH, Publication Committee
Vol. 27. October, 1925 No. 322.
CONTENTS:
Polygonum pensylvanicum and related Species. E. E. Stanford. 173
Key to northeastern American Species of Bidens. N. C. Fassett 184
Some Changes in Nomenclature. K. M. Wiegand............ 186
A new Form of Aster puniceus. N. C. Fassett................ 187
The New England-Acadian Shoreline (book-notice) M. L. Fernald 187
Boston, Mass. | Probidence, R. J.
300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.
RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign); single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application. Notes
and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of the
northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent that the
limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks in advance
of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will receive 25 copies
of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted reprints, if ordered
in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue Boston, Mass
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.
BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.
CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000
cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.
CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled b
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.
MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.
Vol. J. Monograph of the genus Brickellia, by B. L. Robinson
(with 96 text figures effectively illustrating all known species of the
genus). Feb. 1917. $3.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
epace of 4 in. by 3-4 in. I year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.
Rhodora
JOURNAL OF
THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Vol. 27. October, 1925. No. 322.
POLYGONUM PENSYLVANICUM AND RELATED SPECIES.
E. E. STANFORD.
Tue early history of the characteristic North American Polygonum
pensylvanicum L. is not marked by complications. P. Careyi Olney,
which may be considered its closest relative in the northern part of
its range, is set off sharply by its hirsute character and thick-lentic-
ular achene. From the introduced P. Persicaria, P. pensylvanicum
is easily differentiated by its larger habit, the brighter green of its
foliage and the clear pink of its larger panicles. The variations of
P. pensylvanicum in the northern and central portion of its range have
been elucidated by Fernald.! In the present paper a southern plant,
in which the glandular hairs which clothe the upper portions of the
previously proposed varieties are replaced by a rather copious stri-
gosity, is proposed as a new variety. Western specimens of P. pen-
sylvanicum var. laevigatum often show a considerable reduction or
even entire loss of the hairy indument, but this is here mentioned
as a phenomenon requiring further study before these extremes
can be assigned definite systematic rank. Under P. pensylvanicum
var. laevigatum is proposed, as a forma, a rather pallid plant whose
glands, strongly reddened in the type, are lacking in pigment and
are yellowish.
In the more southerly portions of the range of P. pensylvanicum,
and particularly south of the continental limits of the United States,
occur several closely related plants, the assignment of which to
specific or varietal rank is of greater difficulty.
P. segetum HBK. described from “alta planitie Andium Novograna-
tensium prope Santa Fé de Bogota in agris humidis inter segete , alt.
1 Fernald, The Variations of Polygonum pensylvanicum, Ruovora, xix. 70-73 (1917).
174 Rhodora [OCTOBER
1365 hex.,” is a close southern analogue of P. pensylvanicum. Meis-
ner,! in comparing it with the latter, states:
“ Nimis affine P. Pennsylvanico, recedens tantum spicis gracilioribus
et calyce eglanduloso, fructifero dimidio minore et magis ovato.”
The calyx of P. pensylvanicum is hardly glandular; the differentia-
tion is good in other respects. Small? brought out the difference be-
tween the pointed achene of P. segetum and the nearly orbicular and
larger one of P. pensylvanicum; his achene-drawings, however,
slightly exaggerate the difference in character and are not on the same
scale, indicating a reverse relation as to sizes. His habit-sketch also
exaggerates the ciliation of the leaves, which is not sufficient to sepa-
rate P. segetum from P. pensylvanicum var. genuinum Fernald. The
most obvious differences are the greater proportionate length of the
leaves of P. segetum and their tendency to elongate attenuation,
especially at the apical end.
Meisner noted three varieties of P. segetum: “a. genuinum, stamini-
bus inclusis, calycem aequantibus . . .. G. stamineum, stamini-
bus exsertis, stylos aequantibus vel superantibus . . . y. Lind-
enii, staminibus calyce brevioribus, bracteis subacuminatis . . .“
This would indicate heterostyly. Examination of material cited by
Meisner for a. genuinum (Colombia, Funke & Schlim, no. 250) and
for f. stamineum (Cuba, Ramon de la Sagra, no. 187) indicate no
greater heterostyl tendency than is often seen in P. pensylvanicum.
The Cuban specimen is fully fruitful and is in that respect not com-
parable with the staminate form of P. longistylum Small, which is
usually of reduced fertility.
The region cited for y. Lindenti (Mexico; Linden, no. 107, type not
seen by me) and the subacuminate bracts (as contrasted with the
“bracteis acutiusculis” of the type) indicate a close affinity with P.
mexicanum Small, in which the heterostyl tendency is more marked.
P. ludovicianum Meisn.“ was reduced by Small’ on the ground that
“The only distinctive character given is simply pubescent peduncles
and pedicels in place of glandular ones. The diagnosis is incorrect,
however, as some glands do exist on the original specimen.” The
Meisner, in DC. Prodr. xiv. 120 (1856).
2 Small, Mon, N. A. Polygon. 72 (1895).
Meisner, I. c. 121 (1856).
4 Meisner, I. c. 116 (1856).
5 Small, A Preliminary List of American Species of Polygonum, Bull. Torr. Bot.
Cl. xix. 353 (1892).
1925] Stanford,—Polygonum pensylvanicum 175
material seen does not indicate the reestablishment of any of these
latter titles of the plant to specific rank.
A Guatemalan plant, allied to P. segetum by achene- and habit-
characters, but separated by glandularity of stem and harshness of
leaf, is proposed in this paper as a new variety of P. segetum.
P. mexicanum Small! is best defined by its narrow lanceolate foliage
and gibbous-concave and dull achene. The tendency to diversity in
length of style and stamens noticeable in P. pensylvanicum is more
evident in the Mexican plant, but the segregate heterostyly of P.
longistylum seems to be lacking. The plant appears to be a coarse, or
sometimes wiry, annual; certain evidently perennial and almost
shrubby heterostyled types distributed under this name are proposed
in this paper as a new species and variety.
P. longistylum Small? is a reduced counterpart of P. pensylvanicum
in which the heterostyl habit has become established and segregated,
as noted by Robinson.* Short-styled flowers often lack fertility,
but sterility is not so general as in short-styled flowers of the amphibi-
ous group. The achenes are smaller than those of P. pensylvanicum,
more lustrous, and usually with a pronounced gibbosity on one side;
generally sharp, they usually lack the elongate point shown in the
drawing of Small’s Monograph. Those of the long-styled flowers
approach that extreme more closely than do the less common ones of
the short-styled. The species in the main seems well set off, though in
some portions of its range occur forms uncomfortably close to P.
pensylvanicum var. laevigatum.
Nieuwland? sought to identify P. longistylum with the problematical
P. bicorne Raf. Nieuwland states: “ . . . one can scarcely
hesitate in believing that this author, or Robin from whom he may
have gotten an original description, had in mind or more likely at
hand, an abnormally large specimen of Polygonum longistylum
Small . . the ‘elongated exserted styles’ . .. are unique
for this plant, and found in no other American Persicaria. The
locality is. . . the same.”
1 Small, I. c. 356 (1892).
2 Small, New and interesting Species of Polygonum, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxi. 169
(1894).
3 Robinson, Notes on some Polygonums of western North America, Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist. xxxi. 265 (1904).
4 Nieuwland, Polygonum longistylum Small, a Synonym. Am. Midl. Nat. iii. 200
(1914).
$ Raf. Fl. Ludov. 29 (1817).
176 Rhodora [OCTOBER
In judging what an author has in mind, particularly in the case of a
translation, it is sometimes illuminating to compare the translation
with the original and also to review somewhat the circumstances
under which the translation was made. Rafinesque’s original was the
“ Flore Louisianaise” of Robin (1807), which was a portion of a several
volume account of this writer’s travels in that part of the world.
To quote from Robin’s “Discours Préliminaire” his descriptions
were prepared “sur les lieux, au milieu des bois et des prairies, et
toujours en présence de Vobjet que je décrivais . . . '; a model
method, yet one that prepared no material for the information of
subsequent botanists. Robin followed the system of de Jussieu; he
was acquainted with that general scheme of classification but he
made (in this case at least) no note of specific names and his descrip-
tions, in some cases at least, are rather vague. The following is the
pertinent portion of his notes regarding the plant named by Rafinesque
P. bicorne, with some notes as to other species:
“ Renouées (poligonum). Persicaires, vulg. Curages. Il se trouve
ici plusieurs de ces espèces . . . elles s’élévent de quarte à
cing pied
Toutes ont A-peu-prés le même feuillage, pétiolé alongé, terminé en
pointe . . . La plus commune et la plus belle jette de nombreux
rameaux alternes, çà et là, à demi-couchés, genouillés, considérable-
ment arrondis, . . . se colorant de pourpre. Chaque branch,
chaque brandille portent un épis de fleurs couleur rose, trés-touffu,
long de deux à trois pouces; les corolles de ces fleurs ont huit éta-
mines; un pistil bicorne s'élève au-dessous des étamines et de la
corolle. ”
It is fairly clear from the autobiography of Rafinesque and also
from the accounts of his life by Call and Fitzpatrick that at the time
of the appearance of the Florula Ludoviciana the translator had
never visited Louisiana, had no special knowledge of its flora, and
no specimens with which to compare the descriptions of Robin.
To quote briefly from Rafinesque’s “Preamble”
“In perusing this Flora, I was astonished to find, among many
blunders in nomenclature and classification, several accurate descrip-
tions and valuable additions to the knowledge of plants i
Having, . . . compared . . . his descriptions with the
Florasof . . . Michaux and Pursh, I became convinced that a
great number of new genera and species . . . were described
by Robin
I have undertaken this task . . . an arduous one, owing to
the numerous misnames and errors of the author
1925] Stanford,—Polygonum pensylvanicum 177
The result of this labour consists in the enumeration of more than
400 species, whereof 196 are new . . . ”
Rafinesque’s version of “P. bicorne” is more accurate, except in
one and that a rather pertinent particular, than one might expect
from an examination of certain other portions of the book. It is
also quoted more fully by Nieuwland.
“Caulibus ramosis, ramis geniculatis, patulis teretibus intus
crenulatis; foliis petiolatis, lanceolatis, glabris; floribus spicatis
confertis octrandis, distylis, staminis inclusis, stylis exsertis elongatis.
Raf.—Renouée i. Rob. p. 366. Large plant, four or five feet high,
branches purplish, every one of which bears a fine thick spike, about
three inches long, of rose colored flowers .
To one who has examined any considerable number of the species of
Polygonum which characterize the southern United States it will
be rather evident that “un pistil bicorne . . audessus des
étamines et de la corolle” is often found in P. pensylvanicum itself
(to which the Index Kewensis refers P. bicorne), P. mexicanum, P.
segetum, and the rather large P. densiflorum Meisn., none of which
are out of the question in the locality of P. bicorne. The “elongation”
which would seem to refer particularly to P. longistylum is the work
of Rafinesque, writing in the neighborhood of New York, and not
of Robin in Louisiana. P. longistylum, although seemingly of too
low habit, may of course have been meant. But to quote from
Rafinesque’s own title page: “Quand les matériaux sont imparfaits,
Védifice ne peut pas étre complet.”
Greene! described Polygonum omissum: whole stem
as well as branches and peduncles rough with rather sparse stipi-
tate glands, but foliage glabrous even to margin . . styles
exserted ;
Greeley, iana. 20th September, 1872. It is no rarity there
and elsewhere along the Platte River, and has long been allowed to
pass for P. Pennsylvanicum.”
From this description, and from a specimen collected by Greene in
the type locality (the date on the label is not clear, but looks like
Sept. 10, 1872) this should be a variety of P. longistylum.
The plants discussed above, with the exception of P. segetum and
P. longistylum, are described as annuals, and the material seen would
confirm the description. Most specimens of P. longistylum seen are
first-year plants, and none can be listed as perennial with any degree
iT 3
Greene, New Species of Polygonum, Pittonia, v. 200 (1903).
178 Rhodora [OCTOBER
of certainty. Under P. mexicanum there have been distributed from
the Gulf States certain specimens which are evidently perennial and
have an almost shrubby basal habit. A perennial species, of this
shrubby type, also characterized by strigose rather than glandular-
hairy peduncles, peculiarly acuminate ocreolae, heterostyl habit and
small, dull, narrowly oval achene is here proposed as new. A variety
of this species, representing in some respects a median form between
the type and P. longistylum, is likewise proposed as new.
Kry T0 POLYGONUM PENSYLVANICUM AND RELATED SPECIES.!
Plants annual or perennial, mostly upright; stems glabrous below
(in one variety glandular); upper branches and peduncle clothed with
spreading glandular or rarely appressed and simple hairs; panicles
mostly dense: achenes lenticular.
a. Flowers with some tendency to heterostyly, but the types not
segregated on separate plants b.
b. Achenes nearly orbicular, both the sides usually flattened
or concave c.
c. Leaves evidently strigose: achenes 2.2-2.8 mm. broad.
Peduncle covered with spreading glandular hairs
la. P. pensylvanicum var. genuinum.
Peduncle covered mostly with simple appressed hairs.
Id. P. pensylvanicum var. durum.
c. Leaves glabrous or glabrescent: achenes 2.5-3.5 mm. wide d.
d. Stems erect: leaves lanceolate, acuminate: stamens 7-8.
Glands of hairs red....1b. P. pensylvanicum var. laevigatum.
Glands of hairs without pigment
le. P. pensylvanicum var. laevigatum f. pallescens.
d. Stems depressed or subascending: leaves elliptic to
oval, obtuse: stamens 5-6. .le. P. pensylvanicum var. nesophilum.
b. Achenes ovate; at least one side convexed or gibbous, dull c.
c. Leaves long-attenuate, minutely strigose d.
d. Stems glabrous below: margin of leaf ciliate but not
f y aS K a E A 2. P. segetum.
d. Stems glandular below: margin of leaf harsh with
eee 2a. P. segetum var. verrucosum.
c. Leaves narrow-lanceolate, glabrous or glabrescent ..3. P. mexicanum.
a. Flowers definitely heterostyled; the types segregated on
different plants e.
e. Annual or slightly woody perennial: leaves lanceolate,
acuminate: achene 2-2.5 mm. wide, shining f.
f. Peduncles and upper stems only clothed with glandular
eer ß) ß. a P. longistylum.
f. Major portion of the stem as well as branches clothed
with glandular hairs............ 4a. P. longistylum var. omissum.
e. Perennial with woody base: leaves narrow-lanceolate:
achene 1.5-1.7 mm. wide, dull.
Ocreolae elongate-acuminate: peduncles more or less
strigose with appressed hairs.............. 5. P. mississippiense.
Ocreolae short-acuminate: peduncles with more or less
abortive glandular hairs...... 5a. P. mississippiense var. interius.
1 Unless otherwise stated, the specimens cited are in the Gray Herbarium.
1925] Stanford,—Polygonum pensylvanicum 179
la. POLYGONUM PENSYLVANICUM var. GENUINUM Fernald, RHODORA
xix. 70 (1917). Annual: stem 3-12 dm. high, woody below and rather
stout, erect and usually much branched, glabrous. below, clothed
more or less with glandular hairs above, green, reddish, or brownish;
nodes somewhat swollen, especially below, often dark-ringed; longer
internodes 3—4 cm. long: leaves lanceolate or inequilaterally lanceolate,
1-3.5 em. wide, 5-20 cm. long, herbaceous, rather sparsely and finely
strigose, especially on the veins above, lighter green and more pro-
fusely strigose beneath, copiously but usually inconspicuously dotted
with internal glands (these in some cases becoming darkened and
very apparent), cuneate-rounded at base, long-attenuate to a some-
what flexuous tip, entire; the margin slightly revolute, clothed with
minute forward-appressed bristles; petioles 0.5-2 cm. long, attached
at the base of the ocrea: ocreae 1-1.5 cm. long, thin-scarious, close
cylindric above and becoming looser, disintegrating, and finally
disappearing below; at least the upper fine-strigose and often scatter-
ingly clothed with glandular hairs; margin entire or sometimes with
inconspicuous bristles: inflorescence much branched: peduncles
copiously clothed with glandular hairs 0.25 mm. long; the prominent
terminal glands conspicuously reddened: panicles 2-5 cm. long:
ocreolae and fascicles much crowded, hiding the axis: ocreolae 3 mm.
long, oblique, very obliquely truncate to an acute apex, greenish or
rather scarious, often with somewhat hyaline margins; the lower
often clothed with glandular hairs; margin with sparse short bristles
or more rarely naked: fascicles many-flowered: the bracts brown-
scarious and persistent: pedicels 2-3 mm. long, scarcely exceeding
the ocreola: flowers mostly perfect and cleistogamous with rather
scant pollen: fascicles usually including one or more flowers of the
pronouncedly staminate type with abundant (usually normal)
pollen; in some plants a pronounced tendency toward heterostyly
noticeable: calyx pink, deep-rose or light purple, ovoid-oblong, 3—4
mm. long, 5-parted to below the middle, with rounded lobes; in fruit
accrescent, closely fitting the lenticular achene; the sterile flowers
smaller: stamens 8 (occasionally 6 or 7), alternating on the base of
the calyx with glandular nectaries; filaments usually sub-equal to
the calyx-lobes, becoming shorter or somewhat exserted in certain
types: style 1.5-2.5 mm. long, 2-cleft to below the middle, the branches
usually equalling the calyx-lobes, or shorter or considerably exserted
in some instances, in fruit reflexed or recurved and usually contained
in but sometimes exserted from the closed accrescent calyx; stigmas
capitate or somewhat clavate: achene lenticular, ovoid-pointed
2.2-2.8 mm. wide, 3-3.5 mm. long, usually flattened on one side and
somewhat concaved on the other, rather shining.—P. pensylvanicum
L. Sp. Pl. 362 (1753). Persicaria pensylvanica (L.) Small, Fl.
S. E. U. S. 377 (1903). Coastal plain from Massachusetts to Missis-
sippi, northward through the Mississippi basin to southern Ontario.
Specimens cited by Fernald, I. c.
180 Rhodora [OCTOBER
Ib. Var. LAEVIGATUM Fernald, I. c. More glabrous as to leaves,
ocreae, and ocreolae: flowers usually paler: pedicels longer-exserted:
achenes broader (3-3.5 mm.).—The common interior plant passing
as P. pensylvanicum, from New Brunswick to South Dakota, Colorado,
and southward.
lc. Var. LAEVIGATUM, forma pallescens, forma nov., planta palli-
diora; glandibus flavis. VERMONT: streets, Brattleboro, Robinson,
no. 143 (TYPE in Gray Herb.). Massacuuserts: Granville, Hampden
Co., Seymour, no. 71. New York: Buffalo, “White, constant in
color,” Clinton. PENNsyLvanta: Sandy Ridge, Chester Co., I.
W. Anderson, August 13, 1915. The glands recall those of P. scab-
rum Moench, but their structure is typical of this species.
ld. Var. durum, var. nov., ab var. genuino recedens pilis peduncu-
lorum plerumque appressis non glandulosis; staminibus 6.—Coastal;
South Carolina to Texas. Type from Forma: river-bottom at
Chattahoochee Landing, September 12, 1884, A. H. Curtiss. The
following are also characteristic. SourH CAROLINA: Santee Canal,
July, Ravenel. ALABAMA: Tensaw, August 18, 1904, Tracy, no.
8051. Musstssrpp1: Agricultural College, Oktibbeha Co., Pollard,
no. 1301. Texas: near Texarkana, Bowie Co., alt. 300 ft., Heller,
no. 4278.
le. Var. NESOPHILUM Fernald, Ruopora xix. 70 (1917). Spreading
or subascending, dwarfed and reduced: leaves elliptic-oval, glabrous
or minutely roughened, with a central dark spot: ocreae much re-
duced, greenish: ocreolae short-funnelform, mostly hidden by the
flowers: panicles short, 1-2 cm. long, short-peduncled or nearly
sessile: flowers bright rose: fruiting calyx and achene near! y orbicular:
stamens 5-6: styles exserted: pollen defective in the type, but achene-
production apparently normal.—Nantucket, Massachusetts and
Block Island, Rhode Island, in sand.
2. P. secerum HBK. Nov. Gen. et Sp. ii. 178 (1818). Perennial:
stem procumbent (Kunth) or erect, glabrous below, becoming glandu-
lar-hairy on the branches above: leaves (upper leaves only seen)
narrow-lanceolate or somewhat falcate, 1-2 cm. wide, 10-20 cm. long,
attenuate to both ends, glabrous or minutely scabridulous, especially
toward the margin, with minute harsh bristles, sessile or narrowed
to and somewhat decumbent on a petiole about 1 cm. long, attached
to the lower portion of the ocreae: ocreae 1-2 cm. long, thin-scarious
and close-cylindric above except at the branching nodes, somewhat
swollen at attachment of leaf, truncate, eciliate, and glabrous: in-
florescence somewhat branched: peduncles clothed with minute
glandular hairs: panicles 2-4 cm. long, rather closely flowered and
slender: ocreolae 2.5-3 mm. long, obliquely truncate, firm-scarious; the
margins membranous and eciliate: pedicels rather stout, 2-3 mm. long,
scarcely exserted: flowers pink, in general characters resembling those
of P. pensylvanicum: calyx 5-lobed: in fruit 3-3.5 mm. long, ovate:
stamens 6-7, included in specimens seen: styles about 1.5 mm. long,
1925] Stanford,—Polygonum pensylvanicum 181
2-parted to below the middle, included or barely exserted in fruit;
achene 2.0-2.5 mm. wide, 2.5-2.7 mm. long, lenticular, ovate, rather
sharply pointed; the sides slightly convex or one slightly concave,
minutely glandular and rather dull.—P. segetum HBK., I. c.; Sprengel,
Syst. ii. 257 (1825); Meisner, Monog. Gen. Polyg. Prodr. 67 (1826)
and in DC. Prodr. xiv. 120 (1856); Small, Monog. N. A. Polyg. 72
(1895). P. segetum var. genuinum and var. stamineum Meisner in
DC. Prodr. xiv. 120 (1856). Persicaria segata (HB K.) Small, Fl. S.
E. U. S. 378 (1903). Louisiana, New Mexico, Texas and sputhoward
to northern South America; also in Cuba. The following are typical.
LovuIsIANA: June (as P. mite, var.) from the S. B. Buckley Herb.,
in Herb. Mo. Bot. Gard. CoA: C. Wright, no. 2247, in Herb. Mo.
Bot. Gard. and Herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard., Ramon de la Sagra, no. 187,
in Herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard: Cotomsia: Funke & Schlim, no. 250,
in Herb. N. Y. Bot. Gard.
2a. Var. verrucosum, var. nov., caule glanduloso-verrucoso;
foliis scabro-hispidis crenulato-undulatis; floribus achaeniisque majori-
bus, achaeniis 2.7 mm. latis 3-3.2 mm. longis.—Apparently a larger
and coarser plant than the type, but probably better treated as a
variety rather than a separate species because of the general similarity
in flower and fruit. GUATEMALA: Coban. Alta Verapaz, 1350 meters,
April, 1908, H. von Tuerckheim, no. II. 1207 (type in Herb. Gray;
dupl. in Herb. Mo. Bot. Gard.).
3. P. MEXICANUM Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xix. 356 (1892).
Annual: stem 4—10 dm. tall, erect or sometimes decumbent and rooting
at the nodes below, rather coarse, considerably branched, glabrous
or slightly glaucous below, greenish or reddened; internodes 46
em. long; nodes barely swollen: leaves narrowly lanceolate, 1-2 cm.
wide, 6-12 cm. long, glabrous or minutely scabrid, with slightly re-
volute margin, eciliate or in older leaves ciliate with short sparse
hairs: ocreae 0.5-1.5 cm. long, minutely hairy, mostly eciliate at
margin, rather loose and soon disintegrating: inflorescence much
branched, the peduncles more or less sparsely glandular-hairy;
panicles 3-4 cm. long, rather close-flowered: ocreolae 2-3 mm. long,
glandular-roughened or glabrous, rather acute, usually eciliate:
pedicels reddened, rather stout, about equalling the ocreolae: flowers
light pink to deep rose, more or less heterostyled, but the segregate
heterostyly with consequent loss of fertility in short-styled flowers
not manifest in specimens seen: calyx 3 mm. becoming 3.5-4 mm.
long in fruit, deeply parted; lobes rounded or more or less acute:
stamens 6-8, 2-3.5 mm. long, included or somewhat exserted:
style 1-3 mm. long, included or exserted: achene 2.5-3 mm. wide,
2.5-3 mm. long, ovate or orbicular, abruptly pointed, usually gibbous
on one side and concave on the other, minutely pitted-roughened and
rather dull, commonly with exserted styles.—Polygonum pennsyl-
vanicum Torr. Bot. Mex. Bound. Surv. 178 (1859); Wats. Proc.
Am. Acad. xvii. 147 (1883); not L. P. mexicanum Small, |. c. and
182 Rhodora [OCTOBER
Monog. N. A. Polyg. 60 (1895). Persicaria mexicana Small, Fl.
S. E. U. S. 377 (1903).—Mexico; cited by Small from southern
Louisiana and southern Texas; very probably occurs there, but
all specimens seen by the writer from north of Mexico which have
been referred to P. mexicanum belong to P. mississipiense, described
below. The following are referred to P. mexicanum. Mexico:
in paludosis prope Morales, 1876, Schaffner, no. 882; Durango and
vicinity, along water courses, June, 1896, Palmer, no. 236; Guadala-
jara, October 3, 1903, Holway, no. 5101: Valley Zapotlan, Jalisco,
August 8, 1905, Goldsmith, no. 108.
4. P. LoncIsrTYLUM Small, Bull. Torr. Bot. Club, xxi. 169 (1894).
Annual (or perennial?): stem 3-10 dm. high, rather slender, erect,
somewhat branching, glabrous below, becoming more or less sparsely
clothed with glandular hairs above, greenish or reddish; the nodes
in robust plants conspicuously swollen; internodes 3-6 cm. long:
leaves lanceolate, 0.5-2 cm. wide, 3-12 cm. long, herbaceous, dull
green, glabrous or nearly so, usually dotted with dark glands beneath,
somewhat abruptly cuneate and more or less decurrent on the short
petiole, attenuate to tip; margin with minute appressed bristles:
ocreae 0.25-1 cm. long, thin-membranous, somewhat spreading and
soon torn and disappearing; the upper sparsely ciliate; margin entire
or minutely ciliate: bracts thin-membranous, persistent: ocreolae
and fascicles somewhat crowded: pedicels slender, 2.5-3 mm. long,
strongly exserted, equalling or exceeding the achene: flowers pale
pink, definitely heterostyled; the two forms typically occurring on
separate plants; the long-styled usually, the short-styled more
rarely, producing fruit.
Long-styled form. Calyx 2-2.5 mm. long, in fruit becoming 3-3.5
mm. and sharply ovate, deeply 5-parted: stamens 6-8, included, the
anthers polliniferous: style 3—4 mm. long, deeply 2-cleft, much
exserted in flower and fruit (in the latter sometimes reflexed or re-
curved and included: stigmas clavate.
Short-styled form. Calyx 3 mm. long, opening widely and usually
not closing if fruit is not formed: stamens 2.5-3.5 mm. long, strongly
exserted: style 1-1.5 mm. long, 2-cleft to the middle; stigmas capitate:
achene 2-2.5 mm. wide, 2.5-3 mm. long, lenticular, ovate or orbi-
cular-ovate, sharp but not usually with elongate point.—Small, I. e.
and Monog. N. A. Polyg. 62 (1895); Robinson, Proc. Bost. Soc.
Nat. Hist. xxxi. 265 (1904); Robinson & Fernald in Gray Man. ed. 7.
361 (1908). Persicaria longistyla Small, Fl. S. E. U. S. 377 (1903).—
Low grounds, Illinois to Louisiana, Texas, and New Mexico. The
following are cited as typical. ILLINOIS: waste places, St. Clair Co.,
Eggert (in Herb. Mo. Bot. Gard.). Mrssourt: Dunklin Co., Bush,
no. 117A.; wet soil, Carthage, E. J. Palmer, no. 1078 (in Herb. Mo.
Bot. Gard.). Kansas: low ground, Riley County, J. B. Norton,
no. 457a; dried-up pond, near Osborn City, Shear, no. 210. OklA-
HOMA: Arkansas, B. F. Bush, no. 1425 (in Herb. Mo. Bot. Gard.).
1925] Stanford, Polygonum pensylvanicum 183
Texas: Houston, 1842, Lindheimer; Lynchburg, 1842, Lindheimer;
sandy soil, Harrisburg, 1842. Lindheimer (in Herb. Mo. Bot. Gard.);
Sutherland Springs, Wilson Co., E. Palmer, no. 1180. The older
specimens (Lindheimer, etc.) were distributed as P. pensylvanicum.
4a. Var. omissum (Greene), n. comb. Differing from the type in
that the glandular hairs clothe at least the entire upper portions of
the stem as well as the upper branches and peduncles. Long-styled
form only seen.—P. omissum Greene, Pittonia v. 200 (1903). Per-
sicaria omissa Greene. Leaflets i. 24 (1904); Rydberg, Fl. Rocky
Mts. 236 (1917).—Colorado and probably southward. The following
are cited as typical: CoLorapo: Greeley, September 10 (?), 1872,
E. L. Greene. New Mexico: 1847, A. Fendler, no. 759 (?); in Herb.
Mo. Bot. Gard., a rather fragmentary specimen which apparently
belongs here.
5. P. mississipiense, sp. nov., perenne basi subligneum erectum imo
glabrum; foliis anguste lanceolatis 0.7-1.2 cm. latis 7-10 em. longis
cuneatis breviter petiolatis longe attenuatis minute strigosis subtus
glandulosis; ochreis 0.5-0.7 cm. longis minute strigosis breviter
ciliatis; pedunculis strigosis sparse glandulosisque; paniculis densis
3-5 cm. longis erectis; ochreolis 4-5 mm. longis acutis vel acuminatis
vel cuspidatis valde obliquis glumiformibus subtus margine breviter
ciliatis; fasciculis plurifloris; pedicellis gracilibus vix exsertis; floribus
heterostylis in eadem planta floribus omnibus longistylibus vel omni-
bus brevistylibus. Flores longistyles calycibus 3 mm. deinde 3.5-4 mm.
longis ovatis; staminibus 6-7 inclusis 2 mm. longis; stylo ad mediam
2-partite valde exserto; stigmatibus clavatis. Flores brevistyles
calycibus staminibusque 4 mm. longis exsertis; stylo 1.5 mm. longo
incluso; stigmatibus capitatis; achaeniis 1.5-1.7 mm. latis 2-2.5 mm.
longis lenticularibus ovatis acutis nigrescentibus opacis biconvexis.
Perennial: stem 5-8 dm. high, woody and even shrubby at the base,
erect, somewhat branched or nearly simple; the stem proper glabrous
or nearly so; the herbaceous portian leafy and with reduced leafy
branches at the nodes; internodes 3-7 cm. long: leaves narrowly
lanceolate, 0.7-1.2 em. wide, 7-10 cm. long, minutely strigose with
sharp hair-points on both surfaces and dark-glandular below, cuneate
and somewhat decurrent on the short petiole, long-attenuate; margins
and veins fine-strigose: ocreae 0.5-0.7 cm. long, much reduced and
some becoming torn and more or less disappearing, minutely strigose
and short-ciliate: inflorescence branched, the peduncles clothed with
upward-appressed simple hairs with which a few scattered glandular
hairs are intermixed; panicle rather crowded. 3-5 cm. long, upright
ocreolae 4-5 mm. long, acute or acuminate or even cuspidate, very
oblique, with a glume-like appearance, glabrous below, short-ciliate
at margin: fascicles several-flowered; pedicels slender and barely
exserted: flowers definitely heterostyled, segregated (or nearly so):
on different plants.
Long-styled form. Calyx 3 mm. long, becoming 3.5-4 mm. in
184 Rhodora [OCTOBER
fruit, 5-parted nearly to the base, flattened-ovate: stamens 6-7,
1.5-2.0 mm. long, included, polliniferous: style 2-parted to about
the middle, strongly exserted in flower and fruit; stigmas clavate.
Short-styled form. Calyx and stamens 4 mm. long, the latter
exserted: style 1.5 mm. long, parted to below the middle, included,
not much increased in fruit: stigmas capitate.
Achene 1.5-1.7 mm. wide, 2-2.5 mm. long, lenticular, ovate-pointed,
nearly black, rather dull, slightly and evenly convexed on both sides.—
Mississippi, near the coast; probably in sand. MISsISSLPPI: Long
Beach, September 8, 1900, Tracy & Lloyd, no. 133 (TYPE in Herb.
Gray; duplicate in Herb. Mo. Bot. Gard.); Manuel, Tracy, no. 4929
in Herb. Mo. Bot. Gard. Both distributed as P. mexicanum (?).
5a. Var. interius, var. nov., pedunculis pilis glandulosis plus
minusve abortivis sparse munitis; ocreolis acutis. Oklahoma and
Texas. OKLAHOMA: Huntsville, Kingfisher County, August 23, 1896,
L. A. Blankinship (tyre in Herb. Gray; duplicate in Herb. Mo. Bot.
Gard.). Texas: Pierce, Tracy, no. 7636. Both distributed as P.
mexicanum.
WESTERN RESERVE UNIVERSITY.
A KEY TO THE NORTHEASTERN AMERICAN SPECIES OF
BIDENS.
Norman C. Fassett.
In attempting to determine the relationships of several species of
Bidens it has been found helpful to construct a key to all the members
of this genus, native and naturalized, which are found from Maryland
to the Gulf of St. Lawrence. Since this includes several species not
treated in edition 7 of Gray’s Manual, it is here presented.
a. Achenes flat, or rhomboidal in cross-section, or with winged
keels, not conspicuously narrowed to the summit b
b. Achenes cuneate, without winged margins c
c. Awns of firmer texture than the body of the achene, terete
or with rounded angles: outer involucral bracts ex-
ceeding the disk d
d. Achenes striate: leaves simple, often deeply cleft e
e. Margins of the achenes antrorsely barbed, at least
at the very base f
f. Terminal heads with 8-30 flowers g
g. Achenes nearly linear, plano-convex in cross-
section, without midribs, copiously pubescent:
awns very slender, spreading, at least 14 as
long as the body of the achene..B. bidentoides (Nutt.)
Britton.
g. Achenes flat to bi-convex, with conspicuous
midribs, sparsely pubescent: awns stouter,
1925] Fassett,—Key to Species of Bidens 185
not more than 1% as long as the body of the
achene h
h. Terminal heads 8 mm. or more long. B. Eatoni Fernald.
h. Terminal heads 4-7 mm. long... . XB. multiceps Fassett.
f. Terminal heads with 30-60 flowers i
i. Achenes 4-angled at summit, at least when
J.. ——ßß cee ee B. connata Muhl.
i. Achenes flat. B. heterodoza (Fernald) Fernald & St. John.
e. Margins of the achenes retrorsely barbed for the
entire length j
j. Summit of achenes convex and cartilaginous k
k. Heads hemispherical, nodding in anthesis:
outer involucral bracts reflexed, spreading,
or subascending: achenes rhomboidal in cross-
section, finely and obscurely striate, often
tuberculate !
l. Achenes straight and flat, not strongly keeled,
without pale corky margins: chaff reddish
tipped: rays 1.5-3 cm. long........ B. laevis (L.) BSP.
l. Achenes curved, strongly keeled, with pale
corky margins: chaff yellow tipped: rays
wanting or at most 1.7 em. long........ B. cernua L.
k. Heads campanulate to subhemispherical, erect
in anthesis: outer involucral bracts ascend-
ing: achenes biconvex, coarsely and deeply
striate, not tuberculate............ B. hyperborea Greene.
j. Summit of achenes not convex and cartilaginous m
m. Outer involucral bracts regularly and copiously
ciliate: achenes dark brown to black....B. tripartita L.
m. Outer involucral bracts smooth-margined or
nearly so: achenes light brown to olive
B. comosa (Gray) Wiegand.
d. Achenes not striate: leaves pinnate, the terminal
division usually stalked n
n. Outer involucral bracts smooth-margined or nearly
I ere ceri ess B. discoidea (T. & G.) Britton.
n. Outer involucral bracts regularly and copiously
ciliate o
o. Outer bracts 10-16; inner bracts ovate-tri-
angular, shorter than the disk............ B. vulgata Greene.
o. Outer bracts 5-8; inner bracts oblong, equaling
PPPPF§§§²§«§«Ü,êo 7̃ ’ a chk ae cee ee B. frondosa L.
c. Awns of the same texture as the body of the achene,
sharply triangular in cross-section: outer involucral
bracts shorter than the disk........... B. coronata (L.) Britton.
b. Achenes elliptic-ovate, with scarious crenate margins p
p. Outer foliaceous bracts 8-10, smooth or merely ciliate,
shorter than the inner.............. B. aristosa (Michx.) Britton.
p. Outer foliaceous bracts 12-20, coarsely hispid, mostly j
longer than the inner. B. involucrata (Nutt.) Britton.
a. Achenes linear, 4-angled, narrowed toward the summit q :
q. Leaves once pinnate; leaflets finely and evenly serrate. B. leucantha Willd.
q. Leaves bipinnatifid r
r. Ultimate leaf-segments broadly lanceolate, coarsely
BCITAUG. oo ee ese eT eee sad st e op ete eee annem B. bipinnata L.
r. Ultimate leaf-segments linear, entire............ B. tenuisecta Gray.
GRADUATE SCHOOL OF ARTS AND ScrENCES, Harvard University.
1B. coronata (L.) Britton = B. trichosperma (Michx.) Britton. Not B. coronata
(L.) Fisch.
186 Rhodora [OCTOBER
SOME CHANGES IN NOMENCLATURE.
K. M. WIEGAND.
In a previous paper! the writer proposed some changes in no-
menclature found necessary in a study of the flora of Central New
York. The following cases have been brought to his attention since
that time.
SAGITTARIA LATIFOLIA Willd., var. obtusa (Muhl.) comb. nov.
S. obtusa Muhl. in Willd. Sp. Pl. iv. 409 (1805). S. variabilis, var.
obtusa Engelm. in Gray’s Man. ed. 2, 439 (1856). S. latifolia, forma
obtusa Robinson, Ruopora x. 31. (1908).—This is the most distinct
of the forms of S. latifolia found in New York State. The great
variation in foliage in this species is chiefly a response to fluctuations
in environment, but in var. obtusa the obtuse leaf apex and the gen-
erally dioecious flowers as well as the rather definite range suggest a
more racial difference.
ARMORACIA aquatica (Eaton) comb. nov. Cochlearia aquatica
Eaton, Man. ed. 5. 181 (1829). Nasturtium natans var. americanum
Gray, Ann. Lye. N. Y., iii. 223 (1836). N. lacustre Gray, Gen. Ill.
i. 132 (1849). Roripa americana Britton, Mem. Torr. Bot. cl. v. 169
(1894). Neobeckia aquatica Greene, Pittonia iii. 95 (1896). Radicula
aquatica Robinson, Ruopora x. 32 (1908).—The comprehensive
genus Roripa òr Radicula contains units which apparently are as dis-
tinct from one another as are many generally recognized genera in
the Cruciferae. On this basis Roripa (Yellow Cresses), Nasturtium
(Water Cress) and Armoracia (Horse-radish) should be treated as
separate genera. The present species is evidently congeneric with
the horse-radish as shown by the stature, size of flowers, shape of
pod, and especially by the dissected submerged leaves. The elongated
style and partial or complete absence of the septum in the pod do
not seem sufficient to warrant the separation of this species as a sepa-
rate genus in face of the resemblances just stated. These differences
are largely variations in degree only. More essential differences are
allowed in Lepidum, for instance, where incumbent and accumbent
cotyledons occur in the same genus without leading to the division of
the genus into two. Variations in length of style occur in Draba,
Brassica and other genera.
1 Rwopowa xxvi. 1 (1924).
1925] Fassett,—A new Form of Aster puniceus 187
Potyconum MuHLENBERGIL (Meisn.) Watson, forma NATANS
Wiegand, Ruopora xxvi. 3 (1924).—In the original publication of
this form a rather serious error must be noted. The type specimen
cited was Moscow, Washington [Idaho], W. C. Muenscher, no. 129.
It appears that the western P. amphibium often resembles the above
forma natans in foliage, and the Moscow specimen should be referred
to that species. The two species are fairly distinct in width of spike
and color of flowers, and less constantly in glandularity of the peduncles
and type of cauline and foliar pubescence. The type of f. natans
may be restated as: “ Pool near Fleming School House, Ithaca, N. Y.”
K. M. Wiegand & C. C. Thomas, no. 2234 (in Cornell Univ. Herb.).
CoRNELL UNIVERSITY,
Ithaca, New York.
ASTER PUNICEUS L., var. FIRMUS (Nees) T. & G., forma rufescens,
n. f., caulibus involucrisque austeris purpureis; foliis supra rubidis
infra viridibus; caulibus sparse puberulis praesertim supra.
Stems and involucres dark purplish-red: leaves dark red above,
green beneath: stems sparsely puberulent, especially above.—QUEBEC:
Cap-Rouge, prés du Pont de Québec. Zone atteinte par la marée, 29
août, M.-Victorin, no. 15401 (TYPE in Gray Herb. and Herb. Uni-
versity of Montreal).
Brother Victorin tells me that in a large patch of this Aster inun-
dated twice a day by the tide, the leaves were consistently dark red
on their upper surfaces.—NorMAN C. FASSETT.
Tue New ENGLAND-ACADIAN SHORELINE.—Although primarily a
scholarly and clearly stated presentation of the physiographic (and
geological) history of the coast from New England to the lower St.
Lawrence, Professor Douglas Johnson’s latest volume! is so attrac-
tively written, so beautifully illustrated and altogether so authorita-
tive a study of the history of our own coast that all serious students
of our flora and its history will wish to have the book at hand. In
its interpretations of the history of the coast of eastern America
1 Tue New ENGLAND-ACADIAN SHORELINE, by Douglas Johnson. 628 pp. 273
figs. New York. John Wiley & Sons. $8.50 net.
188 Rhodora (OCTOBER
it gives due weight to recent studies of the phytogeography of the
region; and the detailed analyses of the recent geological history of
many sections of the coast will suggest to the field-botanist many
important correlations in phytogeography which await careful study.
—M. L. F.
The date of the September issue (not yet issued as this goes to press) will be
announced later.
Farbu- Bets el
Rhodora
JOURNAL OF THE
NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE
WILLIAM PENN RICH, Publication Committee
Vol. 27. November, 1925 No. 323.
CONTENTS:
Isanthus brachiatus in the Flora of Connecticut. J. F. Smith.. 189
Sparganium multipedunculatum in eastern America.
M: L. Fernald......00 006 See a A 190
Limodorum tuberosum L. K. K. Mackenzie................ 193
The arctic Variety of Alopecurus aequalis. M. L. Fernald..... 196
Further Cases of Inconstancy in Color-forms. A. E. Carpenter 199
Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. J.
300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.
RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application.
Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of
the northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent
that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks
in advance of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will re-
ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re-
prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.
KEY TO NEW ENGLAND TREES, Wild and Commonly Cultivated
based primarily upon leaf characters, by J. FRANKLIN COLLINS an
Howarp W. Preston. Price 40c. net. Preston & Rounps Co.,
Providence, R. I.
CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000
cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.
CHECK LIST OF GRAY'S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.
MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.
Vol. I. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America,
by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of in. by 3-4 in. I year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.
Rhodora
JOURNAL OF
THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Vol. 27. November, 1925. No. 323.
THE RESTORATION OF ISANTHUS BRACHIATUS TO THE
FLORA OF CONNECTICUT.
JESSE F. SMITH.
In his interesting and illuminating article on John Pierce Brace in
Ruopora for May 1914 (vol. 16, no. 185), Mr. C. A. Weatherby
wrote concerning Brace’s herbarium and his record of plants growing
in Litchfield and vicinity:
“The record which we should most like to verify is that of Isanthus
brachiatus. The claim of that species to admission to the Connecticut
flora rests on Mr. Brace’s list and a specimen of Charles Wright’s at
the Gray Herbarium. The latter is marked as from Wethersfield,
but the accuracy of its label is under suspicion. Mr. Brace’s single
specimen is Isanthus without doubt; but it was collected in Ohio by
Sullivant. One can hardly base a Connecticut record on such evi-
dence; someone will still have to collect Isanthus.”
Quite by accident the fortune of being the “someone” prophetically
referred to by Mr. Weatherby has fallen upon the writer. On the 31st
of last August three specimens of what proved to be Isanthus brachi-
atus were collected in Suffield, Conn.; but the collector, not realizing
the significance of the find, did not take particular note of the locality
nor search for other specimens. After the specimens had been verified
at the Gray Herbarium a second visit was made to the locality on
September 26. This visit resulted in the discovery of a colony cover-
ing an area of a square rod. A killing frost, which had occurred the
previous night, had not injured the plants and several were found
still in bloom.
These plants were growing on the floor of an abandoned quarry,
close to the so-called Enfield Canal, which extends along the west
bank of the Connecticut river from just below Thompsonville to
Windsor Locks. About three miles north of Windsor Locks two
190 Rhodora [NOVEMBER
small quarries were opened about one hundred years ago to supply the
rock needed in the construction of the canal and the dam across the
river. These quarries have been used little, if any, since that time.
In the northernmost of these quarries, in soil that is practically
nothing but disintegrated shale, produced by the erosion of the
exposed and weathered rocks which form the northern and western
sides of the quarry, Isanthus brachiatus has found a congenial home.
This finding of Isanthus at Suffield, twenty-five miles up the Con-
necticut river from Wethersfield, removes the taint of suspicion from
the label on Wrights Wethersfield specimen and furnishes con-
tributory evidence of the authenticity of Brace’s record for this plant
in Litchfield in 1822.
SUFFIELD SCHOOL, Suffield, Connecticut.
SPARGANIUM MULTIPEDUNCULATUM IN EASTERN
AMERICA.
M. L. FERNALD.
Waen Dr. A. J. Eames and I' studied the genus Sparganium in 1907,
we recognized S. simplex Hudson as occurring from Newfoundland to
British Columbia, south to Maine, Vermont, Colorado and California,
with a poorly understood var. multipedunculatum Morong occurring
from Mackenzie to Colorado and California. Characteristic sheets
of the American plant which was passing in the East as S. simplex, in
the West as S. multipedunculatum (Morong) Rydberg, were referred
to the great student of the group, the late Professor Wladislaw Rothert,
and they all brought from him such notes as the following:
“S. affine Schnitzl. (S. angustifolium Michx. of the American
authors), typicum; forma robustior, foliis latis,” or “Dubious. Inter-
mediate between S. simplex Huds. and S. affine Schnitzl., nearer to
S. simplex” or, on a Californian sheet, “Most of the Western speci-
mens are clearly different from the European S. simplex Huds., and
intermediate between this and S. affine Schnitzl. (S. angustifolium
Michx. of the American authors), with individually different com-
binations of the characters of both. I have marked them as ‘dubious.’
Many of these ‘dubious’ specimens have been determined by Rydberg
as S. multipedunculatum Rydb. or ‘var. multipedunculatum Morong.’
1 RHODORA, ix. 89 (1907).
1925 Fernald,—Sparganium multipedunculatum 191
It is not quite impossible that they are indeed a separate species,
peculiar to the West of North America: but I am not able to find any
characters of their own, constantly distinguishing them both from
S. simplex and from S. affine; consequently I am rather inclined to
consider them as non-hybrid transition forms between these two
species. Most of the specimens do not fit Morong’s description of his
var. multipedunculatum.”
That this intermediate American plant, an extreme specimen of
which formed the basis of S. simplex, var. multipedunculatum Morong,
is not satisfactorily referred to the European S. simplex is clear. The
latter species has the linear-filiform stigmas commonly 2 mm. or more
long and the staminate half of the inflorescence „with 3-6 mostly
remote heads; the “dubious” S. multipedunculatum having the thick-
ish stigmas 1-1.8 mm. long and the 2—4 staminate heads approximate.
In the latter character and in the form of its stigmas the “dubious”’
plant is close to S. angustifolium Michx. (S. affine Schnitzl.) and in my
latest treatment! of the Sparganiums of northeastern America I
treated the eastern material as broad-leaved S. angustifolium. Dur-
ing the past summer, however, after repeatedly seeing the latter
species, Messrs. Bayard Long, K. M. Wiegand and I collected the
broad-leaved plant in brooks at Blanc Sablon, Labrador and in the
field it was so unlike S. angustifolium that a new study of it has been
made. This results in the recognition in eastern America of S. multi-
pedunculatum, a species heretofore considered distinctive of western
North America. From S. angustifolium it at once differs in its coarser
habit; its broader and flatter leaves which are scarcely dilated at base
and which (seen by transmitted light) have much more remote nerves,
larger fruiting heads and longer stigmas. In the East S. mulli-
pedunculatum occurs from southern Labrador to Lake St. John and
south to Sable Island, Nova Scotia, Knox and Franklin Counties,
Maine, Cheshire County, New Hampshire, and Orleans County,
Vermont. Superficially it sometimes resembles coarse forms of
S. chlorocarpum Rydberg, but that species differs in its more numerous
and scattered staminate heads and in having the summits of the
longer-beaked fruits ribbed.
The diagnostic characters of the three species, S. chlorocarpum,
S. angustifolium and S. multipedunculatum, and a citation of eastern
specimens of the latter are given below.
1RuwoporA, xxiv. 31-34 (1922).
192 Rhodora [NOVEMBER
Staminate half of inflorescence 2-10 cm. long, of 4-9 mostly
scattered heads (if shorter and with fewer heads, the
plant very low and with erect lower bracts): fruit dis-
tinctly ribbed at summit between the 3 angles; its beak
about equaling the body: tips of sepals appressed to the
fruit: plants commonly erect and emersed............ S. chlorocarpum.
Staminate half of inflorescence 1-3 cm. long, of 1-4 (rarely—6)
mostly crowded heads: fruit only faintly if at all ribbed
between the often obscure angles; its beak much shorter
than the body: tips of sepals loosely ascending or spread-
ing: plants commonly aquatic and with long floating
leaves and lower bracts.
Leaves rounded on the back, 1.54 (rarely—5) mm. wide;
the middle and upper ones and the bracts with dilated
and subinflated sheathing bases; the strong nerves of the
principal ones (seen on under surface) mostly 0.2-0.8
mm. apart: pistillate heads 1-3, in maturity 1.2-2 cm.
in diameter: stigmas 0.6-1.5 mm. long............
Leaves flat and ribbon-like, scarcely dilated or inflated at
base, 5-12 mm. wide; the strong nerves of the prin-
cipal ones 0.8-2 mm. apart: pistillate heads 1-5, in
maturity 2-2.5 cm. in diameter: stigmas 1-1.8 mm.
. oe rere een er vl Oe eare S. multipedunculatum,
2
angustifolium.
SPARGANIUM MULTIPEDUNCULATUM (Morong) Rydberg, Bull. Torr.
Bot. Cl. xxxii. 598 (1905). S. simplex, var. multipedunculatum
Morong, ibid, xv. 79 (1888). S. simplex of recent eastern Am. authors,
not Huds.—Lakes, ponds and pools, southeastern Labrador to
Alaska, south to Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, Maine, New Hamp-
shire, northern Vermont, Colorado and California. The following
eastern specimens belong here. LABRADOR: brooks entering Blanc
Sablon River, Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 27,315. NEWFOUND-
LAND: Virginia Water, St. John’s, Robinson & Schrenk, no. 200;
muddy ponds, Chimney Cove, Waghorne, no. 82. QuEBEC: shallow
pool, River Etamamion, Charnay, St. John, no. 90,076; embouchure
de la riviére Ouiatchouan, Val-Jalbert, Lac Saint-Jean, Victorin,
no. 15,976; Lake Pratt, Co. Temiscouata, Victorin, no. 692. Mac-
DALEN ISLANDS: shallow water near the margins of brackish ponds
southwest of Etang du Nord village, Grindstone Island, Fernald,
Long & St. John, nos. 6756 (distributed as S. angustifolium, ap-
proaching S. simplex), 6757; lagune de l'Etang- du-Nord, Victorin &
Rolland, no 9460. PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND: pool bordering a bog,
Brackley Point Road, Fernald, Long & St. John, no. 6759: border of a
fresh pond, back of sand hills, Tracadie, Fernald & St. John, no.
10,893 (distributed as S. chlorocarpum). Nova Scoria: sandy margin
of Pottle’s Lake, North Sydney, Bissell & Linder, no. 19,670; brackish
lake, Sydney Mines, Bissell & Linder, no. 19,672: Sable Island,
John Macoun, no. 22,637. Maine: Pettiquaggamis (Glazier) Lake,
August 8, 1893, Fernald: Farmington, August 13, 1894, Fernald:
small pond back of beach, Head Harbor Island, Jonesport, Cushman &
Sanford, no. 1561; Black Duck Pond, Matinicus, July 13, 1919,
C. A. E. Long. New Hampsuire: margin of Warren Pond, Alstead,
1925] Mackenzie,—Limodorum tuberosum L. 193
Fernald, no. 553. Vermont: outlet of Long Pond, Willoughby,
July 14, 1896, G. G. Kennedy; July 26, 1896, E. F. Williams.
Gray HERBARIUM.
LIMODORUM TUBEROSUM L.
K. K. MAcKENZIE.
Tux first volume of Gronovius, Flora Virginica, is said to have ap-
peared in 1739. In this work Gronovius was assisted by Linnaeus
(Jackson Linnaeus p. 165).
Very fully and carefully described in this work (p. 110) was a plant
from Virginia collected by Clayton to which the name Limodorum
was given. There has never been the slightest question on the part
of any botanical author about the identity of the plant so described.
It is the plant which has appeared in our manuals of botany either as
Limodorum tuberosum or Calopogon pulchellus.
The description given by Gronovius is as follows:
“ Limodorum
Helleborine Virginiana bulbosa, flore-atrorubente. Banist. Plukn.
Alm. p. 182.
Gladiolo Narbonensi affinis Planta Mariana, floribus minoribus.
Pet. Mus. n. 413.
Orchis verna testiculata aquatica, flore pulcherrimo specioso rubro
in spicam tenuem disposito, foliis longis angustis. Clayt. n. 76.
Helleborine radice tuberosa, foliis longis angustis, caule nudo, floribus
ex rubra pallide purpurascentibus Martyn. Cent. I. T. 50. hujus videtur
varietas.
Cal. nullus, cujus loco Germen.
Cor. Petala quinque, ovato-lanceolata, aequalia. Labium inferius
constituit Nectarium lineare, longitudine petali longitudinaliter bar-
batum, apice cordato. ;
Stam. Filamenta vixz conspicua. Antherae binae, adnatae corpori
lineari arcuato, longitudine corollae, apice appendiculato.
Pist. Germen columnare, longitudine corollae, sub receptaculo floris.
Stylus filiformis, adnatus corpusculo lineari. Stigma concavum.
Peric. Capsula columnaris, trivalvis, angulis dehiscens.
Sem. numerosa, scobiforma.”
In 1740 there also appeared another work with which Linnaeus
had a great deal to do. I refer to Royen, Florae Leydensis Prodromus,
which is so constantly cited by Linnaeus in his own works as “ Roy.
lugdb.” On page 16 of this work the same plant is again to be found
very fully and accurately described.
194 Rhodora [NovEMBER
Linnaeus himself fully described the same plant in various editions
of his Genera Plantarum, the second published in 1742 (p. 435); the
third published in 1743 (p. 333); the fourth published in 1752 (p. 333);
the fifth published in 1754 (p. 407). In all of these his only references
are to the original descriptions appearing in Gronovius and Royen.
In 1753 in the second volume of the first edition of the Species
Plantarum p. 950 is found the original description of Limodorum
tuberosum L. This is as follows:
“LIMODORUM.
tuberosum. 1. LIMODORUM. Roy. lugdb. 16. Gron. virg. 110.
Act. ups. 1740 p. 21.
Helleborine americana, radice tuberosa, foliis longis angustis,
caule nudo, floribus ex rubro pallide purpurascentibus. Mart. cent.
50. t. 50.
Habitat in America septentrionali.
Plumierii species americae australis plurimas non vidi.”
It will be noted that in the original description of Limodorum by
Gronovius there is a reference to Martyn’s plate 50. The same ref-
erence is also given by Royen, and it again appears in the Species
Plantarum. Whatever misunderstanding has arisen about the use
of the name Limodorum has arisen from this reference. The plate in
fact illustrates a West Indian orchid, a species of Bletia. This
species, as illustrated, looks very much like the Limodorum, and it is
no discredit to Linnaeus that he confused them.
However, it is very plain indeed that what Linnaeus always had
primarily in mind, when he used the name Limodorum, was the plant
described by Gronovius, by Royen, and by himself, from an actual
specimen collected by Clayton in Virginia. I do not believe that
any one would for a minute argue that merely because a scientist
cited a plate from another work when naming and describing a new
species from an actual specimen before him that the name given by
the scientist should be applied to the plant shown by the plate rather
than to the plant actually before the author.
It may be further argued that Linnaeus took his specific name
“tuberosum” from Martyn’s species. But a reference to the Gro-
novian description of Limodorum, will show that Linnaeus merely
selected the most suitable of several available names expressing the
same thoughts. Even if this were not so, merely borrowing a name
from a descriptive phrase does not, under the circumstances of the
1925] Mackenzie,—Limodorum tuberosum L. 195
present case, require the name to be used for the plant from which
the name was borrowed. It must still be used for the plant actually
described.
It is then the only proper thing to do to use the name Limodorum
tuberosum for the plant of the Eastern United States and it is not
proper to use it for the West Indian Bletia.
Calopogon pulchellus.
The other name by which our handsome orchid has been known to
some botanists is Calopogon pulchellus (Salisb.) R. Br. That name
goes back to the following description:
“Limodorum.
“Corolla 1-labiata. Anthera 1, Caveae styli dorso inserta, mobilis.
Stylus sub anthera 1-labiatus.
“Pulchellum. 1. L. petalis exterioribus recurvulis, interioribus in-
curvulis: labio erecto, supra basin lateribus reflexo; apice expanso,
late cochleaeformi, acuminulato; disco 3-carinato, deinde piloso.
L. tuberosum. Linn. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. p. 1345.”
Salisbury Prodr. Stirp. 8. 1796.
It will be noted that while Salisbury gives a description, he was
really but giving a new name to Limodorum tuberosum L. This was
one of the “direct and conscious renamings of species already validly
named, such as was freely indulged in by Salisbury” to quote the
appreciative language of Messrs. Fernald and Weatherby.
In 1805, Willdenow (Sp. Pl. 4: 105) used the name Limodorum
pulchellum in the genus Cymbidium as C. pulchellum. He gave no
description, merely citing Limodorum tuberosum L., Royen, Grono-
vius, a description by Swartz, Michaux’s description of Limodorum
tuberosum L. and Salisbury’s description of Limodorum pulchellum.
In 1813 the genus Calopogon R. Br. was published (Ait. Hort. Kew
(Ed. 2) 5: 204-5). This is as poorly described as can well be imagined.
The entire description is “ Calopogon. Brown mss. Labellum posticum,
unguiculatum: lamine barbata. Petala 5 distincta. Columna libera.
Pollen angulatum.” Only one species was given, namely Calopogon
pulchellus. It is not described at all, but is based solely on Cym-
bidium pulchellum Willd.! and a plate of Limodorum tuberosum L. in
Curtis magazine (pl. 116).
1 Swartz had previously published the name Cymbidium pulchellum based on
Limodorum tuberosum L. and Limodorum pulchellum Salisb. (Nov. Act. Ups. 6: 75;
also Schrader Journ. 2: 220. 1799). His work, however, was apparently not known
196 Rhodora [NOVEMBER
From the above one will see that the name Calopogon pulchellus is
directly based on Limodorum tuberosum. All of the authors dealing
with the two plants (Salisbury, Willdenow and R. Brown) treated
them as the same. The name is one arising from Salisbury’s habit
of renaming plants, so feelingly characterized by Messrs. Fernald and
Weatherby. Under the American code of nomenclature the name of
our pretty orchid is Limodorum tuberosum. Under the Vienna code
one is told that one must substitute the very poorly published name
Calopogon for the older and very carefully described Limodorum.
This is certainly an excellent illustration of how carelessly that code
was prepared. But even under the Vienna code the name of the
species is not Calopogon pulchellus but is Calopogon tuberosus (L.)
B. S. P.
MAPLEWOOD, NEW JERSEY.
THE ARCTIC VARIETY OF ALOPECURUS AEQUALIS.
M. L. FERNALD.
Tue plant of north temperate regions which passes in America
either as Alopecurus aristulatus Michx. or as A. geniculatus, var.
aristulatus (Michx.) Torr. has abundant characters to distinguish it
from A. geniculatus L. of Eurasia, a species locally naturalized in
North America. These characters have been clearly set forth by
Bicknell! and by St. John? and, briefly enumerated, are as follows:
more delicate habit, glaucous or pale-green color, less geniculate or
depressed culms, less inflated sheaths, longer and more slender pale
spikes with spikelets only about 2 mm. long, short straight awn about
equaling to barely exceeding the glumes and attached near the middle
of the lemma, anthers 0.5-1 mm. long, yellowish; the coarser European
A. geniculatus having, as its name implies, geniculate stems, a full
green color, inflated sheaths, coarser and commonly darker spikes
with spikelets about 3 mm. long, a long-exserted and twisted awn
attached near the base of the lemma, and brown or purple anthers
1.5-2 mm. long.
to Robert Brown, and forms no part of the history of the name Calopogon pulchellus
as given by Brown. It is, however, the only basis for the erroneous authorship
(Calopogon pulchellus (Sw.) R. Br.) given in Gray's Manual, 7th Ed., p. 312. It is
also most probable that Willdenow had the name of Swartz in mind, although he does
not directly say so.
1 Bicknell, Bull. Torr. Bot. Cl. xxxv. 472 (1908).
2 St. John, Ruopora, xix. 165 (1917).
1925] Fernald,—The arctic Variety of Alopecurus aequalis 197
Although the specific distinctions of the two plants are now well
understood, the correct name for A. aristulatus seems to have been
missed by American students of the group. In Eurasia, where the
species occurs and where it is now generally maintained as distinct
from A. geniculatus L., it long passed as A. fulvus Sm. Engl. Bot. xxi.
t. 1467 (1805), but since A. aristulatus Michx. Fl. Bor.-Am. i. 43
(1803) antedates Smith’s name, Michaux’s binomial has been used in
America. A still earlier specific name, however, is A. aequalis Sob.
Fl. Petrop. 16 (1799). Sobolewski described A. aequalis as differing
from A. geniculatus in having“ Aristis gluma aequalibus,” the most
important diagnostic character of A. aristulatus (or A. fulvus), and
for practically a century A. aequalis was cited in Eurasian literature
as a synonym of A. fulvus. Recently, however, with the impulse to
more exact application of priority-principles, the name A. aequalis
has been revived in Europe by such close students of nomenclature as
Schinz & Thellung,! Britton & Rendle,? Druce, Hanbury* and Lind-
man? and we should fall in line by accepting for Alopecurus aristulatus
Michx. (1803) or A. fulvus Sm. (1805) the earlier name, A. AEQUALIS
Sob. (1799).
During the past summer, on the Straits of Belle Isle, Messrs. Long,
Wiegand and I became much interested in an aquatic Alopecurus,
which we found in tundra-pools on both the Newfoundland and the
Quebec sides of the Straits. In the first region the plant, with its
long ribbon-like leaf-blades floating on the water, suggested Glyceria
fluitans or G. borealis; in the second region, the pool had dried away
and the repent stems sprawled loosely on the ground. Both plants,
although having very short and scarcely or but slightly exserted
panicles only 0.7-3.5 cm. long, have the more important technical
characters of A. aequalis: small spikelets, short awn inserted high
upon the lemma and small pale anthers; but they differ at once from
it in their lax habit, short and inflated sheaths and included or but
slightly exserted short spike. In all these characters they exactly
match the Greenland plant which was set off in 1880 as A. geniculatus,
var. natans J. Vahl. The variety was published by Lange from a
manuscript description of Vahl’s. Under A. geniculatus Lange said:
1Schinz & Thellung, Bull. Herb. Boiss. 2me sér. vii. 396 (1907); Viertelj. Naturf.
Gesells. Zürich, lxvi. 291 (1921).
2 Britten & Rendle, List Brit. Seed-Pl. and Ferns (1907).
3 Druce, List Brit. Pl. (1908).
4 Hanbury ed., Lond. Cat. Brit. Pl. ed. 10 (1908).
s Lindman, Svensk Fanerogamfl. 74 (1918).
198 Rhodora [NOVEMBER
“Forma groenlandica hujus speciei excellit thyrso valde abbreviato,
saepius vix ultra vaginam superiorem exserto, foliis infer. longe
fluitantibus. Haec ut varietas natans designata est a beat. J.
Vahl (mscr. ined.).” !
Lange cited seven collections, three of which are represented in the
Gray Herbarium. These and material from Iceland perfectly match
the specimens secured by us in pools near the Straits of Belle Isle, and
later material of the Greenland plant (Disco, August, 1923, Porsild)
in a less aquatic form is a good match for St. John’s plant from Brest
on the Labrador Peninsula, St. John’s material being of the emersed
phase of the plant.
This plant of Iceland, Greenland, northern Newfoundland and
eastern Quebec, with the technical characters of Alopecurus aequalis,
but differing at once from the common plant of more southern lati-
tudes in habit, sheaths and size and degree of exsertion of spike is,
then, unquestionably A. geniculatus var. natans J. Vahl. It is most
probable, however, that it was published under the identical name in
1812 from Lapland, Wahlenberg’s description under A. geniculatus
reading:
“B. natans: culmo ramoso, foliis natantibus, glumis obtusissimis
. natat in lacubus sylvarum pasim.” ?
That the Lapland A. geniculatus, var. natans Wahlenb. and the
plant of Greenland (A. geniculatus var. natans J. Vahl) are identical
is indicated by Simmons who, taking them up as A. aristulatus, var.
natans (Wahlenb.) Simmons, stated that “In den Herbarien liegend
zahlreich Examplare aus dem nördlichen Schweden und Norwegen
vor, ferner auch aus Sibirien und Grönland.”
Under the earliest specific name this arctic variety becomes
ALOPECURUS AEQUALIS Sob., var. natans (Wahlenb.), n. comb.
A. geniculatus, 8. natans Wahlenb. Fl. Lapp. 22 (1912); also (inde-
pendently) J. Vahl in Lange, Consp. Fl. Groenl. 156 (1880). A. aris-
tulatus, var. natans (Wahlenb.) Simmons, Arkiv för Bot. vi. no. 17:
4 (1907). A. aristulatus, var. Merriami St. John, Vict. Mem. Mus.
Mem. 146: 42 (1922) at least in part, perhaps not A. Howellii, var.
Merriami [misspelled Merrimani] Beal, Grasses N. A. ii. 278 (1896).
Distinguished by lax habit; stems often repent or floating: leaf-
sheaths inflated; the upper 1-5 cm. long: spikes 0.7-3.5 cm. long,
often purple-tinged; the base included in the sheath or finally exserted
1-5 em.—Northern Norway and Sweden, Siberia, Iceland, Greenland,
1 Lange, Consp. Fl. Groenl. 156 (1880).
2 Wahlenb. Fl. Lapp. 22 (1812).
3 Simmons, Arkiv. för Bot. vi. no. 17: 4 (1907).
19251 Fernald,—The arctic Variety of Alopecurus aequalis 199
northern Newfoundland and eastern Quebec. The following Ameri-
can specimens are characteristic. GREENLAND: Sarkak, 1870,
Berggren, July 18, 1871, T. M. Fries, August 12, 1921, A. E. Porsild;
Blavedal, August, 1912, Th. Porsild; Brede Dal, S. Disko, August 8,
1923, A. E. Porsild; Frederiksdal, August 1, 1889, Lundstrom. New-
FOUNDLAND: pool in tundra, Boat Harbor, Straits of Belle Isle,
Fernald, Wiegand & Long, no. 27,505. QuEBEC: exsiccated pond on
tableland west of Blanc Sablon, Wiegand, no. 27,506; sandy pond-
shore, Anse des Dunes, Brest, St. John, no. 90,117.
Contrasted with var. natans the more southern form of A. aequalis
has culms more ascending at least above the sometimes submersed
base and usually taller: leaf-sheaths only slightly inflated; the upper
3.5-10 em. long: spikes 2.5-8 cm. long, usually not purple-tinged and
finally long-exserted (0.3-2.3 dm.).
St. John identifies with the Iceland and Greenland material the
plant of islands of Bering Sea described by Beal as A. Howellii, var.
Merriamt. Such material as the writer has seen, some of Merriam's
original collection from St. George Island and several sheets collected
by J. M. Macoun on St. Paul Island, seem, however, much stiffer and
coarser than var. natans and to have less inflated sheaths and longer-
exserted spikes. Should they eventually prove to be referable to var.
natans the latter name, of course, must be maintained for them, having
unquestioned priority. Some other specimens identified by St. John
with the Iceland and Greenland plant because of a purplish tinge in
the spikelets, depart from it in all other characters and seem better
left with the large southern extreme of A. aequalis: such plants as
Bourgeau’s from Saskatchewan and Shear’s no. 1502 from Colorado.
Although the color is a fair secondary character it too often breaks
down: Porsild’s material from Greenland shows some spikes with
purple tinge, some without; the aquatic plant of the Straits of Belle
Isle is similarly variable.
GRAY HERBARIUM.
FURTHER CASES OF INCONSTANCY IN COLOR-FORMS.—On my place
in Wilton, Conn., is a narrow strip between grape-vines and a path.
Being on the north of the vines it is very much shaded and little will
grow there. For a number of years Impatiens biflora has taken
possession. I do not remember the flowers at first, but for some years
they have been spotless except for a few tiny dots in the “slipper.”
200 Rhodora [NOVEMBER
A plant with dotted flowers was a rarity. This year (1925) the flowers
are so heavily dotted that they are literally “pink” (a bright pale
scarlet), for the dots are so nearly suffused as almost to cover the
yellow (or orange). I thought I had found two plants with dotless
flowers, but examination proved they were fully dotted up to the
throat. We have had a very wet summer, mostly very warm;
whether that has had anything to do with the change, I do not know.
I think it was in 1919 that a plant of Lobelia cardinalis was brought
to me from Redding, Conn. The flowers were white, except that
each corolla-lobe was tipped for perhaps one-sixteenth of an inch
with pink (not red). The next year the pink extended inward about
double the distance. The third year the color reached halfway to
the middle. The fourth year the flower was all colored, the outer
part nearly to the cardinal red usual in the species, the center only
pink. That year a small plant about four feet away, which must have
come from the first, blossomed, the natural red. The winter after,
both plants died. Anna E. CARPENTER, Wilton, Connecticut.
Vol. 27, no. 321, including pages 153 to 173 and plates 151 and 152, was issued
24 October 1925.
Vol. 27, no. 322, including pages 173 to 188, was issued 5 November, 1925.
podora
JOURNAL OF THE
NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Conducted and published for the Club, by
BENJAMIN LINCOLN ROBINSON, Editor-in-Chief
MERRITT LYNDON FERNALD
HOLLIS WEBSTER Associate Editors
CARROLL WILLIAM DODGE
WILLIAM PENN RICH, Publication Committee
Vol. 27. December, 1925 No. 324.
CONTENTS:
Noteworthy Rhode Island Plants. S. N. F. Sanford.......... 201
The Identity of Eriophorum callitrix. M.L.Fernald......... 203
Cladonia apodocarpa, a New Species. C. A. Robbins......... 210
Excursion to southern Vermont. C. H. Knowlton............ 211
Grier’s Notes on the Flora of Long Island. Norman Taylor... 213
ee re a . ee 216
%%% ĩ ĩ vv cn wee. ee ee
Boston, Mass. | Providence, R. J.
300 Massachusetts Ave. Preston and Rounds Co.
RHODORA.—A monthly journal of botany, devoted primarily to the flora of New
England. Price, $2.00 per year, postpaid (domestic and foreign) ; single copies
(if available) 20 cents. Volumes 1-8 or single numbers from them can be sup-
plied at somewhat advanced prices which will be furnished on application.
Notes and short scientific papers, relating directly or indirectly to the plants of
the northeastern states, will be gladly received and published to the extent
that the limited space of the journal permits. Forms will be closed five weeks
in advance of publication. Authors (of more than one page of print) will re-
ceive 25 copies of the issue in which their contributions appear. Extracted re-
prints, if ordered in advance, will be furnished at cost.
Address manuscripts and proofs to
B. L. ROBINSON, 3 Clement Circle, Cambridge, Mass.
Subscriptions, advertisements, and business communications to
W. P. RICH, 300 Massachusetts Avenue, Boston, Mass.
Entered at Boston, Mass., Post Office as Second Class Mail Matter.
BOTANICAL BOOKS,
New and Second Hand,
PRESTON & ROUNDS CO.,
Providence, R. I.
CARD-INDEX OF NEW GENERA, SPECIES AND VARIETIES OF
AMERICAN PLANTS, 1885 TO DATE.
For American taxonomists and all students of American plants the
most important supplement to the Index Kewensis, this catalogue
in several ways exceeds the latter work in detail, since it lists not
only the flowering plants, but pteridophytes and cellular crypto-
gams, and includes not merely genera and species, but likewise sub-
species, varieties and forms. A work of reference invaluable for
larger herbaria, leading libraries, academies of sciences, and other
centers of botanical activity. Issued quarterly, at $22.50 per 1000
cards.
GRAY HERBARIUM of Harvard University,
Cambridge, Mass., U. S. A.
CHECK LIST OF GRAY’S MANUAL, 7th EDITION, compiled by
M. A. Day. Leatherette. Pocket size. Invaluable for collector’s
memoranda and herbarium records. Published and sold by the
Gray HERBARIUM, Cambridge, Mass. Price postpaid 20 cts. each.
Ten copies $1.50.
MEMOIRS OF THE GRAY HERBARIUM. A series of illustrated
quarto papers issued at irregular intervals, sold separately.
Vol. II. Persistence of Plants in unglaciated Areas of Boreal America,
by M. L. Fernald, 102 pages. Aug. 1925. $2.00.
Gray Herbarium of Harvard University, Cambridge, Mass.
Advertisements of Nurserymen and Dealers in Botanical and other Scien-
tific Publications are inserted in these pages at the following rates per
space of 4 in. by 3-4 in. 1 year $4.00, 6 months $2.50.
wee ee
Rbodora
JOURNAL OF
THE NEW ENGLAND BOTANICAL CLUB
Vol. 27. December, 1925. No. 324.
NOTEWORTHY RHODE ISLAND PLANTS.
S. N. F. SANFORD.
ALTHOUGH a botanist’s chief pleasure may come through the
discovery of new species, the range extension of well-known plants,
and the location of unreported stations, add not a little to his enjoy-
ment, and often prove useful. It seems worth while, therefore, to
record a few such plants collected by the writer, especially those
from certain towns in Newport County which have not been fully
covered by local floras.
SPARGANIUM EURYCARPUM Engelm. Little Compton. In shallow
water of a pond. Infrequent.
PoTAMOGETON BUPLEUROIDES Fernald. Newport, Middletown and
Little Compton. Ponds, under brackish influence. The discovery
of the Little Compton station for this plant tends to confirm Prof.
M. L. Fernald’s suggestion that the Potamogeton perfoliatus L. of
early R. I. botanists may have been P. bupleuroides. Reported by
Olney, 1847, from Little Compton and Providence.
VALLISNERIA AMERICANA Michx. Little Compton. Pond, possibly
Olney’s (1847) original station. Also recorded from Providence and
Barrington. A plant of wide range, but far from common.
Ecuinocioa WALTERI (Pursh) Nash. Middletown, Little Compton
and Barrington. Sandy marshes near salt water. Apparently
frequent along the coast.
CENCHRUS CAROLINIANUS Walt. Little Compton. Sandy soil,
near ocean. Infrequent.
GLYCERIA SEPTENTRIONALIS Hitche. Tiverton. Some of the
older Mass. and R. I. records for Glyceria fluitans (L.) R. Br. may be
this species.
202 Rhodora [DECEMBER
GLYCERIA ACUTIFLORA Torr. Tiverton. Occasional, bog holes in
woods. Roots freely at the nodes, forming loosely spreading clumps.
ELxuus virernicus L. var. HALOPHILUS (Bicknell) Wiegand.
Prudence Id. (Portsmouth). Salt marshes. Probably not uncommon
in its preferred habitat, and doubtless included in older collections
with Elymus virginicus L., from which it was separated by Bicknell
as E. halophilus, but more recently changed, by Wiegand, to a variety
of E. virginicus.
CYPERUS GRAYII Torr. Little Compton. Sandy shores, near
ocean. Recorded from coastal towns of Mass. and R. I., but appar-
ently the stations are few. Recently reported from Westerly, R. I.
SMILAX HERBACEA L. Warren and Bristol. Frequent rather
than common. Individual plants in a colony seldom numerous.
POGONIA VERTICILLATA (Willd.) Nutt. Tiverton. Open woods
and shaded thickets. Probably not common anywhere in New Eng-
land, and comparatively rare in Rhode Island.
GLAUCIUM FLAVUM Crantz. Prudence Id. (Portsmouth) and
Bristol. In beach shingle, on cliffs, and in waste places, on or near
the coast. Also reported from Portsmouth, Little Compton, Conani-
cut Id., and “Mt. Hope Bay,” R. I. Prudence Id. may be Olney’s
original station. Introduced and local.
RUBUS RHODINSULANUS Bailey. Prudence Id. (Portsmouth), in
Narragansett Bay. Dry, open, sandy pastures, forming circular
patches, the runners—often 5 or 6 feet long—extending like spokes
from the hub of a wheel.
A new species, recently described by L. H. Bailey in Gentes Herba-
rum, vi. Rubus. Oct., 1925, pp. 233, 242, 243. Somewhat resembles
Rubus arenicola Blanchard. May not be confined to this island.
STROPHOSTYLES HELVOLA (L.) Britton. Prudence Id. and Barring-
ton. Specimens from Jamestown, Newport Co., have also been seen.
GERANIUM ROBERTIANUM L. Tiverton. Rich soil of wooded
hillsides. Infrequent.
CRYPTOTAENIA CANADENSIS (L.) DC. Lincoln. Well within its
range, but all stations in southern Mass. and R. I. are worth recording.
CORNUS CANADENSIS L. Tiverton. Rocky pasture thicket.
Visited several years in succession. Cautious inquiry gave no
indication that the plants were not native, and the wildness of the
country and the nature of the people were not conducive to the
sentiment of transplantation. On the second visit a competent
botanist was taken to confirm the record.
1925] Fernald,—The Identity of Eriophorum callitrix 203
Listed from Portsmouth, R. I., nearly forty years ago.
HOTTONIA INFLATA Ell. Tiverton. Stagnant or quiet waters of
ponds and streams. Although more than a dozen stations are known
in southeastern Mass., the R. I. records for this plant are not numer-
ous.
SAMOLUS FLORIBUNDUS HBK. Bristol. In brackish mud. Not-
withstanding the wide and peculiar distribution of this species, the
New England stations are comparatively few and scattered.
LIMOSELLA SUBULATA Ives. Little Compton. In sandy mud and
shallow water of pond, near ocean. Also reported from the town of
Narragansett, and from Providence. A rare and local plant and
always interesting.
ASTER CONCOLOR L. South Kingston. Dry, sandy loam of pastures,
and on banks of glacial till. Several stations scattered along the South
Shore between Wakefield and Westerly. Also recorded from this
general region, but farther inland, near Worden’s Pond.
A very handsome plant, often with thick, cylindrical clusters of
pink-violet flowers changing to deep blue-violet when pressed. The
range of this plant—eastern Mass. (including Nantucket), Rhode
Island and southward—adds to its interest.
MIKANIA SCANDENS (L.) Willd. Tiverton. Another plant of wide
distribution, but not frequently collected.
ONOPORDUM AcantHIuM L. Prudence Id.: a small colony in
barren pasture. Providence: a large colony, in waste ground, east
side of the city. Lincoln: a single, villainous looking shrub, 6 or 7
feet tall and nearly as wide, existed, a few years ago, in this town.
Apparently an introduction of rare and local occurrence.
Boston Society oF NATURAL History.
THE IDENTITY OF ERIOPHORUM CALLITRIX.
M. L. FERNALD.
One of the most characteristic members of Eriophorum & Vaginata
in northeastern America—from Baffinland and Labrador to Atha-
basca, south on bogs and in spruce swamps to Newfoundland, Nova
Seotia, southern New England, the mountains of Pennsylvania,
northern Indiana and Wisconsin—is the Harestail, the densely
cespitose species which by early American authors was identified
204 Rhodora [DECEMBER
with E. caespitosum Host of Eurasia, by later American botanists
was called the Eurasian E. vaginatum L. (with which E. caespitosum
Host is synonymous) and which in 1905! I identified with E. callitrix
Cham., a species described from the Asiatic side of Bering Strait.
That the common plant of northeastern America is not identical
with the Eurasian E. vaginatum (including E. caespitosum) is clear.
E. vaginatum has the bladeless sheaths of the culm more inflated
than in the cespitose plant of eastern America, the oblong flowering
spike 1-3 cm. long, the anthers 2-3 mm. long, the achenes narrowly
obovoid, and the mature denuded rachis 0.9-1.5 cm. long; the common
plant of eastern America having the obovoid to subglobose flowering
spike 0.8-1.5 cm. long, the anthers 1-2 mm. long, the achenes broadly
obovoid, and the mature denuded rachis 0.6-1 cm. long. In 1905
it was thought that the American plant which had long passed as
E. vaginatum should be identified with E. callitrix Cham. from Bering
Strait, this conviction gaining strength from the fact that nothing
else was known which so closely matched the description and beautiful
figure of Chamisso’s species.? The name E. callitriz, to be sure, had
been applied in Europe to the very slender plant now generally
known as E. opacum (Björnstr.) Fernald’; but in recent years it has
been excluded from European floras and in America has been used
exclusively for the common plant of the northeastern bogs and tundra.
In July, 1925, however, while exploring near the Straits of Belle
Isle in northwestern Newfoundland, the writer and his companions
found themselves in a region where the Eriophora of the section
Vaginata abound: E. Scheuchzeri Hoppe, E. Chamissonis C. A. Meyer,
E. Chamissonis, var. aquatile (Norman) Fernald, E. callitriæ of Fernald
and other recent American authors, E. callitriz, var. erubescens
Fernald, E. opacum (Björnstr.) Fernald; and a seventh and very
distinct plant of wet tundra which in some characters suggested the
common plant we have been calling E. callitriæ, in others E. opacum,
but clearly quite a distinct species from either of them. Always of
very low stature (0.5-2 dm. high) and forming the smallest of tufts
(1-6 cm. in diameter), with only 1 to 6 culms, the plant was found
to be characteristic nearly the length of the south side of the Straits
always in regions where the adjacent dry rock-barrens show by their
deep mantle of frost-broken and angular residual debris that the
1 Fernald, Ruopora, vii. 85, 135 (1905).
2 Chamisso in C. A. Meyer, Mém. Sav. Etrang. Acad. St. Pétersb. i, 203, t. 2 (1831).
3 Fernald, I. c. 85 (1905).
1925] Fernald,—The Identity of Eriophorum callitrix 205
area was not much modified by the Pleistocene glaciation. From
the common cespitose plant of eastern America which has passed as
E. callitrix the small plant along the Straits of Belle Isle differs at
once in having the inflated sheaths of the culms confined to the base
of the plant instead of running to the middle of the culms, the spathe
and the scales of the spike uniformly blackish and appressed-ascending
instead of pale-margined and divergent or even reflexed in age, the
anthers at most 1 mm. long, instead of 1-2 mm., the mature fruiting
spike turbinate-obovoid and only 1.5-2.3 em. high, instead of depress-
ed-globose and 2.5-5 cm. in diameter, and the denuded mature
rachis with pits opening obliquely upward instead of opening hori-
zontally. From E. opacum the lower plant differs by its coarser
and stiffer leaves and culms (the slender and delicate culms of E.
opacum 3-6.75 dm. high), sheaths restricted to the base of the culm
and ampliate upward, the upper one usually with a short blade (the
more numerous scattered sheaths of E. opacum extending nearly
to the summit, scarcely inflated and bladeless), the spathe ovate
and ribbed nearly to the margin (the narrower spathe of E. opacum
with broad ribless margin), the bristles brilliant snow-white (in E.
opacum sordid) and the achenes ellipsoid-obovoid (in E. opacum
narrowly cuneate-obovoid).
A review of the genus in the light of this species new to the flora
of North America leads to the conclusion that this novel plant of
northwestern Newfoundland is the species of St. Lawrence Island,
fully described and beautifully illustrated as E. callitrix Chamisso.
Chamisso’s description fits it in every particular as do the details
of the plate, both of which have been carefully checked with me by
Mr. C. A. Weatherby. So long as Chamisso’s species was identified
with another plant of northeastern America the clarity of his descrip-
tion and plate was not so apparent. Now, however, his presentation
of E. callitrix becomes convincing and the species takes its place in
the long list! of plants which divide their ranges between the region
of the Gulf of St. Lawrence and the Bering Sea area, a list greatly
augmented by the explorations of the past summer. That E. callitriz
(true) is, indeed, a very rare and localized plant is apparent from the
fact that, in spite of the clear description and illustration of it pub-
lished in 1831, it should have been known to Meinshausen in 1901
See Fernald: Persistence of Planis in unglaciaied Areas of Boreal America, Mem.
Am, Acad. xv. no. 3 (1925.)
206 Rhodora [DECEMBER
only from the original collection: “ Hab.: Auf den St. Laurenz-Inseln
(nur von Mertens gesammelt und mitgebracht)“; and that the
Vega-Expedition, in exploring the Arctic coast of Eurasia, should
find it only on St. Lawrence Bay, “spärlich.. Nur von
diesen Theil des arktischen Sibiriens her bekannt.“? That the species
should now be found as a member of the relic flora of western New-
foundland is particularly interesting in view of the presence there
of such species as Cerastium Fischerianum Seringe of the shore of
Bering Sea, Primula sibirica Jacq., and particularly of Senecio resedi-
folius Less., the type of which came from St. Lawrence Bay.
The common densely cespitose plant of eastern North America,
which long passed as Eriophorum vagindtum L. and which I have
erroneously identified with E. callitriæ, seems to have no name and
it is here proposed as a new species, and since the present study has
materially changed our understanding of the characters of the 1-
spiked cotton grasses (Eriophorum § Vaginata), a new key to and
brief synopsis of the eastern American representatives of the section
are here given.
KEY TO THE EASTERN AMERICAN SPECIES OF ERIOPHORUM § VAGINATA.
a. Stoloniferous; culms mostly solitary: empty scales at base of
spike chiefly 7 or fewer (Subsection Pauctvacua)* b.
b. Flowering spike broadly obovoid to subglobose, 0.8-1.2
em. long: scales lead-color to blackish, with only slightly
paler narrow margins, ovate-lanceolate to lance-atten-
uate: anthers 1 mm. long: fruiting spike depressed-
globose, 2-2.5 em. high: bristles bright-white...... E. Scheuchzeri.
b. Flowering spike oblong-cylindric, 1.5-2 cm. long: scales
brownish-drab to blackish, with a distinct whitish margin,
ovate to ovate-lanceolate, bluntish: anthers 1.5-3 mm.
long: fruiting spike obovoid, 2.5-4 cm. long: bristles
reddish, cinnamon-color or whitish................ E. Chamissonis.
a. Cespitose, not stoloniferous; the culms and basal leaves
more or less rigid, in tufts or tussocks: empty scales at
the base of the spike usually 10-15 (Subsection Muttt-
vacua)! €.
c. Spathes and scales of the spike blackish or lead-color,
without conspicuous pale margin, appressed-ascending:
fruiting spike pine’ 8 1.5-2.5 em. high: achenes 2-2.3
mm. long, 0.5-1.2 mm. broad: pits of the mature de-
Meinshausen: Die Cyperaceen der Flora Russlands, Acta Hort. Petrop. xviii. no.
5: 267 (1901). i
2 Kjellman: Phanerogamenflora an der asiatischen Kuste der Berings-Strasse, Die
Wissenschaftl. Ergebnisse der Vega-Exped. 372 (1883).
3 ErroprnoRruM § Vaarinata Anderss., subsection Paucivacua. Section Paucivacuae
Norman, Christ, Vidensk-Selsk. Forh. (1893), no. 16: 45 (1893).
4BrropHorum & Vaainata Andress., subsection Multivacua. Section Multi-
vacuae Norman 1. c. (1893).
1925] Fernald,—The Identity of Eriophorum callitrix 207
nuded rachis opening obliquely upward: plants loosely
ee A forming tussocks 1-9 cm. in diameter: culms
d. Culms slender, 3-6.75 dm. high: sheaths scattered,
usually extending high above the middle of the culm,
scarcely inflated, bladeless: spathe lanceolate or lance-
ovate, with broad ribless margin: bristles sordid....... E. opacum.
d. Culm stout and stiff, 0.6-2.2 dm. high: sheaths mostly
confined to the lower half of the culm; the upper
ampliate-inflated and usually bearing a short blade:
spathe ovate, ribbed nearly to the margin: bristles
bright- White E. callitriæ.
c. Spathes and scales lead- colored, with whitish margins,
finally divergent or often even reflexed: fruiting spike
depressed-globose to broadly obovoid, 2.5-5 cm. in
diameter: achenes 2.5-3.5 mm. long, 1.5-2 mm. broad:
pits of the mature denuded rachis opening horizontally
outward or only slightly ascending: plants forming
broad dense tussocks with many culms................ E. spissum.
E. Scurucuzert Hoppe, Bot. Taschenb. 104, App. t. 7 (1800);
Fernald, Ruopora, vii. 82 (1905), which see for detailed citations.
E. capitatum Host. Gram. i. 30, t. 38 (1801). E. leucocephalum
Beklr. Flora, xli. 419 (1858).—Arctic regions, south in wet swales and
pond-margins to northwestern Newfoundland and southern Alaska.
E. Cuamissonis C. A. Meyer in Ledeb. Fl. Alt. i. 70 (1829) as to
description for most part, synonymy and citation of Unalaskan
specimen, Mém. Sav. Etrang. Acad. St. Pétersb. i. 204, t. 3 (1831),
except the Altai plant; Fernald, Ruopora, vii. 83, 133 (1905), which
see for detailed citations. E. intermedium Cham. ex C. A. Meyer,
llcc. (1829, 1831), as synonym, not Bast. E. vaginatum, G. medium
Laestad. ex Fries, Novit. Mant. ii. 1 (1839), as syn. E. russeolum
Fries l. c. 2 (1839) as syn. and ibid iii. 170 (1842). E. Scheuchzert,
var. Chamissonis (C. A. Meyer) F. Nyl. Acta Soc. Se. Fenn. iii.
(1852) and in Anderss. Bot. Not. (1857) 58. E. medium Anderss.
Bot. Not. (1857) 62. E. rufescens Anderss. Bot. Not. (1857) 79.
E. vaginatum, b. Beklr. Linnaea, xxxvii. 94 (1871). E. russeolum, var.
rufescens Hartm. Handb. ed. 11: 450 (1879).—Labrador to Alaska,
south in wet bogs and margins of pools to central and western New-
foundland, St. Pierre et Miquelon, Nova Scotia, southern New
Brunswick, James Bay and Ottawa Valley, Ontario, Lake Huron
(fide Hooker), Wyoming, Idaho, Washington and Vancouver Island.—
The typical form has slender culms 1-5 dm. high and rarely more
than 1.5 mm. in diameter, with comparatively short and slender
leaves, the bristles ferruginous. The bristles are white in Forma
ALBIDUM (F. Nyl.) Fernald, Roopora, xxiii. 131 (1921). Var. albidum
(F. Nyl.) Fernald, Ruopora, vii. 84 (1905). E. russeolum, var.
albidum F. Nylander, Acta Soc. Se. Fenn. iii. (1852) and in Anderss.
Bot. Not. (1857) 58. E. russeolum, var. candidum Norm. Ind. Supp.
46 (1864).
Var. aquatile (Norman), n. comb. E. russeolum, var. aquatile
Norm. Archiv. Weath. Naturvid. v. 509 (1881). E. aquatile Norm.
208 Rhodora [DECEMBER
Christ. Vidensk-Selsk. Forh. (1893) no. 16:43 (1893). E. Chamissonis,
subsp. aquatile (Norm.) Lindb. fil. Svensk Fanerogamfl. 113 (1918).—
A very coarse extreme, with culms 4—6 dm. high and 2—4 mm. in
diameter at base: basal leaves coarse and elongate, sometimes about
equaling the culms: stolons without bladeless sheaths: empty scales
at base of spike often more numerous: bristles paler.—The only
American material referred here is from NEWFOUNDLAND: shallow
pool at base of Cape Dégrat, Quirpon Island, August 7, 1925, Fernald
& Long, no. 27,545.
E. opacum (Björnstr.) Fernald, Ruopora, vii. 85 (1905), which
see for many citations. E. vaginatum, var. opacum Björnstr. Grunddr.
af Piteå Lappm. Vaxtfys. 35 (1856). E. callitrix Anderss. Bot. Not.
(1857) 60; Fries, Bot. Not. (1858) 63; Liebm. & Lange, Fl. Dan.
Suppl. t. 122 (1874), a beautiful plate with accurate details.—Straits
of Belle Isle, Newfoundland to Alaska, south to Hastings County,
Ontario, Saskatchewan, southern Alberta and southern British
Columbia; northern Eurasia.
Reports of the plant in New England are due to errors of identifi-
cation.
E. cALLITRIX Cham. in C. A. Meyer, Mém. Sav. Etrang. Acad. St.
Pétersb. i. 203, t. 2 (1831).—Known only from the type region,
St. Lawrence Bay on the Asiatic side of Bering Strait, and from the
south side of the Straits of Belle Isle, northwestern NEWFOUNDLAND:
peaty margins of pools in limestone barrens back of Big Brook,
Fernald & Long, no. 27,551; borders of pools in tundra back of Big
Brook, Pease & Griscom, no. 27,552; moist turfy or peaty depressions
in limestone barrens, Cook Point, Fernald & Gilbert, no. 27,553;
boggy tundra, Schooner (or Brandy) Island, Pease d Long, no.
27,554; wet peaty depressions in tundra, Boat Harbor, Fernald,
Wiegand & Long, no. 27,555; borders of depressions in tundra one
mile back of Savage Cove, Fernald, Pease & Long, no. 27,556.
E. spissum, n. sp., planta densissime arctissime caespitosa, caespite
1-6 dm. diametro; culmis numerosis erectis subrigidis trigonis apice
subscabris 1.5-7 dm. altis infra vel rarius supra medium vaginis
1-2 inflatis remotis dispositis; foliis filiformibus trigonis scabris
vaginis deinde fibrillosis; spica obovoidea vel subglobosa 0.8-1.5 em.
alta deinde depresso-globosa 2.5-5 cm. diametro; squamis obovatis
vel ovato-lanceolatis longe acuminatis nigrescente-cinereis margine
pallidis inferioribus divergentibus vel reflexis; antheris 1-2 mm.
longis; achaeniis obovoideis 2.5-3.5 mm. longis 1.5-2 mm. latis;
setis candidis; foveis rhacheos denudatae plerumque divergentibus.—
E. caespitosum Pursh, Fl. Am. Sept. i. 57 (1814), not Host. E. vagi-
natum Torr. Fl. 65 (1824) and later Am. auth., not L. E. callitriæ
Fernald, Ruopora, vii. 85 (1905), not Cham.—Bogs, tundra and
mossy swamps, Baffinland and Labrador to Athabasca, south to
Newfoundland, Nova Scotia, southern New England, mountains of
1925] Fernald,—The Identity of Eriophorum callitrix 209
Pennsylvania, northern Indiana and Wisconsin. The following,
selected from an extensive representation, are characteristic. BAFFIN-
LAND: American Harbor, Cumberland Gulf, 1877-78, Krumlein;
LABRADOR: Kangalaksiorvik Bay, Owen Bryant, no. 39; Tub Harbor,
Sornborger, no. 280; Blane Sablon, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 2734.
NEWFOUNDLAND: swales on limestone barrens, Sandy (or Poverty)
Cove, July 25, 1925, Fernald, Long & Gilbert, no. 27,557 (TYPE in
Gray Herb.); Quarry, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4721; Millerton
Junction, Fernald & Wiegand, no. 4722; Balena, Wm. Palmer, no.
1338. QUEBEC: Lagorgendiére, St. John, no. 90,196; Natashquan,
Victorin & Rolland, no. 18, 138; Tabletop Mts., Fernald & Smith,
no. 25,604; Mt. Albert, Fernald & Collins, no. 173; Knowlton, Brome
Co., May 27, 1923, C. H. Knowlton. New Brunswick: Bass River,
Kent Co., 1869, Fowler. Nova Scoria: Grand Lake, Sydney, July 5,
1909, J. R. Churchill; Yarmouth, Howe & Lang, no. 44. MANE:
Fort Kent, Fernald, no. 2090; Orono, Knight, no. 89; Rumford,
May, 1890, Parlin; Cutler, July 3, 1902, Kennedy et al.; Sargent’s
Mt., Mt. Desert I., June 16, 1890, Rand; Matinicus, C. A. E. Long,
no. 22. New HAMuPSHIRE: Colebrook, Pease, no. 10,929; Lake of
the Clouds, Mt. Washington, Wm. Boott et al.; Mt. J. Q. Adams,
Pease, no. 10,239; Derry, May 10, 1913, C. F. Batchelder; top of Mt.
Monadnock, H. D. Thoreau et al. VERMONT: summit of Mt. Mansfield,
Pringle et al. Massacuusetts: Tewksbury, E. Tuckerman et al.;
Chestnut Hill, May 17, 1896, E. F. Williams; Canton, Blake, no. 56;
Provincetown, Fernald & Long, no. 18,070; Charlton, May 20, 1899,
Harper; Granville, F. C. Seymour, no. 139; Washington, May 31,
1909, Hoffmann. Ruope ISLAND: Glocester, May 19, 1904, Collins.
Connecticut: Willington, June 13, 1906, Bissell; Middlebury,
May 14, 1901, Harger. NEW York: Mt. McIntyre, House, no.
9495; Norfolk, Phelps, no. 198; Pecksport, Maxon, no. 6188; Cort-
land, Eames, no. 3595. PENNSYLVANIA: Pocono Mountain, May
31, 1865, Traill Green; Tannersville, May 30, 1902, Canby. UNGava:
Great Whale River, Low, no. 63,278. ONTARIO: Mer Bleue, Victorin,
no. 59; Edmonton, Jas. White, no. 11,469. Muicutcan: Keweenaw
Co., Farwell, no. 550; Turin, June 4, 1901, Barlow; Agricultural
College, June 6, 1893, Hicks & Wheeler. INDIANA: Garrett, Deam,
no. 3005. Wisconsin: Milwaukee, May, 1844, Lapham. KEEWATIN:
Churchill, J. M. Macoun, nos. 79,222, 79,224. ATHABASCA: Island
Creek, Peace River, J. M. Macoun, no. 59,541.
E. sPISSUM, var. erubescens (Fernald), n. comb. E. callitrix, var.
erubescens Fernald, Ruopora, vii. 85 (1905).—Fruiting spikes broadly
obovoid, scarcely depressed-globose as in typical E. spissum; scales
less reflexed at maturity; bristles brown to coppery red: pits of de-
nuded rachis opening obliquely upward. Newfoundland and adjacent
southern Labrador.
The tendency of the pits of the rachis to ascend and the accompany-
ing tendency to less depressed fruiting spikes along with the highly
210 Rhodora [DECEMBER
colored bristles suggest the possible specific distinctness of var.
erubescens. The achenes, however, seem inseparable from those of
typical E. spissum although they are sometimes inclined to be more
slender. No flowering specimens of var. erubescens have been seen
and the anthers are not known the plant being already in full ma-
turity in July when botanists usually visit Newfoundland.
In my earlier treatment the species here called Eriophorum spissum
was made to include E. brachyantherum Trautv. & Meyer in Middend.
Reise, —Fl. Ochot. 98 (1856) and also a plant of the Altai which had
been distributed by C. A. Meyer as E. Chamissonis. The latter
plant is, however, as clearly pointed out by Meinshausen, a non-
cespitose and stoloniferous species, E. altaicum Meinsh.,' related
to but distinct from E. Chamissonis as represented by Chamisso’s
material. E. brachyantherum, likewise, does not belong with the
eastern American E. spissum, having the scales of the spike appressed-
ascending and uniformly blackish and very delicate leaves as long
as the culms.”
Gray HERBARIUM.
CLADONIA APODOCARPA; A NEW SPECIES.
C. A. ROBBINS.
In almost any region there may be found localities quite entirely
possessed by a varying intermixture of Cladonia species. In Plym-
outh County, for instance, a typical colony of old abandoned fields is
likely to include species such as subcariosa, pyxidata, chlorophaea and
strepsilis. Another species also likely to be found associated and
always occurring in a sterile condition locally is foliacea.
Excepting the last, the various species forming these colonies are
represented by plants in all stages of development from sterile
primary squamules to fully evolved forms and hence the attention of
the collector will be as often concerned with the thallus of these
species as with clusters of plants having more or less fully developed
podetia. But in attempting to refer all patches of squamules to the
species to which each properly belongs he frequently will meet with
a characteristic little plant, represented only by a thallus, which is
1 Meinsh. I. c. 267 (1901).
2 See Meinsh. I. c. 269 (1901).
1925 Knovlton, Excursion to southern Vermont 211
not referable to any of the species composing the colony. The
squamules are somewhat similar in shape to those of Cl. foliacea
var. alcicornis (Lightf.) Schaer. but they are grayish, not yellowish,
less coriaceous, smoother, thinner, as a rule smaller, and their re-
action to caustic potash is quite different. Indeed they present no
decided likeness to the primary squamules of any other species.
Those of Cl. turgida (Ehrh.) Hoffm. have a somewhat similar chemi-
cal reaction but they are larger and coarser.
The plant is widely distributed as the stations so far found for it
show. It is distinctive and readily recognizable when once acquaint-
ance is made with it. Throughout the Buzzards Bay region it is
common to abundant; not only occurring mixed with other species.
but often forming colonies by itself. In the hill pastures of the White
Mountains, or at least in those in the vicinity of Jackson, New
Hampshire, it is almost equally common and Dr. S. F. Blake has found
it well established in eastern Maryland and eastern Virginia. It
should therefore be recognized as a species.
Cladonia apodocarpa sp. nov.; primary squamules medium size
to large, the segments broad to oblong with sinuate, entire margins,
above ashy-glaucescent, KOH + (yellowish); below white, smooth,
KOH + (pale yellow); podetia wanting; apothecia sessile on the sur-
face or margins of the squamules, brown becoming blackish. On
sand, sandy loam, more rarely on humus; in old fields and pastures,
exposed sandy banks, ete.
Specimens from Wareham, Massachusetts have been deposited
in the Farlow Herbarium at Cambridge and in the United States
National Museum at Washington, D. C.
ONSET, MASSACHUSETTS.
EXCURSION TO SOUTHERN VERMONT.
CLARENCE H. KNOWLT ON.
Tur New England Botanical Club had a field excursion in southern
Vermont, June 19-20 of this year, with headquarters at Wilmington.
Only five men attended, Messrs. J. R. Churchill, D. 5. Carpenter,
F. W. Hunnewell, C. H. Knowlton and H. K. Svenson.
Messrs. Knowlton and Churchill stopped in Vernon and Brattleboro
the first day, the latter place furnishing a fine series of rich woods
plants. June 20 all visited the towns of Searsburg and Woodford in
212 Rhodora [DECEMBER
the heart of the Green Mts. This area was at first apparently covered
with red spruce and hardwood, especially beech and birch, but the
forest has been largely depleted by lumbering. Pyrus americana,
Amelanchier Bartramiana, Sambucus racemosa, and Strepiopus am-
plexifolius were characteristic plants of the upland, which had an
elevation around 2300 feet above the sea.
It was exactly the right season for collecting Carices, even the little
ones of the Carex stellulata group being in perfect condition. Around
“Big Pond,” so-called, at 2263 feet, was a great abundance of C.
lenticularis in its prime, also C. Michauxiana, enough for all the her-
baria of the world. Lycopodium inundatum was also abundant here.
In the wet shore thicket Rhododendron nudiflorum (L.) Torr., var.
roseum (Lois.) Wiegand! was occasional. In another swampy area
was Myrica Gale, var. subglabra, not before reported from Vermont.
It grew in abundance, with the typical form.
Lower down at about 1700 feet, in a dry field above the Deerfield
river in Searsburg, grew a large quantity of Vaccinium caespitosum,
previously reported from the region by the late W. H. Blanchard.
We were much surprised to find that this species as well as Amelanchier
Bartramiana were protected by the very inclusive Vermont statute
_ against grasping botanists and greedy nurserymen. Along the river
itself was an abundance of Sanguisorba canadensis.
Messrs. Hunnewell and Svenson, approaching the region from the
west, found Hydrophyllum virginianum, Senecio obovatus, and other
plants characteristic of the Western Vermont calcareous regions.
In order to get a really satisfactory representation of the flora for
the Club Herbarium on an excursion of this sort, there should be at
least two days for field work, besides the days of arrival and de-
parture. It would be much better, too, to have at least six or eight
men in attendance. However, we sampled the flora quite thoroughly
along the main road, and added much to our knowledge of southern
Vermont.
HINGHAM, MASSACHUSETTS.
1 Wiegand, Ruopora, xxvi. 4 (1924).
1925] Taylor, —Grier's Notes on the Flora of Long Island 213
GRIER’S NOTES ON THE FLORA OF LONG ISLAND.
NorMAN TAYLOR.
Two botanical journals have been carrying for some months
a series of papers on the flora of Long Island. The value of these is
practically nil and the publication of them should have been declined.
The bibliographical footnote discloses not only shortcomings upon
the author’s part, but an editorial leniency, or carelessness, matched
only by the spelling and imperfect bibliography in the main body
of the work. More than two score errors of this sort could be enu-
merated, were there space or inclination to publish such a list. But
the actual statements about the plants of the island challenge atten-
tion.
Under the general heading “The Native Flora of the Vicinity of
Cold Spring Harbor, L. I., N. Y.” four things are incorrect: (1)
Many of the plants are not native, as particulars below specify;
(2) “Flora” is incorrect since scores of garden or specimen plants
on private estates are included: (3) by no means all occur, even by
stretching one’s notion of the “vicinity” of Cold Spring Harbor,
anywhere near this locality: (4) in the text (page 24 of the reprint)
the author says that besides other sources he has included “all those
species apt to be encountered by members of the Laboratory.“
The italics are mine. To allow such a mixture of ideas to appear
under the title“ Native Flora” is to put serious students of the flora
of the island to the wholly needless burden of checking through
1 Grier, N. M. Unreported plants from Long Island. I. Pteridophyta and Sper-
matophyta. Torreya 24: 71-76. 28 O 1924. [Reprint dated 1994.]
Unreported plants from Long Island, N. Y. II. Cryptogams ex-
clusive of Pteridophyta. Torreya 25: 5-11. Ja-F 1925.
Unreported plants from Long Island, N. Y. II. Cryptogams—Part
2. Torreya 25: 29-35. Mr-Ap 1925.
The native flora of the vicinity of Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. Schi-
zophyta, Myxomycetes, Dinoflagellatae, Bacillariophyta. Am. Midl. Nat. 9:
245-256. S-N 1924.
The native flora of the vicinity of Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y. (Con-
tinued). Am. Midl. Nat. 9: 283-318. Ja 1925.
II. Pteridophyta. (Continued). Am. Midl. Nat. 9: 384-437.
My 1925. [Presumably part of the series on Cold Spring Harbor, but there is
nothing to indicate this in table of contents, or article heading. Includes, beside
Pteridophyta, all flowering plants.]
The fossil flora of the vicinity of Cold Spring Harbor, Am. Midl.
Nat. 9: 513-527. Jl 1925. [Includes besides fossil species a section on Insect
Galls.]
The geology of Long Island with especial reference to the Cold Spring
Harbor region and its flora. Am. Midl. Nat. 9: 531-563. S 1925.
The papers from the American Midland Naturalist, not in their original order,
with new page numbers (1-265, one-half blank) and no date were reprinted as ‘‘ The
Native Flora of the Vicinity of Cold Spring Harbor, L. I., New York.” Contribution
no. 8 from the Biological Laboratory, Cold Spring Harbor, N. Y.
214 Rhodora [DECEMBER
hundreds of such records on the off chance that some wheat may turn
up among the chaff.
To particularize with thoroughness would try the patience of the
editors and readers of Ruopora, as it has already exhausted that of
several workers on the flora and vegetation of Long Island. A few
examples will suffice:
“Vaccinium Vitis-Idaea. Rocky soil, Bayville, L. IN. M. G.”
Finding that plant on Long Island would be comparable to the recent
discovery of Empetrum nigrum at Montauk.! William C. Ferguson
Esq., of Hempstead, an enthusiastic and accurate student of the
flora of the island wrote for particulars to Dr. Grier, who referred
to a card catalog of species at the laboratory, merely recording the
extraordinary “find”’ as it is printed above. There is no specimen,
and the author attached so little importance to reporting this arctic-
alpine species from Long Island, that he was vague, to say the least,
in attempting to substantiate the record.
“Thuja occidentalis . . White Cedar Swamp, Merrick,
L. I.” This tree is unknown, outside of cultivation, on Long Island.
Merrick is in the town of Hempstead, on the south shore of the island,
and separated from the Cold Spring Harbor region by the ecologically
different vegetation of the Hempstead Plains. Merrick, Ronkonkoma,
and other localities which the author particularizes have no more to
do with the vicinity of Cold Spring Harbor than Montauk. Many
species should be cut from the list, notably those recorded from the
Plains, pine barren bogs, and the pitch pine barrens of the interior
of the island,—hardly geographically, and certainly not floristically,
the “vicinity” of Cold Spring Harbor.
Perhaps the worst feature of the lists is the inclusion of many
species wholly unknown as wild plants, on Long Island and, of course,
not native. On the Havemeyer, DeForest, Love, Hodenpyl, and
Frank Bailey estates, as well as some others, there have been skillful
and successful attempts to cultivate rare, or beautiful, or interesting
plants. Upon what theory the author selected some of these for
inclusion in his lists of native or unreported plants of Long Island,
no one can guess. Ledum groenlandicum, Sarracenia flava, Trillium
grandiflorum, Hexastylis virginica, Sibbaldiopsis (Potentilla) tridentata,
Amorpha fruticosa, Calluna vulgaris, Paulownia tomentosa and Centau-
rea cyanus indicate a cheerful inclusiveness in the author’s point of
view as to the material coming within the scope of local flora
studies.
For a good many years Mr. Hicks has maintained a large and
successful nursery at Westbury, but no one would be more surprised
than he to see Pachysandra procumbens and [Euonymus atropurpureus
selected from his list of garden plants for inclusion in a native flora
of Cold Spring Harbor. Both of these are credited to the nursery,
Taylor, N. & Hill, H. S. The crowberry at Montauk, Long Island. Torreya
24: 87. 28 O 1924,
19251 Taylor,—Grier’s Notes on the Flora of Long Island 215
which is miles from Cold Spring Harbor, on the Hempstead Plains.
The former is also credited to the DeForest place.
Inaccuracy as to plant names and place names characterizes all
the lists. Such work naturally stirs suspicion that some records are
incorrect, or that plants may have been misidentified.
Millegrana Radiola, for instance, is recorded in Gray’s Manual
only from “Ditches, Louisburg, Cape Breton,” yet it is said to be
in “Vicinity, Cold Spring Harbor.” No one, not even Jelliffe, who
was almost as inclusive as Dr. Grier, has recorded this rare introduced
plant from Long Island.
Among the records of Hollick and Jeffrey of fossil plants, Dr.
Grier has included scores that are so far reported only from Staten
Island, and he cites them so. Why he or the editors admit them into
a native flora of Cold Spring Harbor may be known to them. To
others their inclusion looks very like useless consumption of printer’s
ink.
American botanists have lately been accused of an excessive
politeness in their criticisms of current botanical literature. Not-
withstanding the accusation, the reviewer attempted the desperate
expedient suggested by Rose and Stevens in Science n. s. 61: 656-657.
26 Je 1925. He wrote to one of the editors suggesting a curb,—not
a drastic one, but some sort of a curb. Nothing happened except
a continuance of the flood. Under such circumstances excessive
politeness must make way for reviews like this, the writing of which,
while not precisely a pleasure, becomes a duty.
BROOKLYN Boranic GARDEN.
Vol. 27, no. 323, including pages 189 to 200, was issued 26 December, 1925
216 Rhodora [DECEMBER
ERRATA
Page 2, mie 4, for Spach., read Spach,
2 6, 11, for solonis read Solonis
„31, “ 13, for Dod, read Dod.,
42, “ 9 from bottom, for polleniferous read polliniferous
„49, “ 25, for leonis read Leonis
“ 52, “ 19, for Phyllococe read Phyllodoce
“ 66, “ 11, for Turriis read Turritis
“ 68, „ 8, for stritca read stricta
68, “ 31, for spicta read spicata
81, “ 25, for Urisema read Unisema
“ 117, “ 54, ror f. strigosifolia READ var. strigosifolia.
“ 158, “ 29, for terrestre read terrestris
“ 171, „ 29, for (Pursh) read (Adams)
“ 176, “ 26, for au-dessous read au-dessus
“ 181, “ 8, for segata read segeta
“ 183, “ 15, for mississipiense read mississippiense
“ 186, “ 4, from bottom, for Lepidum read Lepidium
“ 195, “ 22, for was read were
“ 195, “ 32, for lamine read lamina
1925]
Index 217
INDEX TO VOLUME 27.
New scientific names are printed in full-face type.
Acer rubrum, 108
Agaricus cyanus, 154
Alisma Plantago-aquatica, 112
Alopecurus aequalis, 196—199, Arc-
tic variety of, 196, var. natans,
198, 199; aristulatus, 196, 197,
var. Merriami, 198, var. natans,
198; fulvus, 197; geniculatus, 196,
197, var. aristulatus, 196, 8.
natans, 198, var. natans, 197,
198; Howellii, var. Merriami, 198,
199
Amelanchier Bartramiana, 212
America, Sparganium multipedun-
culatum in eastern, 190; Two new
Epilobiums of eastern, 32
American Representatives of Loni-
cera caerulea, 1
Amesia, 105; discolor, 105; Mairei,
105; monticola, 105; Royleana,
106; schensiana, 106; setschu-
anica, 106; squamellosa, 106;
tangutica, 106; Tenii, 106;
Wilsoni, 106; xanthophaea,
106; yunnanensis, 106
Amorpha fruticosa, 214
Amphibious Group of Polygonum,
Subgenus Persicaria, The, 109,
125, 146, 156
Angorchis falcata, 107
Angraecopsis falcata, 107
Angraecum falcatum, 107
Another Arnica from Newfound-
land, 90
Antennaria eucosma, 90
Apargea, 48
Arceuthobium pusillum, 54
Arctic Variety of Alopecurus aequa-
lis, The, 196
Armoracia, 186; aquatica, 186
Arnica from Newfoundland, An-
other, 90
Arnica alpina, 90, 91; attenuata, 90,
91; chionopappa, 90; mollis, 52;
pulchella, 90, 91; Sornborgeri, 90,
91; terrae-novae, 90, 91
Aster concolor, 203; longifolius, var.
villicaulis, 56; puniceus, var.
firmus, f. rufescens, 187
Astereae, 57
Bartlett, H. H., The Varieties of
Corallorhiza maculata, 11
Betula Michauxii, 2
Bidens, 35; aristosa, 185; biden-
toides, 35, 142, 184; cernua, 145,
167, 171, 185; cernua X hyper-
borea, var. colpophila, 171; co-
mosa, 145, 185; connata, 35, 142,
145, 185, var. anomala, 35;
connata X Eatoni, 145; coronata,
185; discoidea, 185; Eatoni, 142,
143, 145, 166, 185, and its
Varieties, 142, var, fallax, 143,
var. interstes, 143, 144, var.
kennebecensis, 143-145, var.
major, 143, 144, var. mutabilis,
143, 144, var. simulans, 143,
144, var. typica, 143; frondosa,
185, var. anomala, 34, 35, 56, Rec-
ords of, 34; heterodoxa, 142, 143,
185, var. interstes, 143; hyper-
borea, 166, 167, 171, 185, and its
Varieties, 166, var. arcuans, 167,
170, 171, var. cathancensis, 167,
169, var. colpophila, 167, 168,
var. gaspensis, 167, 170, var.
laurentiana, 167, 169-171, var.
Svensoni, 167, 170, var. typica,
167; involucrata, 185; a Key to
the Northeastern American Spe-
cies of, 184; laevis, 145, 167, 185;
leucantha, 185; multiceps, 145,
185; tenuisecta, 185; tricho-
sperma, 185; tripartita, 185; vul-
gata, 185
Blake, S. F., Records of Bidens
frondosa, var. anomala Porter, 34
Bletia, 194
Boothbay, Maine, Notes on the
Flora of, 53
Brassica, 186
Briza spicata, 68
Brizopyrum americanum, 68; spi-
catum, 68
Calluna vulgaris, 214
Calopogon, 195, 196; pulchellus,
193, 195, 196; tuberosus, 196
Carex capitata, 97; concinna, 90;
crinita, var. gynandra, 108; gla-
cialis, 90; incurva, 97; lenti-
cularis, 212; Macloviana, 97;
Michauxiana, 212; microglochin,
97; misandroides, 90; stellulata,
212; umbellata, 54
218 Rhodora
* M. A., Notice of Death,
172
Carpenter, Anna E., Further Cases
of Inconstancy in Color-forms,
199
Cassiope hypnoides, 52
Catabrosa aquatica, 97
Cenchrus carolinianus, 201
Centaurea Cyanus, 214
Cephalanthera Royleana, 106
Cerastium Fischerianum, 206
Chaetochloa, 29
Chamberlain, Edward Blanchard,
73
Cheiranthus Pallasii, 171; pyg-
maeus, 171
Cheney, R. H., A White Form of
Delphinium Ajacis, 139
Chenopodium, 54; album, 54
Chinese Orchids, Nomenclatorial
Changes for some, 105
Chiogenes hispidula, 108
Chrysopsis falcata, 57, 63
Cladonia apodocarpa, 210, 211;
Beaumontii, 49, f. elegans, 51,
f. pallida, 51, Some Variations
in, 49; chlorophaea, 210; crista-
tella, 51; degenerans, 50; foliacea,
210, var. alcicornis, 211; Gor-
gonina, 50; gracilis, f. dilacerata,
50; mateocyatha, 49, 50, a new
Species and Some Variations in
C. Beaumontii, 49, f. squamu-
lata, 50; pyxidata, 51, 210;
Santensis, b. Beaumontii, 50;
strepsilis, 210; subcariosa, 210;
turgida, 211
Cladophora flavescens, 112
Cochlearia aquatica, 186
Coelopleurum lucidum, f. frondo-
sum, 55
Coeruleae, Lonicera subsect., 1
Color-forms, Further Cases of In-
constancy in, 199; of Hepatica
americana, Inconstancy in, 131
Combretaceae, 107
Committee on Floral Areas, Fourth
Report of, 56
Compositae, 56, 57
Connecticut, Late-blooming Violets
in, 51; Restoration of Isanthus
brachiatus to the Flora of, 189
Coptis trifolia, 108
Corallorhiza maculata, 11-13, var.
flavida, 12, 13, var. fusca, 11-14,
var. intermedia, 11—14, var. puni-
cea, 12, 13. The Varieties of, 11
Cordula, 105; Esquirolei, 105;
Parishii, 105; purpurata, 105
[DECEMBER
Cornus canadensis, 202
Cortinarius alboviolaceus, 154; cya-
nites, 153-155, in the United
States, 153
Crepis, 48
Cress, Water, 186; Yellow, 186
Crosby, W. O., Notice of work, 52
Cruciferae, 31, 186
Cryptotaenia canadensis, 202
Cyanococcus, Vaccinium sect., 8
Cymbidium, 195; pulchellum, 195
Cyperus Grayli, 202
Cypripedium hirsutum, 107; regi-
nae, 107, in New Hampshire, 107
Dandelion, 47—49
Deam, C. C., Shrubs of Indiana
(review), 15
Delphinium Ajacis, 139-142. f.
ba, 142, a White-flowered
Form of, 139; Consolida, 139, 140;
grandiflorum, 141
Dens Leonis, 48, 49
Diapensia lapponica, 52
Distichlis, 67, 70, 71; dentata, 67—
69; distichophylla, 71, 72; mar-
itima, 68, 71, var. stricta, 69;
nodosa, 68; Notes on, 67; Palmeri,
70; spicata, 67—69, 71, 72; spicata
stricta, 69; stricta, 67—69
Dodge, C. W., The Third Edition
of Grout’s Mosses with a Hand-
lens, 35
Draba, 186
Dryas integrifolia, var. canescens,
90
Echinochloa Walteri, 201
Eleocharis, 37; fistulosa, 39, 40;
mutata, 37—40; quadrangularis,
37—40, The Validity of, 37
Elymus halophilus, 202; virginicus,
202, var. halophilus, 202 i
Emersae, Persicaria, sect. Potamo-
callis, subsect., 150
Empetrum nigrum, 214
Epilobium densum, 32, 108, var.
nesophilum, 32; nesophilum, 32,
33; nutans, 34; palustre, 32, 33,
var. altaicum, 33, var. labradori-
cum, 33, var. mandjuricum, 33;
Pylaieanum, 33, 34
Epilobiums of eastern America,
Two new, 32
Epipactis, 105; chinensis, 106;
discolor, 105; labiata, 106;
Mairei, 105, 106; melinostele,
106; monticola, 105; pauciflora,
106; Royleana, 106; schensiana,
1925]
106; secundiflora, 106; set-
schuanica, 106; squamellosa, 106;
tangutica, 106; Tenii, 106; Wil-
soni, 106; xanthophaea, 106;
yunnanensis, 106, 107
Equisetum hyemale, var. inter-
medium, 28
Eriophorum altaicum, 210; aquatile,
207; brachyantherum, 210; caes-
pitosum, 204, 208; callitrix, 203-
208, Identity of, 203, var. erubes-
cens, 204, 209; capitatum, 207;
Chamissonis, 204, 206, 207, 210.
f. albidum, 207, var. albidum, 207,
subsp. aquatile, 208, var. aqua-
tile, 204, 207; intermedium, 207;
leucocephalum, 207; medium, 207;
opacum, 204, 205, 207, 208;
rufescens, 207; russeolum, 207,
var. albidum, 207, var. aquatile,
207, var. candidum, 207, var.
rufescens, 207; Scheuchzeri, 204,
206, 207, var. Chamissonis, 207;
spissum, 207—210, var. erubes-
cens, 209, 210; tenellum, 53;
vaginatum, 204, 206-208, 8 me-
dium, 207, var. opacum, 208;
virginicum, 53
Errata, 216
Erysimum, 31, 65, 66, 67; Alliaria,
66; Barbarea, 66; cheiranthoides,
66; officinale, 66, 67; Pallasii,
171; pygmaeum, 171
Eruca, 31
Euonymus atropurpureus, 214
Eupatorieae, 57
Eupatorium aromaticum, 57, 62;
faleatum, 57, 62; hyssopifolium,
57, 63; leucolepis, 57, 63; macu-
latum, 57, 61, var. foliosum, 57,
61; perfoliatum, 56, 57, 60, f.
purpureum, 57, f. trifolium, 55,
56, f. truncatum, 55, 57, var.
truncatum, 55; pubescens, 57, 62;
purpureum, 57, 62; rotundi-
folium, 57, 62; salviaefolium, 55;
sessilifolium, 57, 62; truncatum,
55; urticaefolium, 57, 60; ver-
benaefolium, 57, 62; verticillatum,
57, 62
Excursion to southern Vermont, 211
Fassett, N. C., Aster puniceus, var.
firmus, f. rufescens, 187; Bidens
Eatoni and its Varieties, 142;
Bidens hyperborea and its Varie-
ties, 166; A Key to the North-
eastern American Species of
Bidens, 184; Notes on Distichlis,
Index 219
67; Notes on the Flora of Booth-
bay, Maine, 53
Fernald, M. L., The American
Representatives of Lonicera caer-
ulea, 1; Another Arnica from
Newfoundland, 90; The Arctic
Variety of Alopecurus aequalis,
196; Erysimum Pallasii (Pursh),
n. comb., 171; the Identity of,
Eriophorum callitrix, 203; The
Maritime Plantains of North
America, 93; The New England-
Acadian Shoreline (review), 187;
Notes on Sagina, 130; Pontederia
versus Unisema, 76; Sparganium
multipedunculatum in eastern
America, 190; Two New Epilo-
biums of eastern America, 32;
The Validity of Eleocharis quad-
rangulata, 37; A White Moun-
tain Flora (review), 52
Festuca distichophylla, 68, 71; triti-
coides, 68
Finetia, 107; faleata, 107
Flora of Boothbay, Maine, Notes on
the, 53
Floral Areas, Fourth Report of the
Committee on, 56
Flower-form in Polygonum, sub-
genus Persicaria, The Inflores-
cence and, 41
Fragaria virginiana, 108, var. ter-
rae-novae, 55
Further Cases of Inconstancy in
Color-forms, 199
Galium Claytoni, 108
Gaultheria procumbens, 108
Gaura glabra, 15; induta, 15; parvi-
flora, 15, var. lachnocarpa, 14,
15
Genus Erysimum, The, 65
Geranium Robertianum, 202
Glaucium flavum, 202
Glyceria acutiflora, 202; borealis,
197; fluitans, 197, 201; septen-
trionalis, 201
Goodyera, 105; chinensis, 106;
labiata, 106; Mairei, 106; meli-
nostele, 106; pauciflora, 106;
secundiflora, 106; yunnanensis,
107
Goose Tongue, 94
Grier’s Notes on the Flora of Long
Island (review), 213
Grindelia lanceolata, 57, 59; ro-
busta, 57, 59; squarrosa, 57, 59
Grout, A. J., Mosses with a Hand-
lens, 3rd Ed. (notice of), 35
220 Rhodora
Hartwrightianae, Persicaria, sect.
Potamocallis, subsect., 150
Hedypnois, 49
Hedysarum Mackenzii, 90
Heleocharis, 40
Hepatica americana, 131, Incon-
stancy in Color-forms of, 131, f.
candida, 131, f. rhodantha, 131;
triloba, 131
Hepatics, 35
Hesperis, 66; Hookeri, 171; minima,
171; Pallasii, 171; pygmaea, 171
Hexastylis virginica, 214
Holm, T., Mark A. Carleton, 172
Horse-radish, 186
Hottonia inflata, 203
Howe, M. A., notice of work, 35
Hu, H. H., Nomenclatorial Changes
for some Chinese Orchids, 105
Hybridism as a Cause of Variation
in Polygonum, Possibilities of, 81
Hydrophilae, Persicaria, sect. Pota-
mocallis, subsect., 151
Hydrophyllum virginianum, 212
Identity of Eriophorum callitrix,
The, 203
Impatiens biflora, 199
Inconstancy in Color-forms of Hepa-
tica americana, 131
Indiana, Shrubs of (review), 15
Inflorescence and Flower-form in
Polygonum, subgenus Persicaria,
The, 41
Isanthus brachiatus, 189, 190;
Restoration of, to the Flora of
Connecticut, 189
Johnson, Douglas, The New Eng-
land-Acadian Shoreline (notice
of), 187
Juniperus horizontalis, 54
Juncus balticus, var. littoralis, 53
Key to the Northeastern American
Species of Bidens, 184
Kibera, 31
Knotweed, Creeping, 128; Mud,
128; Swimming, 128
Knowlton, C. H., E. B. Chamber-
lain, 73; Excursion to Southern
Vermont, 211; Fourth Report of
the Committee on Floral Areas, 56
Kobresia simpliciuscula, 90
Krieger, L. C. C., Cortinarius cya-
nites in the United States, 153
Krigia Dandelion, 48
Ledum groenlandicum, 214
[DECEMBER
Leontodon, 47—49; autumnale, 48;
bulbosum, 48; Dandelion, 48;
hispidum, 48, 49; Proper Use of
the Name, 47; Taraxacum, 48;
tuberosum, 48
Lepidium, 186
Lesquerella arctica, 90
Liatris pycnostachya, 57, 59; sca-
riosa, 57, 62; spicata, 57, 59
Limodorum, 193-196; falcatum,
107; pulchellum, 195; Royleanum,
106; tuberosum, 193-196
Limosella subulata, 203
Linnaea borealis, 13, 14
Liverworts, 35
Lobelia cardinalis, 200
Loiseleuria procumbens, 52
Long Island, Flora of (review), 213
Lonicera, 1, 2; caerulea, 1, 3, 4, 6,
7, 11, The American Representa-
tives of, 1, var. calvescens, 3, 8,
9, var. villosa, 1-3, 5-8; caerulea
canadensis, 7; cauriana, 10;
Solonis, 2, 6; villosa, 2, 4-8, 10,
11, var. calvescens, 5, 8, var.
Fulleri, 5, 10, var. Solonis, 5,
6, 8, 9, var. tonsa, 5, 9, 10, var.
typica, 5; velutina, 2, 5; venu-
losa, 4
Lycopodium inundatum, 212
Lycopus uniflorus, 108
Mackenzie, K. K., The Genus
Erysimum, 65; Limodorum tube-
rosum L., 193; The Name
Sisymbrium, 28; Proper Use of
the Name Leontodon, 47
Marantaceae, 77
Maritime Plantains of North Amer-
ica, The, 93
Mentha, 31
Mertensia maritima, 55
Michelia, 78
Mikania scandens, 57, 62, 203
Millegrana Radiola, 215
Monochoria, 76, 77, 79
Montia lamprosperma, 97
Mosses with a Hand-lens, 3rd Ed.
(notice of), 35
Multivacua, Eriophorum, sect.
Vaginata, subsect., 206
Multivacuae, Eriophorum, sect.,
206
Myrica Gale, var. subglabra, 212
Myriophyllum ambiguum, 152, var.
limosum, 152
Nasturtium, 186; lacustre, 186;
natans, var. americanum, 186
1925]
Neobeckia aquatica, 186
Neofinetia, 107; falcata, 107
New England Shoreline, The (notice
of), 187; Plants, Preliminary
Lists of, XXIX, 57
New Epilobiums of Eastern Amer-
ica, Two, 32
Newfoundland, Another Arnica
from, 90
New Hampshire, Cypripedium regi-
nae in, 107; Vascular Flora of
Coos County (review), 52
Nomenclatorial Changes for some
Chinese Orchids, 105
Nomenclature, Some Changes in,
1
Norta, 31
North America, The Maritime
Plantains of, 93; Oxalis cornic-
ulata and its Relatives in, 113,
133
Northeastern American Species of
Bidens, A Key to, 184
Notes on Distichlis, 67; on the
Flora of Boothbay, Maine, 53;
on Sagina, 130
Oakesia sessilifolia, 108
Oeceoclades falcata, 107; Lind-
leyana, 107; Lindleyi, 107
Onopordum Acanthium, 203
Orchids, Nomenclatorial Changes
for some Chinese, 105
Orchiodes secundiflora, 107
Orchis falcata, 107
Osmunda cinnamomea, 108; Clay-
toniana, 108
Oxalis albicans, 119, 120; ambigua,
113, 134; Brittoniae, 133; Bushii,
135; californica, 116, 118, 120,
var. subglabra, 116, 119; colorea,
133; corniculata, 113, 114, 117,
120, 122-124, 134, and its Rela-
tives in North America, 113, 133,
var. Dillenii, 114, 122, var. Lang-
loisii, 117, 121, 122, var. micran-
tha, 120, 138, 139, var. stricta,
134, var. viscidula, 117, 121,
122; cymosa, 114, 115, 135;
Dillenii, 113, 122, 123, 134, 6
florida, 133, 134; enneaphylla,
137; europaea, 113-115, 118, 123,
124, 134-136, f. cymosa, 118,
135, f. pilosella, 118, 135, f.
villicaulis, 118, 135, var. Bushii,
118, 135, 136, f. subglabrata,
118, 136, f. vestita, 118, 136;
filipes, 116, 117, 122, 124, 133;
florida, 113, 116, 117, 124,
Index 221
133, 134, var. strigosifolia, 117,
134; furcata, 122; glauca, 133,
134; grandis, 118, 136, 139;
herpestica, 121; hirsuticaulis, 138,
139; interior, 135; Langloisii,
121; Lyoni, 122, 137; macrantha,
135, 139; Navieri, 122; pilosa,
122; Priceae, 138, 139; pumila,
120, 137; pusilla, 113, 120;
recurva, 118, 136-139, var. flori-
dana, 118, 138, var. macrantha,
118, 138, f. sericea, 118, 138, var.
texana, 118, 138; repens, 114,
120; rufa, 135; stricta, 113-115,
117, 122-124, 134, var. pileto-
carpa, 117, 123; Suksdorfii, 118,
137; texana, 138; verticillata,
120; Wrightii, 117, 119, 120, var.
pilosa, 117, 119, 120, 139, var.
subpilosa, 117, 119
Oxybaphus glaber, 15, var. recedens,
Oxytropis, 90
Pachysandra procumbens, 214
Palustriformes, Epilobium, sect., 33
Panicum, 29
Paphiopedilum, 105; Esquirolei, 105
Paucivacua, Eriophorum, sect.
Vaginata, subsect., 206
1 Eriophorum, sect.,
06
Paulownia tomentosa, 214
Pease, A. S., Vascular Flora of Coos
County, New Hampshire (re-
view), 52
Periclymenum, Lonicera, subgenus,
Persicaria, 147, 150, 151, 175;
Polygonium, subgenus, 81, 87,
109, 156; aboriginum, 166; ab-
scissa, 161; alismaefolia, 165;
ammophila, 151, 161; amphibia,
150, var. terrestris, 158; Andrew-
sii, 148; asclepiadea, 161; cana-
densis, 151; carictorum, 151,
161; chelanica, 161; coccinea, 148,
150, 164, var. asprella, 150;
emersa, 164; fluitans, 148, 151,
159; grandifolia, 150; Hart-
wrighti, 148, 151, 161; homalo-
stachya, 161; insignis, 149, 162;
laetevirens, 159; lonchophylla,
150; longistyla, 182; mesochorea,
151, var. arenicola, 151; mexicana,
182; Muhlenbergii, 164; muric-
ulata, 161; nebrascensis, 151,
161; novae-angliae, 164; omissa,
183; oregana, 159; pennsylvanica,
222 Rhodora
179; plattensis, 159, 165; pratin-
cola, 149, 150, 166; rigidula,
148, 150, 165; segeta, 181;
spectabilis, 166; tanaeophylla,
150; vestita, 150; villosula, 161
Persicarias, The American Amphibi-
ous, 125
Pholidota yunnanensis, 107; yun-
peensis, 107
Phrynium, 77
Phyllodoce coerulea, 52
Picea canadensis, 54; mariana, 108
Pickerelweed, 76, 78, 79
Pine Scrub, 27, 28; White, 27, 28
Pinus Strobus, 27; virginiana, 27, 28
Plantago alpina, 95, 96; barbata,
94; borealis, 95, 96, 98, 101, f.
pygmaea, 101; decipiens, 93, 95-
98, 100, 102; gibbosa, 94, 95;
juncoides, 93, 97-99, 104, var.
californica, 99, 100, 104, var.
decipiens, 99, 100, 104, var.
glauca, 99, 101, 104, var. lau-
rentiana, 99, 102, 104, var.
typica, 99; maritima, 93—100,
102, var. glauca, 96, 101, var.
juncoides, 97, 99; oliganthos, 94,
95, 97-99, 101-104, var. fallax,
102-104, var. typica, 102, 104;
pauciflora, 94, 98, 102, 104
Plantain, Seaside, 93
Plantains of North America, The
Maritime, 93
Plants of Rhode Island, Note-
worthy, 201
Poa distichophylla, 71; Michauxii,
68; paradoxa, 71
Pogonia verticillata, 202
Polygonum, 125, 126; acre, 86;
amphibium, 44—46, 82, 83, 85,
86, 89, 109-112, 125-129, 146,
147, 150-152, 157—160, 162, 163,
165, 187, Adaptation in, 109, 6.
aquaticum, 129, var. aquaticum,
128, 129, 159, var. coccineum,
163, var. emersum, 129, 163, f.
Hartwrightii, 161, var. Hart-
wrightii, 152, 161, var. longi-
spicatum, 163, var. marginatum,
161, var. marginatum, f. Hart-
wrightii, 161, f. hirtuosum, 161,
var. maritimum, 109-111, 147,
e Muhlenbergii, 130, var. Muhlen-
bergii, 127, 146, 163, f. natans,
156, 157, var. natans, 109, 110,
126-130, 147, 158, 159, f. ter-
restre, 152, 157, 158, 161, var.
terrestre, 109-111, 128—130, 146,
147, 152, 158, 163; aviculare, 110,
[DECEMBER
var. littorale, 110; bicorne, 46,
175, 176, 177; Bistorta, 45, 126;
Careyi, 146, 173; coccineum, 45,
85-89, 125-130, 146, 147, 149,
152, 159, 162, 163, var. aquati-
cum, 127, 152, 164, f. natans,
156, 164, var. pratincola, 157,
165, var. rigidulum, 156, 165,
f. terrestre, 157, 162, 165, var.
terrestre, 163; densiflorum, 177;
dubio-Persicaria, 82; dubium, 82;
emersum, 125, 127, 147, 148,
164, 165; fluitans, 128, 129, 159;
foliosum, 84; Hartwrightii, 89,
146, 147, 151, 161, 162; Hydro-
piper X mite, 84, 88; hydro-
piperoides, 43, 48, 85-88; hydro-
iperoides X robustius, 84, 88;
apan 83, 84, 87; lapathi-
folium X Persicaria, 88; longisty-
lum, 46, 147, 174, 175, 177, 178,
var. omissum, 178, 183; ludo-
vicianum, 174; mexicanum, 47,
174, 175, 177, 178, 181, 182, 184;
minor-Persicaria, 82, 88; minus X
Hydropiper, 83, 88; minus X
Persicaria, 82, 83, 88; mississip-
piense, 178, 182, 183, var.
interius, 178, 184; mite, 82,
83, 181, var. ambiguum, 84;
mite X Persicaria 82-84, 88;
Muhlenbergii, 44, 85, 125, 146-
148, 163, 165, f. natans, 152, 164,
187; natans, 45, 85, 86, 88, 89,
110, 125—129, 147, 149, 158, 159,
f. gnuinum, 156, 158, f. Hart-
wrightii, 89, 157, 158, 160, var.
insigne, 156, 162; omissum, 177;
opelousanum, 88; pensylvanicum,
43, 47, 87, 173-175, 177, 179%-
181, 183, and Related Species
173, var. durum, 178, 180, var.,
genuinum, 174, 178, 179, var.
laevigatum, 173, 175, 178, 180, f.
pallescens, 178, 180, var. neso-
philum, 178, 180; Persicaria, 83,
84, 86, 173; punctatum, 86, 88;
rigidulum, 147, 150, 165; robust-
ius, 85, 87; scabrum, 180; sege-
tum, 173-175, 177, 178, 180,
181, var. genuinum, 174, 181, y
Lindenii, 174, var. stamineum,
174, 181, var. verrucosum, 178,
181; subg. Persicaria, 81, 87,
109, 125, 146, 156; subg. Tovara,
88; terrestre, 164; virginianum,
88, 126
Pontederia, 76-79; angustifolia, 80;
cordata, 76-80, f. angustifolia,
1925]
80, 81, f. brasiliensis, 80, 81, f.
latifolia, 80, var. angustifolia, 80,
var. lanceolata, 81; hastata, 76,
77, 79; lanceolata, 79-81, f.
brasiliensis, 80, 81, f. trulli-
folia, 80, 81; lancifolia, 80;
ovata, 76, 77; versus Unisema, 76
Potamocallis, Persicaria, sect., 150
Potamogeton bupleuroides, 201;
perfoliatus, 201
Potentilla, 90; tridentata, 214
Preliminary Lists of New England
Plants, XXIX, 57
Primula sibirica, 206
ph sd Use of the Name Leontodon,
4
Puccinellia maritima, 54
Pyrus americana, 212
Radicula, 30, 31, 186; aquatica, 186
Rand, Edward Lothrop, 17
Ranunculaceae, 56
Ranunculus multifidus, 152, var.
terrestris, 152
Records of Bidens frondosa, var.
anomala, 34
Report of the Committee on Floral
Areas, Fourth, 56
Rhode Island, Noteworthy Plants
of, 201
Rhododendron canadense, 108;
nudiflorum, var. roseum, 212
Ripley, W. S., Fourth Report of
the Committee on Floral Areas,
56
Robbins, C. A., Cladonia apodo-
carpa, a New Species, 210;
Cladonia mateocyatha, a New
Species, and some Variations in
C. Beaumontii, 49
Robinson, B. L., Edward Lothrop
Rand, 17; Shrubs of Indiana
(notice of Deam’s), 15
Roripa, 31, 186; americana, 186
Rubus Andrewsianus, 55; arenicola,
202; jacens, 55; rhodinsulanus,
202
Rudbeckia, 131; hirta, 131
Ruppia maritima, var. longipes, 54
Sagina, 130; Notes on, 130; Lin-
naei, « micrantha, 130; micran-
tha, 130; saginoides, 130, var.
hesperia, 131
Sagittaria latifolia, 186, f. obtusa,
186, var. obtusa, 186; obtusa,
186; variabilis, var. obtusa, 186
Salix discolor, 108; sericea, 108
Sambucus racemosa, 212
Index 223
Samolus floribundus, 203
Sanford, S. N. F., Noteworthy
Rhode Island Plants, 201
Sanguisorba canadensis, 212
Sarracenia flava, 214
Schweinfurth, C., Cypripedium reg-
inae in New Hampshire, 107
Sclerolepis uniflora, 57, 64, 65
Scirpus, 38; mutatus, 37; quad-
rangulatus, 37, 38
Senecio obovatus, 212; resedifolius,
206
Shoreline, The New England-Acad-
ian (book notice), 187
Showy Lady’s Slipper, 107—109
Shrubs of Indiana (book notice), 15
Sibbaldiopsis tridentata, 214
Silene acaulis, var. exscapa, 52
Sisymbrium, 28-32, 66; The Name,
28; altissimum, 29, 30; am-
phibium, @ aquaticum, 29, a
palustre, 29, è sylvestre, 29;
aquaticum, 31; arenosum, 29;
asperum, 29; hortense, 31; integ-
rifolium, 29; Irio, 29, 31, 60;
monense, 29, 31; murale, 29, 31;
Nasturtium, 29; Nasturtium-
aquaticum, 29; polyceratium, 29,
66; pygmaeum, 171; Sophia, 29,
31, 66; strictissimum, 29, 31;
supinum, 29; sylvestre, 29, 31;
tanacetifolium, 29; vimineum 29
Smilax herbacea, 202
Smith, J. F., Late-blooming Violets
in Connecticut, 51; The Restora-
tion of Isanthus brachiatus to
the Flora of Connecticut, 189
Solidago, 56; altissima, 57, 62;
arguta, 57, 60; aspera, 56; X
asperula, 57, 64; bicolor, 57, 62,
64; caesia, 58, 62; calcicola, 58,
63; canadensis, 58, 60, var.
gilvocanescens, 58, var. Hargeri,
58, 63; Cutleri, 52, 58, 61; erecta,
58, 62, 63; Elliottii, 58, 63, var.
divaricata, 58, 63; graminifolia,
58, 64, 65, var. Nuttallii, 58, 60,
65; hispida, 58, 63, 64; humilis
56, 58, 63, 64; juncea, 58, 60,
var. scabrella, 56; latifolia, 58, 60;
lepida, var. fallax, 58, 61, 62, var.
molina, 58, 61; macrophylla, 58,
61, var. thyrsoidea, 58, 61;
minor, 58, 63; neglecta, 56;
nemoralis, 58, 62, var. arenicola,
58; odora, 56; patula, 58, 64;
puberula, 58, 62, 64; racemosa,
58, 63, 64, f. leucantha, 58;
Randii, 58, 61; var. monticola, 56;
LE
224 Rhodora
rigida, 58, 64; rugosa, 56, 58, 60,
var. aspera, 56, 58, 62, var.
sphagnophila, 58, 63, var. villosa,
58, 61; sempervirens, 58, 64;
serotina, 58, 60, var. gigantea,
59, 62, 63; speciosa, 59, 62;
squarrosa, 59, 61; suaveolens, 56,
59, 62; tenuifolia, 59, 63; uliginosa,
56, 64; ulmifolia, 59, 62; unili-
gulata, 56, 59, 64, 65, var.
neglecta, 56, 59, 625 6⁴
Some Changes i in Nomenclature, 186
Sonchus, 55, oleraceus, 54
Sophia, 31
Sparganium affine, 190, 191; an-
gustifolium, 190-192; chloro-
carpum, 191, 192; eurycarpum,
201; ‘multipedunculatum, 190-
192, in Eastern America, 190;
simplex, 190-192, var. multi-
pedunculatum, 190-192
Spergula micrantha, 130; semide-
candra, 130
Stanford, E. E., The Amphibious
Group of Polygonum, subgenus
Persicaria, 109, 125, 146, 156;
The Inflorescence and Flower-
form in Polygonum, subgenus
Persicaria, 41; Polygonum pen-
sylvanicum and related Species,
173; Possibilities of Hybridism
as a Cause of Variation in Poly-
gonum, 81
Streptopus amplexifolius, 212
Strophostyles helvola, 202
Svenson, H. K., The White Pine
in Middle Tennessee, 27
Taraxaconoides, 48, 49
Taraxacum, 48
Taylor, Norman, Grier’s Notes on
the Flora of Long Island, 213
Tennessee, The ite Pine in
Middle, 27
Thuja occidentalis, 214
Trifolium agrarium, 108
Triglochin maritima, 97; palustris,
54, 97
Trillium erectum, 132; grandi-
florum, 214
Turritis, 66
Uniola, 70, 71; distichophylla, 68,
71; flexuosa, 69; multiflora, 69;
Palmeri, 70, 71; spicata, 68, 69;
stricta, 69
Unisema, 76, 77; acutifolia, 81;
3470
[DECEMBER
cordata, 76, 80; f. latifolia, 80;
heterophylla, 81: Purshiana, 80
United States, Cortinarius cyanites
in the, 153
Vaccinium, 8; caespitosum, 212;
canadense, 108; macrocarpon, 53;
Vitis-Idaea, 214
Vaginata, Eriophorum, sect., 203,
204, 206
Validity of Eleocharis quadran—
gulata, 37
Vallisneria americana, 201
Vanda falcata, 107
Variation in Polygonum, Possi-
bilities of Hybridism as a Cause
of, 81
Varieties of Corallorhiza maculata,
The, 11
Vermont, Excursion to Southern,
211
Vernonia noveboracensis, 57, 62
Vernonieae, Compositae, tribe, 57
Viola pedata, 51, f. rosea, 131;
scabriuscula, 51
Violets in Connecticut, Late- bloom-
ing, 51
Virea, 49
Waldsteinia fragarioides, 28
Water Cress, 29-32
Weatherby, C. A., Fourth Report of
the Committee on Floral Areas,
56; Gaura parviflora, var. lachno-
carpa, n. var., 14; Inconstancy in
Color-forms of Hepatica ameri-
cana, 131
White Form of Delphinium Ajacis,
A, 139; Mountain Flora, A, 52;
Pine in Middle Tennessee,
27
Wiegand, K. M., Oxalis corniculata
and its Relatives in North
America, 113, 133; Some Changes
in Nomenclature, 186
Xanthoxalis Brittoniae, 133;
Bushii, 135; californica, 118;
colorea, 133; corniculata, 120;
cymosa, 135; filipes, 124; grandis,
136; hirsuticaulis, 138; interior,
135; Langloisii, 121; macrantha,
138; pilosa, 120; Priceae, 138;
recurva, 137; stricta, 122; Suks-
dorfii, 137; texana, 138
Xylosteum canadense, 7; Solonis,
2, 6, 7; villosum, 1, 2, 5, 6
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11